0611CT1001Cvr 135462 Catalog

1000442451-Catalog 1000442451-Catalog 1000442451-Catalog B2 unilog cesco-content

159997-Catalog 159997-Catalog 159997-Catalog B4 unilog cesco-content

1000432143-Catalog 1000432143-Catalog 1000432143-Catalog B5 unilog cesco-content

2016-06-25

: Pdf 135462-Catalog 135462-Catalog B1 unilog

Open the PDF directly: View PDF .
Page Count: 272 [warning: Documents this large are best viewed by clicking the View PDF Link!]

PowerPact H-, J-, and L-Frame

Circuit Breakers

Catalog

0611CT1001 R02/16

2015

Class 0611

CONTENTS

Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page

Catalog Numbering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7

General Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11

Circuit Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24

Automatic Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45

Motor Circuit Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49

Energy Management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61

Trip Units . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83

Accessories for Micrologic™ Trip Units . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108

Accessories and Auxiliaries . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115

Circuit Breaker Mounting and Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138

Installation Recommendations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150

Wiring Diagrams. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157

Circuit Breaker Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165

Accessory Dimensional Drawings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 188

Trip Curves. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 192

PowerPact H-, J-, and L-Frame Circuit Breakers

PowerPact™ H-, J-, and L-Frame Circuit Breakers

02/2016

SECTION 1: CATALOG NUMBERING ..............................................................................7

PowerPact™ with Micrologic™ Circuit Breakers .......................................................................... 7

Catalog Numbering....................................................................................................................... 8

SECTION 2: GENERAL INFORMATION .........................................................................11

Applications ................................................................................................................................ 11

Mission Critical Circuit Breakers ................................................................................................. 13

Flexible Configurations ............................................................................................................... 15

General Characteristics .............................................................................................................. 16

PowerPact H-, J-, and L-frame Circuit Breaker Trip Units ......................................................... 22

SECTION 3: CIRCUIT BREAKERS .................................................................................24

Dual-Break Rotating Contacts ....................................................................................................24

High Ampere Interrupting Ratings (AIR) ..................................................................................... 24

Internal Operating Mechanism....................................................................................................24

Handle Position Indication .......................................................................................................... 25

Circuit Breaker Ratings............................................................................................................... 25

Special Applications.................................................................................................................... 27

H- and J-Frame Catalog Numbers.............................................................................................. 29

L-Frame Circuit Breaker Catalog Numbers................................................................................. 39

SECTION 4: AUTOMATIC SWITCHES ...........................................................................45

Automatic Switch Functions ....................................................................................................... 45

Specifications.............................................................................................................................. 46

Catalog Numbers........................................................................................................................ 47

SECTION 5: MOTOR CIRCUIT PROTECTION ...............................................................49

General Information .................................................................................................................... 49

Motor Branch Circuit Protection Function ................................................................................... 49

Trip Class of a Overload Relay Device....................................................................................... 50

Asynchronous-Motor Starting Parameters.................................................................................. 50

Motor-Feeder Solutions .............................................................................................................. 50

Electronic Motor Circuit Protectors (AC Only)............................................................................. 52

Micrologic 1.3 M Electronic Trip Units for Instantaneous

Protection Only (L-Frame Circuit Breakers Only) ..................................................................... 55

Micrologic 2.2 M and 2.3 M Electronic Trip Units........................................................................ 56

Indications................................................................................................................................... 57

PowerPact™ H-, J-, and L-Frame Circuit Breakers

02/2016

SECTION 6: ENERGY MANAGEMENT .......................................................................... 61

Energy Management Using the Smart System...........................................................................61

Smart System Communication Components ..............................................................................63

Power Meter Functions ...............................................................................................................64

Display Functions........................................................................................................................ 64

Measurement Function ...............................................................................................................65

FDM121 Display.......................................................................................................................... 72

FDM128 Display.......................................................................................................................... 77

SECTION 7: TRIP UNITS ................................................................................................ 83

Available Trip Units ..................................................................................................................... 83

Protection of Distribution Systems ..............................................................................................86

Smart System Communication Wiring System ...........................................................................95

IFE Ethernet Interface................................................................................................................. 97

IFM Modbus Communication Interface ..................................................................................... 100

I/O Application Module .............................................................................................................. 103

Electrical Asset Manager Configuration Engineering Tool (Ecoreach™).................................. 106

SECTION 8: ACCESSORIES FOR MICROLOGIC™ TRIP UNITS .............................. 108

NSX Cord.................................................................................................................................. 108

Breaker Status and Control Module (BSCM) ............................................................................ 108

24 Vdc Power-Supply Terminal Block....................................................................................... 109

External 24 Vdc Power-Supply Module..................................................................................... 109

Battery Module.......................................................................................................................... 110

Pocket Tester............................................................................................................................ 110

Isolated Modbus Repeater Module ........................................................................................... 110

UST Test Adapter (UTA) Tester for Test and Maintenance...................................................... 111

Universal Logic Plug System .................................................................................................... 112

External Neutral Current Transformer (ENCT).......................................................................... 113

External Neutral Voltage Tap (ENVT)....................................................................................... 113

PowerPact™ H-, J-, and L-Frame Circuit Breakers

02/2016

SECTION 9: ACCESSORIES AND AUXILIARIES ........................................................115

Communication Network...........................................................................................................115

Accessory Connections ............................................................................................................ 118

Auxiliary and Alarm Indication Contacts ................................................................................... 118

SDx and SDTAM Modules for Micrologic Trip Units ................................................................. 120

Shunt Trip (MX) and Undervoltage Trip (MN)........................................................................... 122

Motor Operator.......................................................................................................................... 123

Add-On Ground-Fault Module (GFM) (H- and J-Frame Only) .................................................. 125

Earth Leakage Module (ELM) (H- and J-Frame Only).............................................................. 126

Rotary Operating Handles ........................................................................................................127

Class 9422 Flange-Mounted Variable-Depth Operating Mechanism........................................ 130

Locking Systems....................................................................................................................... 130

Manual Mechanical Interlocking Systems................................................................................. 131

Sealing Accessory .................................................................................................................... 134

Front-Panel Escutcheons.......................................................................................................... 134

Toggle Collars (For Drawout Mounting).................................................................................... 135

Toggle Boot .............................................................................................................................. 135

Handle Extension...................................................................................................................... 135

Circuit Breaker Enclosures and Enclosure Accessories........................................................... 136

SECTION 10: CIRCUIT BREAKER MOUNTING AND CONNECTIONS .........................138

Mounting Configurations........................................................................................................... 138

Unit-Mount Circuit Breakers...................................................................................................... 139

I-Line™ Circuit breakers ........................................................................................................... 140

Connection................................................................................................................................ 144

SECTION 11: INSTALLATION RECOMMENDATIONS ..................................................150

Operating Conditions ................................................................................................................ 150

Installation in Equipment........................................................................................................... 153

Safety Clearances and Minimum Distances ............................................................................. 153

Safety Clearance ...................................................................................................................... 154

Control Wiring ........................................................................................................................... 154

24 Vdc Power Supply Module................................................................................................... 156

SECTION 12: WIRING DIAGRAMS ................................................................................157

PowerPact™ H-, J-, and L-Frame Circuit Breakers

02/2016

SECTION 13: CIRCUIT BREAKER DIMENSIONS ......................................................... 165

SECTION 14: ACCESSORY DIMENSIONAL DRAWINGS ............................................ 188

SECTION 15: TRIP CURVES .......................................................................................... 192

CATALOG NUMBERS .................................................................................................... 258

GLOSSARY ..................................................................................................................... 264

PowerPact H-, J-, and L-Frame Circuit Breakers

Catalog Numbering

02/2016

Section 1—Catalog Numbering

PowerPact™ with Micrologic™ Circuit Breakers

The PowerPact H-, J-, and L-frame circuit breakers are designed to protect electrical systems from

damage caused by overloads and short circuits. H- and J-frame circuit breakers are available with

either thermal-magnetic or Micrologic

electronic trip units. L-frame circuit breakers are available with

Micrologic electronic trip units only.

Direct Access to Energy Management

The new generation PowerPact with Micrologic circuit breakers set the standard with direct access to

energy management. Integrated metering enhances their protective functions. For the first time,

Schneider Electric™ users can monitor energy from 15 to 3000 A, offering new performance in a

remarkably compact device.

•

Smart – A meter in every breaker

•

Safe – Combines safety and performance in one compact device

•

Simple – To select, install, and use

Increased energy

availability

Safety and

Protection

Energy measurement

and control

PowerPact H-, J-, and L-Frame Circuit Breakers

Catalog Numbering

Table 1: Circuit Breaker Catalog Numbers

Segment Character Description — JLL36 250 WT— — — — —

Brand — Square D

N Schneider Electric

Frame

HH-Frame

JJ-Frame

LL-Frame

Performance Level (kA) See Table 2

Terminations

LLugs Line/Load Side

MLugs Line Side

PLugs Load Side

FBus Bar

AA-Line

SRear Connected

NPlug-in

DDrawout

KReverse I-Line

Poles

2Two Pole

3 Three Pole

4Four Pole

Voltage 6600 V

4480 V

Amperage

060 60 A

100 100 A

150 150 A

250 250 A

400 400 A

600 600 A

000 Switch or Frame Only

Mission Critical W(J- and L-frame with D, G, J and L-

interrupting ratings

Trip Unit See Table 3

I-Line Phasing

Accessory Suffix Code See Table 4

Table 2: Interrupting Rating

/ CSA

/ NOM

IEC 647-2 Icu/Ics

240 Vac 480 Vac 600 Vac 250 Vdc

500 Vdc

220/240 Vac 380/440/415 Vac 500/525 Vac 690 Vac 250 Vdc

500 Vdc

D25 kA 18 kA 14

kA 20 kA — 25/25 kA 18/18 kA 14/14 kA — 20 kA 20 kA

G65 kA 35 kA 18 kA 20 kA 20 kA 65/65 kA 35/35 kA 18/18 kA — 20 kA 20 kA

J100 kA 65 kA 25 kA 20 kA — 100/100 kA 65/65 kA 25/25 kA — 20 kA 20 kA

L125 kA 100 kA 50 kA 20 kA 50 kA 125/125 kA 100/100 kA 50/50 kA — 20

kA 20 kA

R200 kA 200 kA 100 kA — — 150 kA 125 kA 75 kA 20 kA — —

1250 Vdc ratings only available with PowerPact H or J circuit breakers with thermal-magnetic trip units (not including MCP).

2UL 500 Vdc ratings only available with PowerPact H-, J-, and L-frame circuit breakers with thermal-magnetic trip units (not including MCP).

3IEC 500 Vdc rating only available on PowerPact J-frame circuit beakers.

PowerPact H-, J-, and L-Frame Circuit Breakers

Catalog Numbering

02/2016

Table 3: Trip Unit Numbering

Trip Unit Type Character Description

Micrologic Trip Units

U31 X LI Standard Protection

U33X LSI Standard Protection

U43X LSI plus Ammeter

U44X LSIG plus Ammeter

U53X LSI plus Energy Management

U54X LSIG plus Energy Management

M37X Magnetic Only (L-Frame Only)

M38X Motor Protector Circuit Breaker

S40X 400 A Molded Case Switch (L-Frame Automatic Switch)

S60X 600 A Molded Case Switch (L-Frame Automatic Switch)

F40 400 A L-Frame Only (No Trip Unit)

F60 600 A L-Frame Only (No Trip Unit)

Thermal-Magnetic

Trip Units

— Standard Fixed Trip Unit (Suitable for reverse connection)

F06 60 A H-Frame Only (No trip unit)

F15 150 A H-Frame Only (No trip unit)

F25 250 A J-Frame Only (No trip unit)

T Complete Circuit Breaker (Frame + removable trip unit)

S15 150 A Molded Case Switch (H-Frame automatic switch)

S17 175 A Molded Case Switch (J-Frame automatic switch)

S25 250 A Molded Case Switch (J-Frame automatic switch)

C 100% Rated Continuous Current Rating1

1100% ratings valid for:

Three-pole H/J frame unit mount and busbar connection

Three-pole/four-pole L-frame 250 A and 400 A unit mount

Three-pole L-frame 250 A and 400 A I-Line

M71 30 A H-Frame Motor Circuit Protector (MCP)

M72 50 A H-Frame Motor Circuit Protector (MCP)

M73 100 A H-Frame Motor Circuit Protector (MCP)

M74 150 A H-Frame Motor Circuit Protector (MCP)

M75 250 A J-Frame Motor Circuit Protector (MCP)

D81 500 Vdc 150–175 A J-Frame Molded Case Circuit Breaker

D82 500 Vdc 200–250 A J-Frame Molded Case Circuit Breaker

D87 500 Vdc 30–70 A H-Frame Molded Case Circuit Breaker

Dxx 500 Vdc 300A–1200A L-Frame Molded Case Circuit Breaker

(Refer to Table 9 for details)

R100% Rated Continuous Current Rating Complete Circuit Breaker

(frame + removable trip unit)

PowerPact H-, J-, and L-Frame Circuit Breakers

Catalog Numbering

Table 4: Factory Installed Accessory Suffix Codes (Building Sequence as Listed) and Field-Installable Kit Number

(1) Communication Networks

(5) Shunt Trip (6) Undervoltage Release UVR Voltage

Suffix Description Kit No. Suffix Kit No. Suffix Kit No.

EA NSX Cord 1.3 m, V  480 V S434201 SK S29384 UK S29404 24 Vac

EB NSX Cord 3 m, V  480 V S434202 SL S29385 UL S29405 48 Vac

ED NSX Cord 1.3 m, V > 480 V S434204 SA S29386 UA S29406 120 Vac

EE NSX Cord 3 m, V > 480 V S434303 SD S29387 UD S29407 208/277 Vac

EG4BSCM + NSX Cord 1.3 m, V  480 V S434201BS SH S29388 UH S29408 380/480 Vac

EH4BSCM + NSX Cord 3 m, V  480 V S434202BS SJ S29389 UJ S29409 525/600 Vac

EK4BSCM + NSX Cord 1.3 m, V > 480 V S434204BS SN S29382 UN S29402 12 Vdc

EL4BSCM + NSX Cord 3 m, V > 480 V S434303BS SO S29390 UO S29410 24 Vdc

EN 24 Vdc Power Supply Terminal Block S434210 SU S29391 UU S29411 30 Vdc

(2) Indication Contacts SP S29392 UP S29412 48 Vdc

SV S29383 UV S29403 60 Vdc

Suffix Description Kit No. SR S29393 UR S29413 125 Vdc

VSDX S429532 SS S29394 US S29414 250 Vdc

SDTAM (motor only trip units) S429424 (6) Communicating Motor Operator

(3) Auxiliary Switch Suffix Voltage H-Frame J-Frame L-Frame

Suffix Contacts Kit No. Kit Qty. NC 220/240 Vac S429441 S431549 S432652

AA 1A/1B Standard S29450 1 (7) Motor Operator

AB 2A/2B Standard S29450 2

AC 3A/3B Standard (L-frame only) S29450 3 Suffix Voltage H-Frame J-Frame L-Frame

AE 1A/1B Low-Level S29452 1 ML 48/60 Vac S29440 S31548 S432639

AF 2A/2B Low-Level S29452 2 MA 120 Vac S29433 S31540 S432640

AG 3A/3B Low Level (L-frame only) S29452 3 MD 277 Vac S29434 S31541 S432641

(4) Alarm/Overcurrent Trip Switch MF 380/415 Vac — — S432642

MH 440/480 Vac S29435 S31542 S432647

Suffix Switch Kit No. Kit Qty. MO 24/30 Vdc S29436 S31543 S432643

PowerPact L-Frame and PowerPact H/J-Frame with Micrologic 5/6 trip units MV 48/60 Vdc S29437 S31544 S432644

BC Alarm Switch S29450 1 MR 110/130 Vdc S29438 S31545 S432645

BH Alarm Switch Low-Level S29452 1 MS 250 Vdc S29439 S31546 S432646

BD Overcurrent Trip Switch, Standard

SDE Actuator

S29450

S29451

1(8) Rotary Handle

BJ Overcurrent Trip Switch, Low-Level

SDE Actuator

S29452

S29451

Suffix Handle Type (color) H/J-Frame L-Frame

RD10 Direct Mount (black) S29337 S32597

BE Alarm Switch and

Overcurrent Trip Switch, Standard S29450 2 RD20 Direct Mount (red) S29339 S32599

RE10 Extended Door Mount (black) S29338 S32598

BK Alarm Switch and

Overcurrent Trip Switch, Low-Level S29452 2 RT10 Telescoping (black) S29343 S32603

RE20 Extended Door Mount (red) S29340 S32600

PowerPact H/J-Frame with Thermal-Magnetic or Micrologic 1/2/3 trip units (9) Wire Harnesses2

BC Alarm Switch S29450 1

BH Alarm Switch Low-Level S29452 1 Suffix Harness2Kit No.

BD Overcurrent Trip Switch, Standard

SDE Actuator

S29450

S29451

YH3 ZSI Wire Harness, H/J Frame S434300

YH3 ZSI Wire Harness, L-Frame S434301

BJ Overcurrent Trip Switch, Low-Level

SDE Actuator

S29452

S29451

YH2 ENCT Wire Harness S434302

YH1 OF Wire Harness S434500

Alarm Switch and

Overcurrent Trip Switch, Standard

SDE Actuator

S29450 2 YH1 SD/SDE Wire Harness S434501

YH1 SDx/SDTAM Wire Harness S434502

S29451 1 YH1 MN Wire Harness S434503

Alarm Switch and

Overcurrent Trip Switch, Low-Level S29452 2 YH1 MX Wire Harness S434504

YH1 Motor Operator Wire Harness S434506

SDE Actuator S29451 1 YH1 Communicating Motor Operator Wire Harness S434507

Except for 24 Vdc Power Supply Terminal Block, installation requires IFM (STRV00210) for

Modbus communication and/or FDM (STRV00121) for external display.

YH1 = all installed accessories but ZSI and ENCT.

YH2 = ENCT and all installed accessories.

YH3 = ZSI and all installed accessories.

YH4 = ZSI, ENCT and all installed accessories.

I-Line wire harness included for communication network accessories.

Optional wire harness for unit mount requires YH1 suffix.

If using with a motor operator, requires Communicating Motor Operator (suffix NC).

Requires Micrologic trip unit U43, U44, U53, or U54 and communication accessories EG, EH, EK,

or EL.

YH13NSX Wire Harness S434508

YH4 ENCT and ZSI Wire Harnesses —

YH1324 Vdc Power Supply Wire Harness S434505

(10) Handle Padlocks

Suffix Padlock Type H/J-Frame L-Frame

YP Handle Padlock, ON or OFF S29371 S32631

YQ Handle Padlock, OFF Only S37422 NJPAF

YQ Handle Padlock, OFF Only 2P H2PHLA —

PowerPact H-, J-, and L-Frame Circuit Breakers

General Information

02/2016

Section 2—General Information

The PowerPact™ H-, J-, and L-frame circuit breakers are designed to protect electrical systems from

damage caused by overloads and short circuits. H- and J-frame circuit breakers are available with

either thermal-magnetic or Micrologic™ electronic trip units. L-frame circuit breakers are available with

Micrologic electronic trip units only.

H- and J-frame circuit breakers with thermal-magnetic trip units contain individual thermal (overload)

and instantaneous (short circuit) sensing elements in each pole. The amperage ratings of the thermal

trip elements are calibrated at 104°F (40°C) free air ambient temperature. Per the National Electric

Code

(NEC

) and the Canadian Electrical Code, standard circuit breakers may only be applied

continuously at up to 80% of their rating. Circuit breakers rated for 100% operation are available but

require specially-designed enclosures and 194°F (90°C) rated wire.

Devices with the Micrologic electronic trip unit provide adjustable protection settings for greater system

flexibility. In addition to electronic protection, Micrologic trip units allow users to monitor both energy

and power. Through direct access to in-depth information and networking using open protocols,

PowerPact circuit breakers with Micrologic trip units let operators optimize the management of their

electrical installations. Far more than just a circuit breaker, these devices are a measurement and

communication tool ready to meet energy-efficiency needs through optimized power requirements,

increased energy availability, and improved installation management.

Applications

PowerPact H-, J-, and L-frame circuit breakers offer high performance and a wide range of

interchangeable trip units to protect most applications.

Electronic trip units provide highly accurate protection with wide setting ranges and can integrate

measurement, metering and communication functions. They can be combined with the front display

module (FDM121) to provide functions similar to a power meter.

Table 5:Applications

Power Meter

PowerPact H-, J-, and L-frame circuit breakers equipped with Micrologic 5/6 trip units offer

type A (ammeter) or E (energy) metering functions as well as communication capability. Using

Micrologic trip unit sensors and intelligence, PowerPact H-, J-, and L-frame circuit breakers

provide access to measurements of all the main electrical parameters on the built-in screen, on a

dedicated front display module (FDM121) or through the communication network.

Operating assistance

Integration of measurement functions provides operators with operating assistance functions

including alarms tripped by user-selected measurement values, time-stamped event tables and

histories, and maintenance indicators.

Front display module

The main measurements can be read on the built-in screen of Micrologic 5/6 trip units. They can

also be displayed on the equipment FDM121 along with pop-up windows signalling the main

alarms.

Communication Network

PowerPact H-, J-, and L-frame circuit breakers equipped with Micrologic 5/6 trip units provide

communication capabilities. Simple RJ45 cables connect to a Modbus communication interface

module.

PowerPact H-, J-, and L-Frame Circuit Breakers

General Information

Protection of distribution

systems

Mission critical applications

The PowerPact H-, J-, and L-frame circuit breakers provide protection against short circuits and

overloads for:

• distribution systems supplied by transformers

• distribution systems supplied by engine generator sets

They are easily installed at all levels in distribution systems, from the main LV switchboard to the

subdistribution boards and enclosures. All PowerPact circuit breakers can protect against

insulation faults by adding an external Vigirex relay.

The PowerPact H-, J-, and L-frame mission critical circuit breakers provide high levels of

selective coordination with QO and ED/EG/EJ circuit breakers.

Protection of motors

The PowerPact H-, J-, and L-frame circuit breakers include a number of versions to protect

motor applications:

• basic short-circuit protection with electronic instantaneous only MCP or the electronic

Micrologic 1.3 M trip units, combined with a special overload relay to provide thermal

protection

• protection against overloads, short circuit and phase unbalance or loss with Micrologic 2 M

trip units

The exceptional limiting capacity of the PowerPact circuit breakers automatically provides

coordination with the motor starter.

Protection of special

applications

The PowerPact H-, J-, and L-frame circuit breakers offer a number of version for special

protection applications:

• industrial control panels with:

— compliance with international standards IEC 60947-2 and UL 508/CSA 22.2 N°14

— compliance with UL 489

— installation in universal and functional enclosures

• 400 Hz systems

Control using automatic

switches

An automatic switch version of PowerPact H-, J-, and L-frame circuit breakers is available for

circuit control. All add-on functions for the circuit breakers may be combined with the basic

automatic switch function, including motor operators.

For information on other automatic switches, contact Schneider Electric.

Manual transfer systems

To ensure a continuous supply of power, some electrical installations are connected to two

power systems:

• the normal source, usually the utility (U)

• a replacement source to supply the installation when the normal source is not available,

generally from a generator (G)

A mechanical and/or electrical interlocking system between two circuit breakers or automatic

switches avoids all risk of parallel connection of the sources during switching.

A system can be manual transfer mechanical device interlocking.

Table 5:Applications

rciMcigolo

Ir)

(

rciMcigolo

Ir )

(

rciMcigolo

.59

Ir)

(

rciMcigolo

Ir)

(

rciMcigolo

Ir)

(

Main Alternate

PowerPact H-, J-, and L-Frame Circuit Breakers

General Information

02/2016

Mission Critical Circuit Breakers

The PowerPact

™

J- and L-Frame Mission Critical circuit breakers deliver high levels of selective

coordination in a flexible design that can be easily configured for a variety of applications. Tested to be

selectively coordinated with the QO

™

family of miniature circuit breakers and the ED, EG, and EJ

circuit breakers, this solution provides peace of mind when power availability is critical.

An electronic trip unit provides adjustable long-time settings in three sensor sizes, allowing coverage

from 70 through 600 A on 120-240, 208Y/120, 240, and 480Y/277 V systems.

In addition to unique design attributes, the PowerPact Mission Critical circuit breakers have also

undergone rigorous testing procedures to certify the coordination with downstream circuit breakers—

combining innovative engineering with validated test results.

Apply Schneider Electric Mission Critical circuit breakers in emergency power distribution systems,

data centers, hospitals, or anywhere continuity of service is desired.

Theory of Operation

There are several dynamic forces between the PowerPact Mission Critical circuit breakers and

downstream circuit breakers when a fault occurs downstream of the branch circuit breaker. Many of

these events cannot be shown on the trip curve.

The PowerPact Mission Critical circuit breakers analyze the fault current to make decisions which

maximize selectivity with downstream circuit breakers. The trip units deploy a special selectivity delay

to allow downstream circuit breakers to clear. However, on very high faults or if the downstream circuit

breaker does not trip, the circuit breaker trips the mechanism instantaneously.

The combination of the PowerPact Mission Critical circuit breaker and downstream circuit breakers

shown in the selectivity charts in the instruction bulletin are selective due to the fact that the series

impedance and the let-through from the downstream circuit breaker does not produce enough energy

to trip the PowerPact Mission Circuit circuit breaker.

This system maximizes the interaction of the circuit breakers in series to allow selectivity.

Trip Units and Trip Curves

The PowerPact J- and L-Frame Mission Critical circuit breakers deliver high levels of selective

coordination with the QO™ family of miniature circuit breakers and the ED, EG, and EJ circuit breakers

in a flexible design that can be easily configured for a variety of applications. These circuit breaker can

be equipped with 3.2-W, 3.2S-W, 5.2A-W, 5.2E-W, 6.2A-W, 3.3S-W, 5.3A-W, 6.3A-2, and 6.3E-2

Micrologic trip units. See the catalog numbers and references beginning in Table 21.

The mission critical trip units have the same settings and trip curves as the standard trip units

described in this document.

For more information see the trip unit user guides 48940-310-01 and 48940-312-01 on the Schneider

Electric website.

Ratings Available Configurations

UL 489 Listed

CSA Certified

Voltage: 480Y/277 V

• I-Line mounting

• Main circuit breaker in NQ and NF panelboards

• Unit mount for OEM users

• Plug-in base for OEM users

• Drawout base for OEM users

PowerPact H-, J-, and L-Frame Circuit Breakers

General Information

J-frame mission critical circuit breakers are selective with QO or E-frame circuit breakers per Table 6

when the amperage of the main circuit breaker is at least two times the amperage of the branch circuit

breaker.

L-frame mission critical circuit breakers are selective with QO-style and E-frame circuit breakers per

Table 7 when the amperage of the main circuit breaker is at least two times greater than the amperage

of the branch circuit breaker.

Table 6:J-Frame Selectivity with QO and E-Frame Circuit Breakers

1 Including AFI, CAFI, EPD and GFI circuit breakers.

Circuit Breaker Voltage Current One-Line Diagram

MainBranch

J–W, 250 A

QO(B)

QO(B)-H

QO(B)-VH

1P, 2P

10–30 A

240/120 V

120 V

18 kA

35–60 A 15 kA

70–125 A 12 kA

10–30 A

240 V

208 V

15 kA

35–60 A 13 kA

70–125 A 10 kA

J–W, 250 A E-Frame 1P, 2P, 3P

15–125 A 240 V 18 kA

15–60 A

480Y/277 V

10 kA

70–125 A 7 kA

Table 7:L-Frame Selectivity with QO and E-Frame Circuit Breakers

1 Including AFI, CAFI, EPD and GFI circuit breakers.

Circuit Breaker Voltage Current One-Line Diagram

Main Branch

L–W, 250 A

QO(B)

QO(B)-H

QO(B)-VH

10–60 A

240 V

18 kA

70–125 A 10 kA

L–W, 400 A

L–W, 600 A

QO(B)

QO(B)-H

QO(B)-VH

15–150 A 240 V 30 kA

L–W, 250 A

L–W, 400 A

L–W, 600 A

E-Frame 15–125 A

240 V 30 kA

480Y/277 30 kA

FAULT

Load

QO 20 A 1P

QO 100 A 2P

J-Frame Mission Critical Circuit Breaker

FAULT

Load

QO 20 A 1P

QO 100 A 2P

L-Frame Mission Critical Circuit Breaker

PowerPact H-, J-, and L-Frame Circuit Breakers

General Information

02/2016

Flexible Configurations

The PowerPact H-, J- and L-frame circuit breakers may be configured with lugs, bus bar connections,

rear connections, I-Line™, drawout cradle, or plug-in base.

Field Installable Accessories and Trip Units

Figure 1:Field Installable Accessories and Trip Units

PowerPact H-, J-, and L-Frame Circuit Breakers

General Information

General Characteristics

Faceplate Label

Codes and Standards

H-, J-, and L-frame circuit breakers, automatic switches and electronic motor circuit protectors are

manufactured and tested in accordance with the following standards.

NOTE:Apply circuit breakers according to guidelines detailed in the National Electric Code

(NEC) and

other local wiring codes.

Characteristics indicated on the faceplate label:

A. Circuit breaker type

B. Circuit breaker disconnector symbol

C. Performance levels

D. Standards

E. Ue: Operating voltage per IEC

F. Icu: Ultimate breaking capacity per IEC

G. Ics: Service breaking capacity per IEC

H. Uimp: Rated impulse withstand voltage per IEC

I. Ui: Insulation voltage per IEC

J. Certification marks

NOTE:When the circuit breaker is equipped with an extended

rotary handle, the door must be opened to view the faceplate.

Table 8:Codes and Standards (Domestic)

PowerPact H-, J-, and L-Frame

Circuit Breakers

H-, J-, and L-Frame

Switches

PowerPact H-, J-, and L-Frame

Motor Circuit Protectors

UL 4891

IEC 60947-2

CSA C22.2 No. 52

Federal Specification W-C-375B/GEN

NEMA AB1

NMX J-266

CCC

CE Marking

1PowerPact H- and J-frame circuit breakers are in UL File E10027. PowerPact L-frame circuit breakers are in UL File E63335.

2PowerPact H- and J-frame circuit breakers are in CSA File LR40970. PowerPact L-frame circuit breakers are in CSA File 69561.

UL 4893

IEC 60947-3

CSA C22.2 No. 54

Federal Specification W-C-375B/GEN

NEMA AB1

NMX J-266

CE Marking

3PowerPact H- and J-frame switches are in UL File E87159.

4PowerPact H- and J-frame switches are in CSA File LR32390.

UL 508

IEC 60947-2

CSA C22.2 No. 14

NEMA AB1

CCC

CE Marking

PowerPact

HDA36100

Circuit Breaker

Interuptor Automático

Disjoncteur

HD 150

Interrupting Rating

Valor de Interrupción

Valeur d’interruption

CSA

NEMA

NOM

(V)

240

480

600

240 1Ø - 3Ø

480 1Ø - 3Ø

250

(kA)

25 50/50 Hz

AIR/Anom.I

50/60 Hz

(V)

220/240

380/440

400/525

Ui 750V

Icu

(kA)

Uimp 8kV

Ics

(kA)

IEC 60947-2

CIE

UNE

UTE

VDE

153555

LISTED C.B.

Issue No. 186

E10027

PowerPact H-, J-, and L-Frame Circuit Breakers

General Information

02/2016

Vibration

PowerPact H-, J-, and L-frame devices resist mechanical vibration.

Tests are carried out in compliance with standard UL 489 SA and SB for the levels required by

merchant-marine inspection organizations (Veritas

, Lloyd's

, etc.):

PowerPact H-, J-, and L-frame circuit breaker meet IEC 60068-2-6 for vibration:

— 2.0 to 25.0 Hz and amplitude +/- 1.6 mm

— 25.0 to 100 Hz acceleration +/- 4.0 g

Excessive vibration may cause tripping, breaks in connections or damage to mechanical parts.

Electromagnetic Disturbances

PowerPact H-, J-, and L-frame devices are protected against:

•

overvoltages caused by circuit switching

•

overvoltages caused by an atmospheric disturbances or by a distribution-system outage (such as

from failure due to lightning)

•

devices emitting radio waves (radios, walkie-talkies, radar, etc.)

•

electrostatic discharges produced directly by users

PowerPact H-, J-, and L-frame devices have successfully passed the electromagnetic-compatibility

tests (EMC) defined by the following international standards:

•

IEC/EN 60947-2: Low-voltage switchgear and controlgear, part 2: Circuit breakers:

— Annex F: Immunity tests for circuit breakers with electronic protection

— Annex B: Immunity tests for residual current protection

•

IEC/EN 61000-4-2: Electrostatic-discharge immunity tests

•

IEC/EN 61000-4-3: Radiated, radio-frequency, electromagnetic-field immunity tests

•

IEC/EN 61000-4-4: Electrical fast transient/burst immunity tests

•

IEC/EN 61000-4-5: Surge immunity tests

•

IEC/EN 61000-4-6: Immunity tests for conducted disturbances induced by radio frequency fields

•

CISPR 11: Limits and methods of measurement of electromagnetic disturbance characteristics of

industrial, scientific and medical (ISM) radio-frequency equipment.

These tests ensure that:

•

no nuisance tripping occurs due to electromagnetic disturbances

•

tripping times are respected

Tropicalization

The materials used in PowerPact circuit breakers will not support the growth of fungus and mold.

PowerPact circuit breakers have passed the test defined below for extreme atmospheric conditions.

Dry cold and dry heat:

— IEC 68-2-1–dry cold at -55°C

— IEC 68-2-2–dry heat at +85°C

Damp heat (tropicalization)

— IEC 68-2-30–damp heat (temperature + 55°C and relative humidity of 95%)

— IEC 68-2-52 level 2–salt mist

PowerPact H-, J-, and L-Frame Circuit Breakers

General Information

Special Ratings

The H-frame and J-frame circuit breakers also comply with the following special ratings:

•

HACR rating

•

SWD switch duty rating (applies only to 15 and 20 A / 277 Vac or less, two- and three-pole)

•

HID high intensity discharge lighting rating (15–50 A)

The L-frame circuit breakers complies with the following special rating:

•

HACR rating

Marine Ratings

UL Marine Listed/CSA Certified Circuit Breakers (UL 489 Supplement SA)

The PowerPact H- and J-frame circuit breakers with thermal-magnetic trip units with D, G, J and L

interruption levels meet the UL 489 Supplement SA requirements for use on vessels of any length

under or over 65 ft. (19.8 m). The PowerPact H-, J-, and L-frame circuit breakers with Micrologic

electronic trip units meet the UL 489 Supplement SA for use on vessels over 65 ft. (19.8 m) in length.

Marine circuit breakers must not use aluminum or aluminum alloys for terminal connections and must

be calibrated at an ambient temperature of 104°F (40°C). Standard circuit breakers should not be

specified or used in the place of marine rated circuit breakers.

Circuit breakers can be ordered with the Marine SA listing by adding the suffix “YA” (marine) to the

catalog number.

UL Naval Listed/CSA Certified Circuit Breakers (UL 489 Supplement SB)

The PowerPact H-, J-, and L-frame circuit breakers with Micrologic trip units with D, G, J and L

interruption levels meet the UL 489 Supplement SB requirements for use on naval vessels. These circuit

breakers are subject to various vibration tests as described in UL 489 Supplement SB. Naval circuit

breakers must not use aluminum or aluminum alloys for terminal connections and must be calibrated at

an ambient temperature of 122°F (50°C). Standard circuit breakers should not be specified or used in the

place of navel rated circuit breakers.

Circuit breakers can be ordered with the Naval SB listing by adding the suffix “YA1” (naval) to the catalog

number.

American Bureau of Shipping (ABS)

The PowerPact H-, J-, and L-Frame circuit breakers are certified to ABS-NVR (American Bureau of

Shipping - Naval Vessel Rules), for use on Naval vessels.

PowerPact H-, J-, and L-Frame Circuit Breakers

General Information

02/2016

UL 489 SC Listed 500 Vdc Circuit Breakers

The UL Listed/CSA Certified thermal-magnetic H-, J-, and L-frame molded case circuit breakers are

specifically designed for use on ungrounded dc systems having a maximum short-circuit voltage of

500 Vdc or a maximum floating (unloaded) voltage of 600 Vdc. The circuit breakers are suitable for use

only with UPS (uninterruptable power supplies) and ungrounded systems. This two-level voltage rating

allows these circuit breakers to be applied to battery sources having a short-circuit availability of

20,000 or 50,000 amperes at 500 Vdc.

These circuit breakers are UL Listed/CSA Certified for the interrupting ratings shown only if applied with

three poles connected in series (series connection is external to circuit breaker). See diagram below.

NOTE:Due to external series connection, I-Line

circuit breakers are not available for this application.

Figure 2:DC Circuit Breaker Caution Labels

CAUTION/PRECAUCION/

ATTENTION

Connect only as shown/Conectar solo asi/

Francher seulement comme suit:

300 V 300 V

Load/Carga/

Charge

600 V MAX.

MAX. MAX.

Load/Carga/

Charge

CAUTION/PRECAUCIÓN/

ATTENTION

Connect only as shown/ Conectar sólo

así/ Brancher seulment comme suit:

600 V MAX

Load/Carga/

Charge Load/Carga/

Charge

300 V

MAX

+-300 V

MAX

CAUTION/PRECAUCIÓN/

ATTENTION

Connect only as shown/ Conectar sólo

así/ Brancher seulment comme suit:

600 V MAX

Load/Carga/

Charge

Source = 600 Vdc max. (floating)

500 Vdc max. (loaded)

H- and J-Frame Circuit Breakers

L-Frame Three-Pole Circuit Breakers L-Frame Four-Pole Circuit Breakers

PowerPact H-, J-, and L-Frame Circuit Breakers

General Information

Table 9:DC Molded Case Circuit Breakers–Adjustable Magnetic Trip

Ampere

Rating

Circuit Breaker

Cat. No.

Adjustable Magnetic Trip Range—DC Amperes Performance Level

at 500 Vdc

Low High

100 A JGL37100D81 350 600

20 k AIR

125 A JGL37125D81 350 600

150 A JGL37150D81 350 600

175 A JGL37175D81 350 600

200 A JGL37200D82 500 850

225 A JGL37225D82 500 850

250 A JGL37250D82 500 850

300 A LGL37030D27 750 1500

350 A LGL37035D29 875 1750

400 A LGL37040D30 1000 2000

450 A LGL37045D31 1125 2250

500 A LGL37050D32 1250 2500

600 A LGL37060D33 1500 3000

700 A LGL47070D35 1750 3500

800 A LGL47080D36 2000 4000

900 A LGL47090D86 2250 4500

1000 A LGL47100D40 2500 5000

1200 A LGL47120D42 3000 6000

100 A JLL37100D81 350 600

50 k AIR

125 A JLL37125D81 350 600

150 A JLL37150D81 350 600

175 A JLL37175D81 350 600

200 A JLL37200D82 500 850

225 A JLL37225D82 500 850

250 A JLL37250D82 500 850

300 A LLL37030D27 750 1500

350 A LLL37035D29 875 1750

400 A LLL37040D30 1000 2000

450 A LLL37045D31 1125 2250

500 A LLL37050D32 1250 2500

600 A LLL37060D33 1500 3000

700 A LLL47070D35 1750 3500

800 A LLL47080D36 2000 4000

900 A LLL47090D86 2250 4500

1000 A LLL47100D40 2500 5000

1200 A LLL47120D42 3000 6000

Table 10:DC Molded Case Circuit Breakers–Fixed Magnetic Trip

Ampere

Rating

Circuit Breaker

Cat. No.

Adjustable Magnetic Trip Range—DC Amperes Performance Level

at 500 Vdc

Low High

30 A HGL37030D87 300 600

20 k AIR50 A HGL37050D87 300 600

70 A HGL37070D87 300 600

30 A HLL37030D87 300 600

50 k AIR50 A HLL37050D87 300 600

70 A HLL37070D87 300 600

PowerPact H-, J-, and L-Frame Circuit Breakers

General Information

02/2016

Table 11:Circuit Breakers

Circuit Breaker 150 A H-Frame 250 A J-Frame 400 A L-Frame 600 A L-Frame 1200 A L-Frame

Circuit Breaker Type HD HG HJ HL HR JD JG JJ JL JR LD LG LJ LL LR LD LG LJ LL LR LG LL

Number of poles12, 3 3 2, 3 3 3, 4 3, 4 4

Amperage Range (A) 15-150 70-250 70-400 200-600 700-1200

UL 489 Circuit Breaker Ratings

Breaking Capacity

(AIR)

UL/CSA/NOM

(kA rms)

240 Vac 25 65 100 125 200 25 65 100 125 200 25 65 100 125 200 25 65 100 125 200 — —

480 Vac 18 35 65 100 200 18 35 65 100 200 18 35 65 100 200 18 35 65 100 200 — —

600 Vac 14 18 25 50 100 14 18 25 50 100 14 18 25 50 100 14 18 25 50 100 — —

250 Vdc220 20 20 20 — 20 20 20 20 — — — — — — — — — — — — —

500 Vdc2, 3 — 20 — 50 — — 20 — — 50 — 20 — — 50 — 20 — 20 — 20 50

IEC 947-2 Circuit Breaker Ratings

Ultimate breaking

capacity (Icu)

(kA rms)

220/240 Vac 25 65 100 125 150 25 65 100 125 150 25 65 100 125 150 25 65 100 125 150 — —

380/415 Vac 18 35 65 100 125 18 35 65 100 125 18 35 65 100 125 18 35 65 100 125 — —

440/480 Vac 18 35 65 100 125 18 35 65 100 125 18 35 65 100 125 18 35 65 100 125 — —

500/525 Vac 1418255075141825507514182550751418255075

4——

690 Vac ————20————20————20————20— —

250 Vdc2—————20202020———————————— —

500 Vdc2, 3 —————20202020———————————— —

Service breaking

capacity (Ics) % Icu 100% 100% 100% 100% — —

Insulation Voltage V

750 Vac 750 Vac 750 Vac 750 Vac — —

Impulse Withstand

Voltage V

imp

8 kVac 8 kVac 8 kVac 8 kVac — —

Operational Voltage V

690 Vac 690 Vac 690 Vac 690 Vac — —

Sensor Rating I

150 A 250 A 400 A 600 A — —

Utilization Category — A A A A — —

Operations (Open-Close Cycles)

Without Current 4000 5000 5000 5000 —

With Current 4000 1000 1000 1000 —

Protection and Measurements

Short-circuit protection Magnetic only X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X — —

Overload/short-circuit

protection

Thermal-magnetic X X X X X X X X X X — — — — — — — — — — X X

Electronic XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX— —

with neutral protection

(Off-0.5-1-OSN)5XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX— —

with ground fault

protection XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX— —

with zone selective

interlocking (ZSI)6XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX— —

Display / I, V, f, P, E, THD measurements /

interrupted-current measurement XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX— —

Options

Front display module

(FDM121) XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX— —

Operating assistance X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X — —

Counters XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX— —

Histories and alarms X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X — —

Metering Com XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX— —

Device status/control com X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X — —

Dimensions / Weight / Connections

Dimensions

(Three-Pole Unit

Mount) in. (mm)

Height 6.4 (163) 7.5 (191) 13.38 (340) 13.38 (340) 13.38 (340)

Width 4.1 (104) 4.1 (104) 5.51 (140) 5.51 (140) 5.51 (140)

Depth 3.4 (86) 3.4 (86) 4.33 (110) 4.33 (110) 4.33 (110)

Weight - lb. (Kg) 4.8 (2.2) 5.3 (2.4) 13.2 (6.0) 13.7 (6.2) 13.7 (6.2)

Connections /

Terminations

Unit Mount X X X X X

I-Line X X X X —

Rear Connection X X X X X7

Plug-In X X X X —

Drawout X X X X —

Optional Lugs X X X X —

1H and J-frame breakers with Micrologic trip units available only with three poles. The HJ, HL and the J-Frame two pole circuit breakers are three pole modules.

2DC not available with PowerPact H, J or L-frame circuit breakers with Micrologic trip units.

3500 Vdc specific catalog numbers, ungrounded UPS systems only.

for 600 A L-frame circuit breaker at 525 V is 19 kA.

5OSN: Over Sized Neutral protection for neutrals carrying high currents (e.g. 3rd harmonics).

6ZSI using restraint wires.

7Rear connection is not available for 700–1200 A four pole L-frame circuit breakers.

PowerPact H-, J-, and L-Frame Circuit Breakers

General Information

PowerPact H-, J-, and L-frame Circuit Breaker Trip Units

Thermal-Magnetic or Electronic Trip Unit?

Thermal-magnetic trip units (available on H- and J-frame circuit breakers only) protect against

overcurrents and short-circuits using tried and true techniques. For applications requiring installation

optimization and energy efficiency, electronic trip units offering more advanced protection functions

combined with measurements.

Trip units using digital electronics are faster as well as more accurate. Wide setting ranges make

installation upgrades easier. Designed with processing capabilities, Micrologic trip units can provide

measurement information and device operating assistance. With this information, users can avoid or

deal more effectively with disturbances and can play a more active role in system operation. They can

manage the installation, anticipate events and plan any necessary servicing.

Table 12:Micrologic Trip Unit Features

Features

Micrologic Trip Unit (X = Standard Feature, O = Available Option

Standard Ammeter Energy

3.2/3.33.2S/3.3S 5.2A/5.3A 6.2A/6.3A 5.2E/5.3E 6.2E/6.3E

LI X

LSI1

1The LSI with 3.2S/3.3S trip units have fixed short time and long time delays.

XX X

LSIG/Ground Fault Trip2

2Requires neutral current transformer on three-phase four-wire loads.

Ground-Fault Alarm Trip X X

Current Settings Directly in AmperesXXXXXX

True RMS Sensing XXXXXX

UL Listed XXXXXX

Thermal Imaging XXXXXX

LED for Long-Time Pickup XXXXXX

LED for Long-Time Alarm XXXXXX

LED Green “Ready” Indicator XXXXXX

Up to 12 Alarms Used Together X X X X

Digital Ammeter X X X X

Zone-Selective Interlocking3

3ZSI for H/J-frame devices is only OUT. ZSI for L-frame devices is IN and OUT.

XXXX

Communications OOOOOO

LCD Display X X X X

Front Display Module FDM121 O O O O

Advanced User Interface X X X X

Neutral Protection X X X X

Contact Wear Indication4

4Indication available using the communication system only.

XXXX

Incremental Fine Tuning of Settings X X X X

Load Profile4, 5

5% of hours in 4 current ranges: 0–49%, 50–79%, 80–89%, and >90% I

XXXX

Power Measurement XX

Power Quality Measurements XX

PowerPact H-, J-, and L-Frame Circuit Breakers

General Information

02/2016

Accurate Measurements for Complete Protection

PowerPact H-, J-, and L-frame circuit breakers devices offer excellent measurement accuracy from

15 amperes on up to the short-circuit currents. This is made possible by a new generation of current

transformers combining “iron-core” sensors for self-powered electronics and “air core” sensors

(Rogowski coils) for measurements. The protection functions are managed by an ASIC (Application

Specific Integrated Circuit) component that is independent of the measurement functions. This

independence ensures immunity to conducted and radiated disturbances and increases reliability.

Numerous Security Functions

Torque-limiting screws

The screws secure the trip unit to the circuit breaker. When the correct tightening torque is

reached, the screw heads break off. Optimum tightening avoids any risk of temperature rise. A

torque wrench is no longer required.

Easy and sure changing of trip

units

All trip units are interchangeable, without wiring. A mechanical mismatch-protection system

makes it impossible to mount a trip unit on a circuit breaker with a lower rating.

“Ready” LED for a continuous

self-test

The LED on the front of the electronic trip units indicates the result of the self-test running

continuously on the measurement system and the tripping release. As long as the green LED is

flashing, the links between the CTs, the processing electronics and the tripping mechanism are

operational. The circuit breaker is ready to protect. A minimum current of 15 to 50 A, depending

on the device, is required for this indication function.

A patented dual adjustment

system for protection functions.

Available on Micrologic 5/6 trip units, the system consists of:

• an adjustment using rotary switches sets the maximum value

• an adjustment using the keypad or made remotely, fine-tunes the setting. This setting may

not exceed the first one. It can be read directly on the Micrologic trip unit screen, to within

one ampere and a fraction of a second.

PowerPact H-, J-, and L-Frame Circuit Breakers

Circuit Breakers

Section 3—Circuit Breakers

Dual-Break Rotating Contacts

All PowerPact™ H-, J-, and L-frame circuit breakers are equipped with dual-break rotating contacts

that reduce the amount of peak current during a short circuit fault. This reduces the let-through

currents and enhances equipment protection.

Reduced Let-Through Currents

The moving contact has the shape of an elongated “S” and rotates around a

floating axis. The shape of the fixed and moving contacts are such that the

repelling forces appear as soon as the circuit reaches approximately 15 times I

Due to the rotating movement, repulsion is rapid and the device greatly limits

short-circuit currents, whatever the interrupting level of the unit (D, G, J or L). The

fault current is extinguished before it can fully develop. Lower let-through currents

provide less peak energy, reducing the required bus bar bracing, lowering

enclosure pressure, and delivering improved series or combination ratings. See

page 25 for UL Current-Limiting labels.

High Ampere Interrupting Ratings (AIR)

Circuit breakers are available with interrupting ratings up to:

•

200 kA at 240 Vac delta

•

200 kA at 480 Vac delta

•

100 kA at 600 Vac delta.

See Table 2 for additional performance levels.

Internal Operating Mechanism

PowerPact H-, J-, and L-frame circuit breakers have an over-center toggle mechanism providing quick-

make, quick-break operation. The operating mechanism is also trip-free, which allows tripping even

when the circuit breaker handle is held in the “ON” position.

Internal cross-bars provide common opening and closing of all poles with a single operating handle.

All PowerPact circuit breakers have an integral push-to-trip button in the cover to manually trip the

circuit breaker. This should be used as part of a regular preventive maintenance program.

Push-to-Trip

PowerPact H-, J-, and L-Frame Circuit Breakers

Circuit Breakers

02/2016

Handle Position Indication

The circuit breaker handle can assume any of three positions, ON, tripped or OFF as shown. The

center tripped position provides positive visual indication that the circuit breaker has tripped.

The circuit breaker can be reset by first pushing the handle to the extreme “OFF” position. Power can

then be restored to the load by pushing the handle to the “ON” position.

Circuit Breaker Ratings

The interrupting rating is the highest current at rated voltage the circuit breaker is designed to safely

interrupt under standard test conditions. Circuit breakers must be selected with interrupting ratings equal

to or greater than the available short-circuit current at the point where the circuit breaker is applied to the

system (unless it is a branch device in a series rated combination). Interrupting ratings are shown on

Table 11: Circuit Breakers on page 21 and on the faceplate label on the front of the circuit breaker.

Reverse Feeding of Circuit Breakers

The standard unit-mount H-, J-, and L-frame circuit breakers have sealed trip units and may be reverse

fed. See Tables 18, 19, and 32 through 40 for catalog numbers.

Circuit breakers with field-interchangeable trip units (designated by the suffix T and labeled “LINE” and

“LOAD”) cannot be reverse fed. Neither can circuit breaker frames without terminations or trip units.

Current-Limiting

The current-limiting attributes of PowerPact H-, J-, and L-frame circuit breakers provide greater

protection for downstream devices by limiting the let-through current in the event of a fault. The

current-limiting capabilities of HJ/HL/HR, JJ/JL/JR, and LJ/LL/LR frame circuit breakers are

documented with Underwriters Laboratories and Canadian Standards Association. These current-

limiting circuit breakers ship with a label that identifies them as UL/CSA Current-Limiting Circuit

Breakers. (The HD/HG, JD/JG, and LD/LG circuit breakers do not carry the UL Current-Limiting label).

The trip curves with let-through data are available in the trip curve section in this catalog.

Please note that as let-through curves for UL Listed/CSA Certified Current-Limiting Circuit Breakers,

these curves are maximum let-through values.

100% Rated

Some models of the H-, J-, and L-frame circuit breakers are UL Listed/CSA Certified to be applied at

up to 100% of their current rating. Because of the additional heat generated, the use of specially-

designed enclosures on H- and J-frame circuit breakers and 194°F (90°C) rated wire is required when

applying circuit breakers at 100% of continuous current rating. (H-, J-, and L-frame circuit breakers can

use aluminum or copper lugs.) Markings on the circuit breaker indicate the minimum enclosure size

and ventilation required. The 194°F (90°C) wire must be sized according to the ampacities of the

167°F (75°C) wire column in the NEC. Circuit breakers with 100% rating can also be used in

applications requiring only standard (80%) continuous loading.

Tripped

OFF

PowerPact H-, J-, and L-Frame Circuit Breakers

Circuit Breakers

100% ratings valid for:

•

three-pole H/J-frame unit mount construction only.

•

three- and four-pole L-frame 250 A and 400 A unit mount construction.

•

three-pole L-frame 250 A and 400 A I-Line™ construction.

Corner Grounded Delta Ratings (1Ø-3Ø)

Circuit breakers suitable for corner-grounded circuits are marked 1Ø-3Ø. For additional information,

refer to data bulletin 2700DB0202.

Table 13: Corner Grounded Delta Ratings (1Ø-3Ø)

Two-Pole H-Frame Two-Pole J-Frame

HD HG HJ

1Built using three-pole module.

Ampere Rating (A) 15–150 150–250

Voltage Rating (Vac) 240 240

UL Interrupting Rating (kA) 42 42 65 100 200 42 42 65 100 200

Figure 3: Three-Phase 240 Vac Corner-Grounded Delta System

Two-Pole

Circuit Breaker

Load

PowerPact H-, J-, and L-Frame Circuit Breakers

Circuit Breakers

02/2016

Special Applications

Protection of Industrial Control Panels

PowerPact H-, J-, and L-frame circuit breakers are also used in industrial control panels. They serve as

an incoming devices or can be combined with contactors to protect motor feeders:

•

compliance with worldwide standards including IEC 60947-2 and UL 508 / CSA C22.2 N°14

•

overload and short-circuit protection

•

installation in universal and functional type

PowerPact H-, J-, and L-frame circuit breakers equipped for motor protection functions as described in

the following pages can be used in industrial control panels. The accessories for the PowerPact H-, J-,

and L-frame circuit breakers are suitable for the special needs of these applications.

400 Hz Applications

Impact on Protective Devices

The current in 400 Hz systems have higher losses caused by eddy currents and an increase in the skin

effect (reduction in the useful cross-sectional area of conductors). The higher losses cause additional

temperature rise in circuit breakers subjected to the higher frequency current. To remain within the

rated temperature-rise limits of devices, current derating is required. For circuit breakers equipped with

Micrologic electronic trip units, only the current rating (Ir) must be derated. See Table 14. On circuit

breakers equipped with thermal-magnetic trip units, the current rating (In) must be derated and the

magnetic trip setting Im must be increased. See Table 15.

Breaking Capacity in 400 Hz, 480 V Systems

The power levels of 400 Hz applications rarely exceed a few hundred kW with relatively low short-

circuit currents, generally not exceeding four times the rated current.

Micrologic Electronic Trip Units

Micrologic™ 3.2/3, 5.2/3 A or E and 6.2/3 with A or E measurement functions are suitable for 400 Hz.

The use of electronics offers the advantage of greater operating stability when the frequency varies.

However the units are still subject to temperature rise caused by the frequency.

The practical consequences are:

•

limit settings: see the I

derating table below

•

the long-time, short-time and instantaneous pick-ups are not modified (see pages 87 or 89)

•

the accuracy of the displayed measurements is 2% (Class II)

Circuit Breaker Max. Breaking Capacity AIR at 400 Hz

H-frame 10 kA

J-frame 10 kA

L-frame 10 kA

Table 14: Current Derating Maximum I

Setting

Circuit Breaker Maximum Setting Coefficient Max I

Setting at 400 Hz

H-Frame, 150 A 0.9 135

J-Frame, 250 A 0.9 225

L-Frame, 400 A 0.8 320

L-Frame, 600 A 0.65 390

PowerPact H-, J-, and L-Frame Circuit Breakers

Circuit Breakers

Thermal-Magnetic Trip Units

Thermal-magnetic trip units require the current rating (I

) to be derated and the magnetic trip setting

) to be increased.

Auxiliary Switch (OF) in 400 Hz Networks

Shunt Trip (MX) or Undervoltage Trip (MN) Voltage Release at 400 Hz and 440 V

For circuit breakers on 400 Hz systems, only 125 Vdc undervoltage trip (MN) or shunt trip (MX) releases

may be used. The release must be supplied by the 400 Hz system through a rectifier bridge (to be selected

from the table below) and an additional resistor with characteristics depending on the system voltage.

Table 15: Current Rating (In) and Magnetic Trip Setting (Im) Rerating

Circuit Breaker Maximum Setting Coefficient Max I

Setting at 400 Hz Magnetic I

Coefficient at 400 Hz

H-Frame, 150 A 0.9 135 1.6

J-Frame, 250 A 0.9 225 1.6

L-Frame, 400 A 0.8 320 1.6

L-Frame, 600 A 0.65 390 1.6

Table 16: Electrical Characteristics of Auxiliary Switches

Contact Standard Low Level

Utilization cat. (IEC 60947-5-1) AC12 AC15 AC12 AC15

Operational current

24 V 6 A 6 A 5 A 3 A

40 V 6 A 6 A 5 A 3 A

110 V 6 A 5 A 5 A 2.5 A

200/240 V 6 A 4 A 5 A 2 A

380/415 V 6 A 2 A 5 A 1.5 A

Table 17: Rectifier Bridges for MN or MX Releases

Voltage Rectifier Additional Resistor

220/240 V

Thomson 110 BHz or

General Instrument W06 or

Semikron SKB at 1.2/1.3

4.2 kȍ-5 W

380/240 V Semikron SKB at 1.2/1.3 10.7 kȍ-10 W

PowerPact H-, J-, and L-Frame Circuit Breakers

Circuit Breakers

02/2016

H- and J-Frame Catalog Numbers

Unit-Mount Circuit Breaker Catalog Numbers

Table 18: PowerPact H-Frame 150 A Unit-Mount

Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breakers (600 Vac, 250 Vdc) with Factory

Sealed Trip Unit (Suitable for Reverse Connection)

Current

Rating at

104°F

(40°C)

Fixed AC

Magnetic Trip

Interrupting Rating

DG J

Hold Trip

Standard

(80%)

Rated

100% Rated

Standard

(80%)

Rated

100% Rated

Standard

(80%)

Rated

100% Rated

Standard

(80%)

Rated

100% Rated

H-Frame, 150 A, Two-Pole, 600 Vac 50/60 Hz, 250 Vdc

15 A 350 A 750 A HDL26015 HDL26015C HGL26015 HGL26015C HJL26015 HJL26015C HLL26015 HLL26015C

20 A 350 A 750 A HDL26020 HDL26020C HGL26020 HGL26020C HJL26020 HJL26020C HLL26020 HLL26020C

25 A 350 A 750 A HDL26025 HDL26025C HGL26025 HGL26025C HJL26025 HJL26025C HLL26025 HLL26025C

30 A 350 A 750 A HDL26030 HDL26030C HGL26030 HGL26030C HJL26030 HJL26030C HLL26030 HLL26030C

35 A 400 A 850 A HDL26035 HDL26035C HGL26035 HGL26035C HJL26035 HJL26035C HLL26035 HLL26035C

40 A 400 A 850 A HDL26040 HDL26040C HGL26040 HGL26040C HJL26040 HJL26040C HLL26040 HLL26040C

45 A 400 A 850 A HDL26045 HDL26045C HGL26045 HGL26045C HJL26045 HJL26045C HLL26045 HLL26045C

50 A 400 A 850 A HDL26050 HDL26050C HGL26050 HGL26050C HJL26050 HJL26050C HLL26050 HLL26050C

60 A 800 A 1450 A HDL26060 HDL26060C HGL26060 HGL26060C HJL26060 HJL26060C HLL26060 HLL26060C

70 A 800 A 1450 A HDL26070 HDL26070C HGL26070 HGL26070C HJL26070 HJL26070C HLL26070 HLL26070C

80 A 800 A 1450 A HDL26080 HDL26080C HGL26080 HGL26080C HJL26080 HJL26080C HLL26080 HLL26080C

90 A 800 A 1450 A HDL26090 HDL26090C HGL26090 HGL26090C HJL26090 HJL26090C HLL26090 HLL26090C

100 A 900 A 1700 A HDL26100 HDL26100C HGL26100 HGL26100C HJL26100 HJL26100C HLL26100 HLL26100C

110 A 900 A 1700 A HDL26110 HDL26110C HGL26110 HGL26110C HJL26110 HJL26110C HLL26110 HLL26110C

125 A 900 A 1700 A HDL26125 HDL26125C HGL26125 HGL26125C HJL26125 HJL26125C HLL26125 HLL26125C

150 A 900 A 1700 A HDL26150 HDL26150C HGL26150 HGL26150C HJL26150 HJL26150C HLL26150 HLL26150C

H-Frame, 150 A, Three-Pole, 600 Vac 50/60 Hz, 250 Vdc

15 A 350 A 750 A HDL36015 HDL36015C HGL36015 HGL36015C HJL36015 HJL36015C HLL36015 HLL36015C

20 A 350 A 750 A HDL36020 HDL36020C HGL36020 HGL36020C HJL36020 HJL36020C HLL36020 HLL36020C

25 A 350 A 750 A HDL36025 HDL36025C HGL36025 HGL36025C HJL36025 HJL36025C HLL36025 HLL36025C

30 A 350 A 750 A HDL36030 HDL36030C HGL36030 HGL36030C HJL36030 HJL36030C HLL36030 HLL36030C

35 A 400 A 850 A HDL36035 HDL36035C HGL36035 HGL36035C HJL36035 HJL36035C HLL36035 HLL36035C

40 A 400 A 850 A HDL36040 HDL36040C HGL36040 HGL36040C HJL36040 HJL36040C HLL36040 HLL36040C

45 A 400 A 850 A HDL36045 HDL36045C HGL36045 HGL36045C HJL36045 HJL36045C HLL36045 HLL36045C

50 A 400 A 850 A HDL36050 HDL36050C HGL36050 HGL36050C HJL36050 HJL36050C HLL36050 HLL36050C

60 A 800 A 1450 A HDL36060 HDL36060C HGL36060 HGL36060C HJL36060 HJL36060C HLL36060 HLL36060C

70 A 800 A 1450 A HDL36070 HDL36070C HGL36070 HGL36070C HJL36070 HJL36070C HLL36070 HLL36070C

80 A 800 A 1450 A HDL36080 HDL36080C HGL36080 HGL36080C HJL36080 HJL36080C HLL36080 HLL36080C

90 A 800 A 1450 A HDL36090 HDL36090C HGL36090 HGL36090C HJL36090 HJL36090C HLL36090 HLL36090C

100 A 900 A 1700 A HDL36100 HDL36100C HGL36100 HGL36100C HJL36100 HJL36100C HLL36100 HLL36100C

110 A 900 A 1700 A HDL36110 HDL36110C HGL36110 HGL36110C HJL36110 HJL36110C HLL36110 HLL36110C

125 A 900 A 1700 A HDL36125 HDL36125C HGL36125 HGL36125C HJL36125 HJL36125C HLL36125 HLL36125C

150 A 900 A 1700 A HDL36150 HDL36150C HGL36150 HGL36150C HJL36150 HJL36150C HLL36150 HLL36150C

1Standard lug kit: AL150HD. Terminal wire range: 14–3/0 AWG Al or Cu.

2UL Listed/CSA Certified as current-limiting circuit breakers.

3HD and HG circuit breakers are true two-pole construction.

PowerPact H-, J-, and L-Frame Circuit Breakers

Circuit Breakers

Table 19: PowerPact J-Frame 250 A Unit-Mount Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breakers with Factory Sealed Trip Unit

(Suitable for Reverse Connection)

Current

Rating

at 104°F

(40°C)

Adjustable AC

Magnetic Trip

Interrupting Rating

DGJ

Hold Trip

Standard

(80%)

Rated

100%

Rated

Standard

(80%)

Rated

100%

Rated

Standard

(80%)

Rated

100%

Rated

Standard

(80%)

Rated

100%

Rated

Standard

(80%)

Rated

100%

Rated

J-Frame, 250 A, Two-Pole, 600 Vac 50/60 Hz, 250 Vdc

150 A2750 A 1500 A JDL26150 JDL26150C JGL26150 JGL26150C JJL26150 JJL26150C JLL26150 JLL26150C ——

175 A2875 A 1750 A JDL26175 JDL26175C JGL26175 JGL26175C JJL26175 JJL26175C JLL26175 JLL26175C ——

200 A31000 A 2000 A JDL26200 JDL26200C JGL26200 JGL26200C JJL26200 JJL26200C JLL26200 JLL26200C ——

225 A31125 A 2250 A JDL26225 JDL26225C JGL26225 JGL26225C JJL26225 JJL26225C JLL26225 JLL26225C ——

250 A31250 A 2500 A JDL26250 JDL26250C JGL26250 JGL26250C JJL26250 JJL26250C JLL26250 JLL26250C ——

J-Frame, 250 A, Three-Pole, 600 Vac 50/60 Hz, 250 Vdc

150 A2750 A 1500 A JDL36150 JDL36150C JGL36150 JGL36150C JJL36150 JJL36150C JLL36150 JLL36150C JRL36150 JRL36150C

175 A2875 A 1750 A JDL36175 JDL36175C JGL36175 JGL36175C JJL36175 JJL36175C JLL36175 JLL36175C JRL36175 JRL36175C

200 A31000 A 2000 A JDL36200 JDL36200C JGL36200 JGL36200C JJL36200 JJL36200C JLL36200 JLL36200C JRL36200 JRL36200C

225 A31125 A 2250 A JDL36225 JDL36225C JGL36225 JGL36225C JJL36225 JJL36225C JLL36225 JLL36225C JRL36225 JRL36225C

250 A31250 A 2500 A JDL36250 JDL36250C JGL36250 JGL36250C JJL36250 JJL36250C JLL36250 JLL36250C JRL36250 JRL36250C

1UL Listed/CSA Certified as current-limiting circuit breakers.

2Standard lug kit: AL175JD. Terminal wire range: 4–4/0 AWG Al or Cu.

3Standard lug kit: AL250JD. Terminal wire range: 3/0 AWG–350 kcmil Al or Cu.

PowerPact H-, J-, and L-Frame Circuit Breakers

Circuit Breakers

02/2016

Table 20: H-Frame 150 A and J-Frame 250 A Electronic Trip UL Rated Circuit Breakers

(600 Vac, 50/60 Hz) With Factory Sealed Trip Unit Suitable for Reverse Connection

Electronic Trip Unit Sensor

Rating

Interrupting Rating

Type Function Trip Unit D G J

Standard (80%) Rated Circuit Breakers, Three-Pole

Standard LI 3.22

60 A3

100 A3

150 A3

HDL36060U31X

HDL36100U31X

HDL36150U31X

HGL36060U31X

HGL36100U31X

HGL36150U31X

HJL36060U31X

HJL36100U31X

HJL36150U31X

HLL36060U31X

HLL36100U31X

HLL36150U31X

HRL36060U31X

HRL36100U31X

HRL36150U31X

250 A4JDL36250U31X JGL36250U31X JJL36250U31X JLL36250U31X JRL36250U31X

Standard LSI 3.2S2

60 A3

100 A3

150 A3

HDL36060U33X

HDL36100U33X

HDL36150U33X

HGL36060U33X

HGL36100U33X

HGL36150U33X

HJL36060U33X

HJL36100U33X

HJL36150U33X

HLL36060U33X

HLL36100U33X

HLL36150U33X

HRL36060U33X

HRL36100U33X

HRL36150U33X

250 A4JDL36250U33X JGL36250U33X JJL36250U33X JLL36250U33X JRL36250U33X

Ammeter LSI 5.2A

60 A3

100 A3

150 A3

HDL36060U43X

HDL36100U43X

HDL36150U43X

HGL36060U43X

HGL36100U43X

HGL36150U43X

HJL36060U43X

HJL36100U43X

HJL36150U43X

HLL36060U43X

HLL36100U43X

HLL36150U43X

HRL36060U43X

HRL36100U43X

HRL36150U43X

250 A4JDL36250U43X JGL36250U43X JJL36250U43X JLL36250U43X JRL36250U43X

Energy LSI 5.2E

60 A3

100 A3

150 A3

HDL36060U53X

HDL36100U53X

HDL36150U53X

HGL36060U53X

HGL36100U53X

HGL36150U53X

HJL36060U53X

HJL36100U53X

HJL36150U53X

HLL36060U53X

HLL36100U53X

HLL36150U53X

HRL36060U53X

HRL36100U53X

HRL36150U53X

250 A4JDL36250U53X JGL36250U53X JJL36250U53X JLL36250U53X JRL36250U53X

Ammeter LSIG 6.2A

60 A3

100 A3

150 A3

HDL36060U44X

HDL36100U44X

HDL36150U44X

HGL36060U44X

HGL36100U44X

HGL36150U44X

HJL36060U44X

HJL36100U44X

HJL36150U44X

HLL36060U44X

HLL36100U44X

HLL36150U44X

HRL36060U44X

HRL36100U44X

HRL36150U44X

250 A4JDL36250U44X JGL36250U44X JJL36250U44X JLL36250U44X JRL36250U44X

Energy LSIG 6.2E

60 A3

100 A3

150 A3

HDL36060U54X

HDL36100U54X

HDL36150U54X

HGL36060U54X

HGL36100U54X

HGL36150U54X

HJL36060U54X

HJL36100U54X

HJL36150U54X

HLL36060U54X

HLL36100U54X

HLL36150U54X

HRL36060U54X

HRL36100U54X

HRL36150U54X

250 A4JDL36250U54X JGL36250U54X JJL36250U54X JLL36250U54X JRL36250U54X

100% Rated Circuit Breakers, Three-Pole

Standard LI 3.22

60 A3

100 A3

150 A3

HDL36060CU31X

HDL36100CU31X

HDL36150CU31X

HGL36060CU31X

HGL36100CU31X

HGL36150CU31X

HJL36060CU31X

HJL36100CU31X

HJL36150CU31X

HLL36060CU31X

HLL36100CU31X

HLL36150CU31X

HRL36060CU31X

HRL36100CU31X

HRL36150CU31X

250 A4JDL36250CU31X JGL36250CU31X JJL36250CU31X JLL36250CU31X JRL36250CU31X

Standard LSI 3.2S2

60 A3

100 A3

150 A3

HDL36060CU33X

HDL36100CU33X

HDL36150CU33X

HGL36060CU33X

HGL36100CU33X

HGL36150CU33X

HJL36060CU33X

HJL36100CU33X

HJL36150CU33X

HLL36060CU33X

HLL36100CU33X

HLL36150CU33X

HRL36060CU33X

HRL36100CU33X

HRL36150CU33X

250 A4JDL36250CU33X JGL36250CU33X JJL36250CU33X JLL36250CU33X JRL36250CU33X

Ammeter LSI 5.2A

60 A3

100 A3

150 A3

HDL36060CU43X

HDL36100CU43X

HDL36150CU43X

HGL36060CU43X

HGL36100CU43X

HGL36150CU43X

HJL36060CU43X

HJL36100CU43X

HJL36150CU43X

HLL36060CU43X

HLL36100CU43X

HLL36150CU43X

HRL36060CU43X

HRL36100CU43X

HRL36150CU43X

250 A4JDL36250CU43X JGL36250CU43X JJL36250CU43X JLL36250CU43X JRL36250CU43X

Energy LSI 5.2E

60 A3

100 A3

150 A3

HDL36060CU53X

HDL36100CU53X

HDL36150CU53X

HGL36060CU53X

HGL36100CU53X

HGL36150CU53X

HJL36060CU53X

HJL36100CU53X

HJL36150CU53X

HLL36060CU53X

HLL36100CU53X

HLL36150CU53X

HRL36060CU53X

HRL36100CU53X

HRL36150CU53X

250 A4JDL36250CU53X JGL36250CU53X JJL36250CU53X JLL36250CU53X JRL36250CU53X

1UL Listed/CSA Certified as current-limiting circuit breakers.

2Three-pole circuit breakers with this trip unit can be used for two-pole applications.

3Standard lug kit: AL150HD. Terminal wire range: 14–3/0 AWG Al or Cu.

4Standard lug kit: AL250JD. Terminal wire range: 3/0 AWG–350 kcmil Al or Cu.

For smaller wire range (4–4/0 AWG Al or Cu), replace the lug’s wire binding screws with the larger binding screws provided.

PowerPact H-, J-, and L-Frame Circuit Breakers

Circuit Breakers

Table 21: J-Frame 250 A Mission Critical Electronic Trip UL Rated Circuit Breakers

(Three-Pole, 480Y/277 Vac, 50/60 Hz) With Factory Sealed Trip Unit Suitable for Reverse Connection

Electronic Trip Unit Sensor

Rating

Interrupting Rating

Type Function Trip Unit D G J L

Standard (80%) Rated Circuit Breakers, Three-Pole

Standard LI 3.2-W 250 A JDL34250WU31X JGL34250WU31X JJL34250WU31X JLL34250WU31X

Standard LSI 3.2S-W 250 A JDL34250WU33X JGL34250WU33X JJL34250WU33X JLL34250WU33X

Ammeter LSI 5.2A-W 250 A JDL34250WU43X JGL34250WU43X JJL34250WU43X JLL34250WU43X

Energy LSI 5.2E-W 250 A JDL34250WU53X JGL34250WU53X JJL34250WU53X JLL34250WU53X

Ammeter LSIG 6.2A-W 250 A JDL34250WU44X JGL34250WU44X JJL34250WU44X JLL34250WU44X

Energy LSIG 6.2E-W 250 A JDL34250WU54X JGL34250WU54X JJL34250WU54X JLL34250WU54X

1Standard lug kit: AL250JD. Terminal wire range: 3/0 AWG–350 kcmil Al or Cu.

For smaller wire range (4–4/0 AWG Al or Cu), replace the lug’s wire binding screws with the larger binding screws provided.

PowerPact H-, J-, and L-Frame Circuit Breakers

Circuit Breakers

02/2016

I-Line Circuit Breaker Catalog Numbers

Table 22: PowerPact H-Frame 150 A I-Line Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breakers

with Factory

Sealed Trip Unit (Suitable for Reverse Connection)

1Standard lug kit: AL150HD. Terminal wire range: 14–3/0 AWG Al or Cu.

2No 100% I-Line available.

Current Rating

at 104°F (40°C)

Fixed AC Magnetic Trip Interrupting Rating

Standard (80%) Rated

3 () Indicates phasing. See “Catalog Numbering” on page 8.

Hold Trip D G J

4UL Listed/CSA Certified as current-limiting circuit breakers.

H-Frame, 150 A, Two-Pole, 600 Vac 50/60Hz, 250 Vdc

15 A 350 A 750 A HDA26015( ) HGA26015( ) HJA26015( ) HLA26015( )

20 A 350 A 750 A HDA26020( ) HGA26020( ) HJA26020( ) HLA26020( )

25 A 350 A 750 A HDA26025( ) HGA26025( ) HJA26025( ) HLA26025( )

30 A 350 A 750 A HDA26030( ) HGA26030( ) HJA26030( ) HLA26030( )

35 A 400 A 850 A HDA26035( ) HGA26035( ) HJA26035( ) HLA26035( )

40 A 400 A 850 A HDA26040( ) HGA26040( ) HJA26040( ) HLA26040( )

45 A 400 A 850 A HDA26045( ) HGA26045( ) HJA26045( ) HLA26045( )

50 A 400 A 850 A HDA26050( ) HGA26050( ) HJA26050( ) HLA26050( )

60 A 800 A 1450 A HDA26060( ) HGA26060( ) HJA26060( ) HLA26060( )

70 A 800 A 1450 A HDA26070( ) HGA26070( ) HJA26070( ) HLA26070( )

80 A 800 A 1450 A HDA26080( ) HGA26080( ) HJA26080( ) HLA26080( )

90 A 800 A 1450 A HDA26090( ) HGA26090( ) HJA26090( ) HLA26090( )

100 A 900 A 1700 A HDA26100( ) HGA26100( ) HJA26100( ) HLA26100( )

110 A 900 A 1700 A HDA26110( ) HGA26110( ) HJA26110( ) HLA26110( )

125 A 900 A 1700 A HDA26125( ) HGA26125( ) HJA26125( ) HLA26125( )

150 A 900 A 1700 A HDA26150( ) HGA26150( ) HJA26150( ) HLA26150( )

H-Frame, 150 A, Three-Pole, 600 Vac 50/60Hz, 250 Vdc

15 A 350 A 750 A HDA36015 HGA36015 HJA36015 HLA36015

20 A 350 A 750 A HDA36020 HGA36020 HJA36020 HLA36020

25 A 350 A 750 A HDA36025 HGA36025 HJA36025 HLA36025

30 A 350 A 750 A HDA36030 HGA36030 HJA36030 HLA36030

35 A 400 A 850 A HDA36035 HGA36035 HJA36035 HLA36035

40 A 400 A 850 A HDA36040 HGA36040 HJA36040 HLA36040

45 A 400 A 850 A HDA36045 HGA36045 HJA36045 HLA36045

50 A 400 A 850 A HDA36050 HGA36050 HJA36050 HLA36050

60 A 800 A 1450 A HDA36060 HGA36060 HJA36060 HLA36060

70 A 800 A 1450 A HDA36070 HGA36070 HJA36070 HLA36070

80 A 800 A 1450 A HDA36080 HGA36080 HJA36080 HLA36080

90 A 800 A 1450 A HDA36090 HGA36090 HJA36090 HLA36090

100 A 900 A 1700 A HDA36100 HGA36100 HJA36100 HLA36100

110 A 900 A 1700 A HDA36110 HGA36110 HJA36110 HLA36110

125 A 900 A 1700 A HDA36125 HGA36125 HJA36125 HLA36125

150 A 900 A 1700 A HDA36150 HGA36150 HJA36150 HLA36150

PowerPact H-, J-, and L-Frame Circuit Breakers

Circuit Breakers

Table 23: PowerPact J-Frame 250A I-Line Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breakers with Factory

Sealed Trip Unit (Suitable for Reverse Connection)

1No 100% I-Line available.

Current

Rating a

104°F

(40°C)

Adjustable AC

Magnetic Trip Interrupting Rating

Standard (80%) Rated

2() Indicates phasing. See “Catalog Numbering” on page 8.

Hold Trip D G J

3UL Listed/CSA Certified as current-limiting.

J-Frame, 250 A, Two-Pole, 600 Vac 50/60Hz, 250 Vdc

150 A4

4Standard lug kit: AL175JD. Terminal wire range: 4–4/0 AWG Al or Cu.

750 A 1500 A JDA26150( ) JGA26150( ) JJA26150( ) ——

175 A4875 A 1750 A JDA26175( ) JGA26175( ) JJA26175( ) ——

200 A5

5Standard lug kit: AL250JD. Terminal wire range: 3/0 AWG–350 kcmil Al or Cu.

1000 A 2000 A JDA26200( ) JGA26200( ) JJA26200( ) ——

225 A51125 A 2250 A JDA26225( ) JGA26225( ) JJA26225( ) ——

250 A51250 A 2500 A JDA26250( ) JGA26250( ) JJA26250( ) ——

J-Frame, 250 A, Three-Pole, 600 Vac 50/60Hz, 250 Vdc

150 A4750 A 1500 A JDA36150 JGA36150 JJA36150 JLA36150 JRA36150

175 A4875 A 1750 A JDA36175 JGA36175 JJA36175 JLA36175 JRA36175

200 A51000 A 2000 A JDA36200 JGA36200 JJA36200 JLA36200 JRA36200

225 A51125 A 2250 A JDA36225 JGA36225 JJA36225 JLA36225 JRA36225

250 A51250 A 2500 A JDA36250 JGA36250 JJA36250 JLA36250 JRA36250

PowerPact H-, J-, and L-Frame Circuit Breakers

Circuit Breakers

02/2016

Table 24: H-Frame 150 A and J-Frame 250 A I-Line Standard (80%) Rated Electronic Trip UL Rated Circuit Breakers

(Three-Pole, 600 Vac, 50/60 Hz) With Factory Sealed Trip Unit Suitable for Reverse Connection

1No 100% I-Line available.

Electronic Trip Unit Sensor

Rating

Interrupting Rating

Type Function Trip Unit D G J

2UL Listed/CSA Certified as current-limiting circuit breakers.

Standard LI 3.23

3Three-pole circuit breakers with this trip unit can be used for two-pole applications.

60 A4

100 A4

150 A4

4Standard lug kit: AL150HD. Terminal wire range: 14–3/0 AWG Al or Cu.

HDA36060U31X

HDA36100U31X

HDA36150U31X

HGA36060U31X

HGA36100U31X

HGA36150U31X

HJA36060U31X

HJA36100U31X

HJA36150U31X

HLA36060U31X

HLA36100U31X

HLA36150U31

HRA36060U31X

HRA36100U31X

HRA36150U31X

250 A3, 5

5Standard lug kit: AL250JD. Terminal wire range: 3/0 AWG–350 kcmil Al or Cu.

For smaller wire range (4–4/0 AWG Al or Cu), replace the lug’s wire binding screws with the larger binding screws provided.

JDA36250U31X JGA36250U31X JJA36250U31X JLA36250U31X JRA36250U31X

Standard LSI 3.2S3

60 A4

100 A4

150 A4

HDA36060U33X

HDA36100U33X

HDA36150U33X

HGA36060U33X

HGA36100U33X

HGA36150U33X

HJA36060U33X

HJA36100U33X

HJA36150U33X

HLA36060U33X

HLA36100U33X

HLA36150U33X

HRA36060U33X

HRA36100U33X

HRA36150U33X

250 A3, 5JDA36250U33X JGA36250U33X JJA36250U33X JLA36250U33X JRA36250U33X

Ammeter LSI 5.2A

60 A4

100 A4

150 A4

HDA36060U43X

HDA36100U43X

HDA36150U43X

HGA36060U43X

HGA36100U43X

HGA36150U43X

HJA36060U43X

HJA36100U43X

HJA36150U43X

HLA36060U43X

HLA36100U43X

HLA36150U43X

HRA36060U43X

HRA36100U43X

HRA36150U43X

250 A3, 5JDA36250U43X JGA36250U43X JJA36250U43X JLA36250U43X JRA36250U43X

Energy LSI 5.2E

60 A4

100 A4

150 A4

HDA36060U53X

HDA36100U53X

HDA36150U53X

HGA36060U53X

HGA36100U53X

HGA36150U53X

HJA36060U53X

HJA36100U53X

HJA36150U53X

HLA36060U53X

HLA36100U53X

HLA36150U53X

HRA36060U53X

HRA36100U53X

HRA36150U53X

250 A3, 5JDA36250U53X JGA36250U53X JJA36250U53X JLA36250U53X JRA36250U53X

Ammeter LSIG 6.2A6

6Three-pole circuit breakers with this trip unit can be used for two-pole applications in order to have ground fault protection. Additional metering capabilities will not

work properly on the unconnected phase.

60 A4

100 A4

150 A4

HDA36060U44X

HDA36100U44X

HDA36150U44X

HGA36060U44X

HGA36100U44X

HGA36150U44X

HJA36060U44X

HJA36100U44X

HJA36150U44X

HLA36060U44X

HLA36100U44X

HLA36150U44X

HRA36060U44X

HRA36100U44X

HRA36150U44X

250 A3, 5JDA36250U44X JGA36250U44X JJA36250U44X JLA36250U44X JRA36250U44X

Energy LSIG 6.2E

60 A4

100 A4

150 A4

HDA36060U54X

HDA36100U54X

HDA36150U54X

HGA36060U54X

HGA36100U54X

HGA36150U54X

HJA36060U54X

HJA36100U54X

HJA36150U54X(

HLA36060U54X

HLA36100U54X

HLA36150U54X

HRA36060U54X

HRA36100U54X

HRA36150U54X

250 A3, 5JDA36250U54X JGA36250U54X JJA36250U54X JLA36250U54X JRA36250U54X

Table 25: J-Frame 250 A Mission Critical I-Line Standard (80%) Rated Electronic Trip UL Rated Circuit Breakers

(Three-Pole, 480Y/277 Vac, 50/60 Hz) With Factory Sealed Trip Unit Suitable for Reverse Connection

Electronic Trip Unit Sensor

Rating

Interrupting Rating

Type Function Trip Unit D G J L

Standard LI 3.2-W 250 A JDA34250WU31X JGA34250WU31X JJA34250WU31X JLA34250WU31X

Standard LSI 3.2S-W 250 A JDA34250WU33X JGA34250WU33X JJA34250WU33X JLA34250WU33X

Ammeter LSI 5.2A-W 250 A JDA34250WU43X JGA34250WU43X JJA34250WU43X JLA34250WU43X

Energy LSI 5.2E-W 250 A JDA34250WU53X JGA34250WU53X JJA34250WU53X JLA34250WU53X

Ammeter LSIG 6.2A-W 250 A JDA34250WU44X JGA34250WU44X JJA34250WU44X JLA34250WU44X

Energy LSIG 6.2E-W 250 A JDA34250WU54X JGA34250WU54X JJA34250WU54X JLA34250WU54X

1Standard lug kit: AL250JD. Terminal wire range: 3/0 AWG–350 kcmil Al or Cu.

For smaller wire range (4–4/0 AWG Al or Cu), replace the lug’s wire binding screws with the larger binding screws provided.

PowerPact H-, J-, and L-Frame Circuit Breakers

Circuit Breakers

Circuit Breakers with Field-Interchangeable Trip Units Catalog Numbers

Table 26: H-Frame 150 A Circuit Breaker Frame

with Field-Interchangeable

Thermal-Magnetic Trip Units

(Three-Pole, 600 Vac, 250 Vdc)

1Standard lug kit: AL150HD. Terminal wire range: 14–3/0 AWG Al or Cu.

2Circuit breakers will be labeled with Line and Load markings and are not suitable for reverse connections.

Available on three-pole circuit breakers. Not allowed in I-Line, plug-in, or drawout devices. Not available in R interrupting rating.

Ampere

Rating

Fixed AC

Magnetic Trip

Interrupting Rating

DGJ

3UL Listed/CSA Certified as current-limiting circuit breakers.

Hold Trip Cat. No. Cat. No. Cat. No. Cat. No.

15 A 350 A 750 A HDL36015T4

4For 100% rated circuit breakers replace the “T” suffix with “R.” Not available in I-Line, plug-in, or drawout constructions. Not

available in R interrupting rating.

HGL36015T HJL36015T HLL36015T

20 A 350 A 750 A HDL36020T HGL36020T HJL36020T HLL36020T

25 A 350 A 750 A HDL36025T HGL36025T HJL36025T HLL36025T

30 A 350 A 750 A HDL36030T HGL36030T HJL36030T HLL36030T

35 A 400 A 850 A HDL36035T HGL36035T HJL36035T HLL36035T

40 A 400 A 850 A HDL36040T HGL36040T HJL36040T HLL36040T

45 A 400 A 850 A HDL36045T HGL36045T HJL36045T HLL36045T

50 A 400 A 850 A HDL36050T HGL36050T HJL36050T HLL36050T

60 A 800 A 1450 A HDL36060T HGL36060T HJL36060T HLL36060T

70 A 800 A 1450 A HDL36070T HGL36070T HJL36070T HLL36070T

80 A 800 A 1450 A HDL36080T HGL36080T HJL36080T HLL36080T

90 A 800 A 1450 A HDL36090T HGL36090T HJL36090T HLL36090T

100 A 900 A 1700 A HDL36100T HGL36100T HJL36100T HLL36100T

110 A 900 A 1700 A HDL36110T HGL36110T HJL36110T HLL36110T

125 A 900 A 1700 A HDL36125T HGL36125T HJL36125T HLL36125T

150 A 900 A 1700 A HDL36150T HGL36150T HJL36150T HLL36150T

Table 27: J-Frame 250 A Circuit Breaker Frame with Field-Interchangeable

Thermal-Magnetic Trip Units

(Three-Pole, 600 Vac, 250 Vdc)

1Circuit breakers will be labeled with Line and Load markings and are not suitable for reverse connections.

Available on three-pole circuit breakers. Not allowed in I-Line, plug-in, or drawout devices. Not available in R interrupting rating.

Ampere

Rating

Adjustable AC

Magnetic Trip

Interrupting Rating

DG J

2UL Listed/CSA Certified as current-limiting circuit breakers.

Low High Cat. No. Cat. No. Cat. No. Cat. No.

150 A3

3Standard lug kit: AL175JD. Terminal wire range: 4–4/0 AWG Al or Cu.

750 A 1500 A JDL36150T4

4For 100% rated circuit breakers replace the “T” suffix with “R.” Not available in I-Line, plug-in, or drawout constructions. Not

available in R interrupting rating.

JGL36150T JJL36150T JLL36150T

175 A3875 A 1750 A JDL36175T JGL36175T JJL36175T JLL36175T

200 A5

5Standard lug kit: AL250JD. Terminal wire range: 3/0 AWG–350 kcmil Al or Cu.

1000 A 2000 A JDL36200T JGL36200T JJL36200T JLL36200T

225 A51125 A 2250 A JDL36225T JGL36225T JJL36225T JLL36225T

250 A51250 A 2500 A JDL36250T JGL36250T JJL36250T JLL36250T

PowerPact H-, J-, and L-Frame Circuit Breakers

Circuit Breakers

02/2016

Table 28: H-Frame 150 A and J-Frame 250 A Three-Pole Circuit Breakers with Lugs and Field-Interchangeable

Electronic Trip Units

(Standard (80%) Rated, 600 Vac, 50/60 Hz)

Electronic Trip Unit Sensor

Size

Interrupting Rating

Type Function Trip Unit D G J

Standard LI 3.2

60 A4

100 A4

150 A4

HDL36060TU31X5

HDL36100TU31X

HDL36150TU31X

HGL36060TU31X

HGL36100TU31X

HGL36150TU31X

HJL36060TU31X

HJL36100TU31X

HJL36150TU31X

HLL36060TU31X

HLL36100TU31X

HLL36150TU31X

250 A6JDL36250TU31X JGL36250TU31X JJL36250TU31X JLL36250TU31X

Standard LSI 3.2S

60 A4

100 A4

150 A4

HDL36060TU33X

HDL36100TU33X

HDL36150TU33X

HGL36060TU33X

HGL36100TU33X

HGL36150TU33X

HJL36060TU33X

HJL36100TU33X

HJL36150TU33X

HLL36060TU33X

HLL36100TU33X

HLL36150TU33X

250 A6JDL36250TU33X JGL36250TU33X JJL36250TU33X JLL36250TU33X

Ammeter LSI 5.2A

60 A4

100 A4

150 A4

HDL36060TU43X

HDL36100TU43X

HDL36150TU43X

HGL36060TU43X

HGL36100TU43X

HGL36150TU43X

HJL36060TU43X

HJL36100TU43X

HJL36150TU43X

HLL36060TU43X

HLL36100TU43X

HLL36150TU43X

250 A6JDL36250TU43X JGL36250TU43X JJL36250TU43X JLL36250TU43X

Energy LSI 5.2E

60 A4

100 A4

150 A4

HDL36060TU53X

HDL36100TU53X

HDL36150TU53X

HGL36060TU53X

HGL36100TU53X

HGL36150TU53X

HJL36060TU53X

HJL36100TU53X

HJL36150TU53X

HLL36060TU53X

HLL36100TU53X

HLL36150TU53X

250 A6JDL36250TU53X JGL36250TU53X JJL36250TU53X JLL36250TU53X

Ammeter LSIG 6.2A

60 A4

100 A4

150 A4

HDL36060TU44X

HDL36100TU44X

HDL36150TU44X

HGL36060TU44X

HGL36100TU44X

HGL36150TU44X

HJL36060TU44X

HJL36100TU44X

HJL36150TU44X

HLL36060TU44X

HLL36100TU44X

HLL36150TU44X

250 A6JDL36250TU44X JGL36250TU44X JJL36250TU44X JLL36250TU44X

Energy LSIG 6.2E

60 A4

100 A4

150 A4

HDL36060TU54X

HDL36100TU54X

HDL36150TU54X

HGL36060TU54X

HGL36100TU54X

HGL36150TU54X

HJL36060TU54X

HJL36100TU54X

HJL36150TU54X

HLL36060TU54X

HLL36100TU54X

HLL36150TU54X

250 A6JDL36250TU54X JGL36250TU54X JJL36250TU54X JLL36250TU54X

1Circuit breakers will be labeled with Line and Load markings and are not suitable for reverse connections.

2Available on three-pole circuit breakers. Not allowed in I-Line devices. Not available in R interrupting ratings.

3UL Listed/CSA Certified as current-limiting circuit breakers.

4Standard lug kit: AL150HD. Terminal wire range: 14–3/0 AWG Al or Cu.

5For 100% rated circuit breakers replace the “T” suffix with “R.” Not available in I-Line, plug-in, or drawout constructions. Not available in R interrupting rating.

6Standard lug kit: AL250JD. Terminal wire range: 3/0 AWG–350 kcmil Al or Cu.

For smaller wire range (4–4/0 AWG Al or Cu), replace the lug’s wire binding screws with the larger binding screws provided.

Table 29: H-Frame and J-Frame Three-Pole Field-Installable Thermal-Magnetic Trip Units

15–60 A H-Frame 70–150 A H-Frame 150–250 A J-Frame

Amperage Cat. No. Amperage Cat. No. Amperage Cat. No.

15 A HT3015 70 A HT3070 150 A JT3150

20 A HT3020 80 A HT3080 175 A JT3175

25 A HT3025 90 A HT3090 200 A JT3200

30 A HT3030 100 A HT3100 225 A JT3225

35 A HT3035 110 A HT3110 250 A JT3250

40 A HT3040 125 A HT3125 — —

45 A HT3045 150 A HT3150 — —

50 A HT3050 — — — —

60 A HT3060 — — — —

H-Frame Trip Unit

PowerPact H-, J-, and L-Frame Circuit Breakers

Circuit Breakers

Table 30: H-Frame and J-Frame Three-Pole Field-Installable Micrologic Electronic Trip Units

1Electronic trip units cannot be used for DC applications.

Electronic Trip Unit

Ampere Settings Trip Unit

Cat. No.

Type Function Trip Unit

Standard

LI 3.2

15-20-25-30-35-40-45-50-60 HE3060U31X

35-40-45-50-60-70-80-90-100 HE3100U31X

50-60-70-80-90-100-110-125-150 HE3150U31X

70-80-100-125-150-175-200-225-250 JE3250U31X

LSI 3.2S

15-20-25-30-35-40-45-50-60 HE3060U33X

35-40-45-50-60-70-80-90-100 HE3100U33X

50-60-70-80-90-100-110-125-150 HE3150U33X

70-80-100-125-150-175-200-225-250 JE3250U33X

Ammeter

LSI 5.2A

15–60 HE3060U43X

35–100 HE3100U43X

50–150 HE3150U43X

70–250 JE3250U43X

LSIG 6.2A

15–60 HE3060U44X

35–100 HE3100U44X

50–150 HE3150U44X

70–250 JE3250U44X

Energy

LSI 5.2E

15–60 HE3060U53X

35–100 HE3100U53X

50–150 HE3150U53X

70–250 JE3250U53X

LSIG 6.2E

15–60 HE3060U54X

35–100 HE3100U54X

50–150 HE3150U54X

70–250 JE3250U54X

Table 31: H-Frame 150A and J-Frame 250 A Three-Pole Basic Circuit Breaker Frame Without

Terminations or Trip Unit (600 Vac, 250 Vdc

)

1Not suitable for reverse connection.

Circuit

Breaker

Frame

Ampere

Rating

Interrupting Rating

DG J

2UL Listed/CSA Certified as current-limiting circuit breakers.

Cat. No. Cat. No. Cat. No. Cat. No.

H-Frame3

3Field-installed trip units must match frame ampere rating.

15–60 A HDF36000F06 HGF36000F06 HJF36000F06 HLF36000F06

70–150 A HDF36000F15 HGF36000F15 HJF36000F15 HLF36000F15

J-Frame 150–250 A JDF36000F25 JGF36000F25 JJF36000F25 JLF36000F25

PowerPact H-, J-, and L-Frame Circuit Breakers

Circuit Breakers

02/2016

L-Frame Circuit Breaker Catalog Numbers

Unit-Mount Circuit Breaker Catalog Numbers

Table 32: L-Frame 600 A Electronic Trip UL Rated Three-Pole Circuit Breakers

(600 Vac, 50/60 Hz) With Factory Sealed Trip Unit Suitable for Reverse Connection

Electronic Trip Unit Sensor

Rating

Interrupting Rating (2nd Letter of Catalog Number)

Type Function Trip Unit D G J

Standard (80%) Rated, 600 Vac, 50/60 Hz

Standard LI 3.32

250 A3LDL36250U31X LGL36250U31X LJL36250U31X LLL36250U31X LRL36250U31X

400 A4

600 A4

LDL36400U31X

LDL36600U31X

LGL36400U31X

LGL36600U31X

LJL36400U31X

LJL36600U31X

LLL36400U31X

LLL36600U31X

LRL36400U31X

LRL36600U31X

Standard LSI 3.3S2

250 A3LDL36250U33X LGL36250U33X LJL36250U33X LLL36250U33X LRL36250U33X

400 A4

600 A4

LDL36400U33X

LDL36600U33X

LGL36400U33X

LGL36600U33X

LJL36400U33X

LJL36600U33X

LLL36400U33X

LLL36600U33X

LRL36400U33X

LRL36600U33X

Ammeter LSI 5.3A 400 A4

600 A4

LDL36400U43X

LDL36600U43X

LGL36400U43X

LGL36600U43X

LJL36400U43X

LJL36600U43X

LLL36400U43X

LLL36600U43X

LRL36400U43X

LRL36600U43X

Energy LSI 5.3E 400 A4

600 A4

LDL36400U53X

LDL36600U53X

LGL36400U53X

LGL36600U53X

LJL36400U53X

LJL36600U53X

LLL36400U53X

LLL36600U53X

LRL36400U53X

LRL36600U53X

Ammeter LSIG 6.3A5400 A4

600 A4

LDL36400U44X

LDL36600U44X

LGL36400U44X

LGL36600U44X

LJL36400U44X

LJL36600U44X

LLL36400U44X

LLL36600U44X

LRL36400U44X

LRL36600U44X

Energy LSIG 6.3E 400 A4

600 A4

LDL36400U54X

LDL36600U54X

LGL36400U54X

LGL36600U54X

LJL36400U54X

LJL36600U54X

LLL36400U54X

LLL36600U54X

LRL36400U54X

LRL36600U54X

100% Rated, 600 Vac, 50/60 Hz

Standard LI 3.32250 A3LDL36250CU31X LGL36250CU31X LJL36250CU31X LLL36250CU31X LRL36250CU31X

400 A4LDL36400CU31X LGL36400CU31X LJL36400CU31X LLL36400CU31X LRL36400CU31X

Standard LSI 3.3S2250 A3LDL36250CU33X LGL36250CU33X LJL36250CU33X LLL36250CU33X LRL36250CU33X

400 A4LDL36400CU33X LGL36400CU33X LJL3640C0U33X LLL36400CU33X LRL36400CU33X

Ammeter LSI 5.3A 400 A4LDL36400CU43X LGL36400CU43X LJL36400CU43X LLL36400CU43X LRL36400CU43X

Energy LSI 5.3E 400 A4LDL36400CU53X LGL36400CU53X LJL36400CU53X LLL36400CU53X LRL36400CU53X

Ammeter LSIG 6.3A5400 A4LDL36400CU44X LGL36400CU44X LJL36400CU44X LLL36400CU44X LRL36400CU44X

Energy LSIG 6.3E 400 A4LDL36400CU54X LGL36400CU54X LJL36400CU54X LLL36400CU54X LRL36400CU54X

1UL Listed/CSA Certified as current-limiting circuit breakers.

2Three-pole circuit breakers with this trip unit can be used for two-pole applications.

3Standard lug kit: AL400L61K3. Terminal wire range: (1) 2 AWG–600 kcmil Cu or (1) 2 AWG–500 kcmil Al. Type of terminal shield: short.

4Standard lug kit: AL600LS52K3. Terminal wire range: (2) 2/0 AWG–500 kcmil Al/Cu. Type of terminal shield: medium.

5Three-pole circuit breakers with this trip unit can be used for two-pole applications in order to have ground fault protection. Additional metering capabilities will not

work properly on the unconnected phase.

PowerPact H-, J-, and L-Frame Circuit Breakers

Circuit Breakers

Table 33: L-Frame 600 A Mission Critical Standard (100%

) Rated Electronic Trip UL Rated Three-Pole Circuit

Breakers (480Y/277 Vac, 50/60 Hz) With Factory Sealed Trip Unit Suitable for Reverse Connection

Electronic Trip Unit Sensor

Rating

Interrupting Rating (2nd Letter of Catalog Number)

Type Function Trip Unit D G J L

Standard LI 3.3-W

250 A2LDL34250WU31X LGL34250WU31X LJL34250WU31X LLL34250WU31X

400 A3

600 A3

LDL34400WU31X

LDL34600WU31X

LGL34400WU31X

LGL34600WU31X

LJL34400WU31X

LJL34600WU31X

LLL34400WU31X

LLL34600WU31X

Standard LSI 3.3S-W

250 A2LDL34250WU33X LGL34250WU33X LJL34250WU33X LLL34250WU33X

400 A3

600 A3

LDL34400WU33X

LDL34600WU33X

LGL34400WU33X

LGL34600WU33X

LJL34400WU33X

LJL34600WU33X

LLL34400WU33X

LLL34600WU33X

Ammeter LSI 5.3A-W 400 A3

600 A3

LDL34400WU43X

LDL34600WU43X

LGL34400WU43X

LGL34600WU43X

LJL34400WU43X

LJL34600WU43X

LLL34400WU43X

LLL34600WU43X

Energy LSI 5.3E-W 400 A3

600 A3

LDL34400WU53X

LDL34600WU53X

LGL34400WU53X

LGL34600WU53X

LJL34400WU53X

LJL34600WU53X

LLL34400WU53X

LLL34600WU53X

Ammeter LSIG 6.3A-W 400 A3

600 A3

LDL34400WU44X

LDL34600WU44X

LGL34400WU44X

LGL34600WU44X

LJL34400WU44X

LJL34600WU44X

LLL34400WU44X

LLL34600WU44X

Energy LSIG 6.3E-W 400 A3

600 A3

LDL34400WU54X

LDL34600WU54X

LGL34400WU54X

LGL34600WU54X

LJL34400WU54X

LJL34600WU54X

LLL34400WU54X

LLL34600WU54X

1Standard rating is 100% for 250 and 400 A only. Standard rating is 80% for 600 A.

2Standard lug kit: AL400L61K3. Terminal wire range: (1) 2 AWG–600 kcmil Cu or (1) 2 AWG–500 kcmil Al. Type of terminal shield: short.

3Standard lug kit: AL600LS52K3. Terminal wire range: (2) 2/0 AWG–500 kcmil Al/Cu. Type of terminal shield: medium.

PowerPact H-, J-, and L-Frame Circuit Breakers

Circuit Breakers

02/2016

Table 34: L-Frame 600 A Electronic Trip UL Rated Four-Pole Circuit Breakers

(600 Vac, 50/60 Hz) With Factory Sealed Trip Unit Suitable for Reverse Connection

Electronic Trip Unit Sensor

Rating

Interrupting Rating (2nd Letter of Catalog Number)

Type Function Trip Unit D G J

Standard (80%) Rated, 600 Vac, 50/60 Hz

Standard LI 3.3

250 A2LDL46250U31X LGL46250U31X LJL46250U31X LLL46250U31X LRL46250U31X

400 A3

600 A3

LDL46400U31X

LDL46600U31X

LGL46400U31X

LGL46600U31X

LJL46400U31X

LJL46600U31X

LLL46400U31X

LLL46600U31X

LRL46400U31X

LRL46600U31X

Standard LSI 3.3S

250 A2LDL46250U33X LGL46250U33X LJL46250U33X LLL46250U33X LRL46250U33X

400 A3

600 A3

LDL46400U33X

LDL46600U33X

LGL46400U33X

LGL46600U33X

LJL46400U33X

LJL46600U33X

LLL46400U33X

LLL46600U33X

LRL46400U33X

LRL46600U33X

Ammeter LSI 5.3A 400 A3

600 A3

LDL46400U43X

LDL46600U43X

LGL46400U43X

LGL46600U43X

LJL46400U43X

LJL46600U43X

LLL46400U43X

LLL46600U43X

LRL46400U43X

LRL46600U43X

Energy LSI 5.3E 400 A3

600 A3

LDL46400U53X

LDL46600U53X

LGL46400U53X

LGL46600U53X

LJL46400U53X

LJL46600U53X

LLL46400U53X

LLL46600U53X

LRL46400U53X

LRL46600U53X

Ammeter LSIG 6.3A 400 A3

600 A3

LDL46400U44X

LDL46600U44X

LGL46400U44X

LGL46600U44X

LJL46400U44X

LJL46600U44X

LLL46400U44X

LLL46600U44X

LRL46400U44X

LRL46600U44X

Energy LSIG 6.3E 400 A3

600 A3

LDL46400U54X

LDL46600U54X

LGL46400U54X

LGL46600U54X

LJL46400U54X

LJL46600U54X

LLL46400U54X

LLL46600U54X

LRL46400U54X

LRL46600U54X

100% Rated, 600 Vac, 50/60 Hz

Standard LI 3.3 250 A2LDL46250CU31X LGL46250CU31X LJL46250CU31X LLL46250CU31X LRL46250CU31X

400 A3LDL46400CU31X LGL46400CU31X LJL46400CU31X LLL46400CU31X LRL46400CU31X

Standard LSI 3.3S 250 A2LDL46250CU33X LGL46250CU33X LJL46250CU33X LLL46250CU33X LRL46250CU33X

400 A3LDL46400CU33X LGL46400CU33X LJL46400CU33X LLL46400CU33X LRL46400CU33X

Ammeter LSI 5.3A 400 A3LDL46400CU43X LGL46400CU43X LJL46400CU43X LLL46400CU43X LRL46400CU43X

Energy LSI 5.3E 400 A3LDL46400CU53X LGL46400CU53X LJL46400CU53X LLL46400CU53X LRL46400CU53X

Ammeter LSIG 6.3A 400 A3LDL46400CU44X LGL46400CU44X LJL46400CU44X LLL46400CU44X LRL46400CU44X

Energy LSIG 6.3E 400 A3LDL46400CU54X LGL46400CU54X LJL46400CU54X LLL46400CU54X LRL46400CU54X

1UL Listed/CSA Certified as current-limiting circuit breakers.

2Standard lug kit: AL400L61K4. Terminal wire range: (1) 2 AWG–600 kcmil Cu or (1) 2 AWG–500 kcmil Al. Type of terminal shield: short.

3Standard lug kit: AL600LS52K4. Terminal wire range: (2) 2/0 AWG–500 kcmil Al/Cu. Type of terminal shield: medium.

Table 35: L-Frame 600 A Mission Critical Standard (80%) Rated Electronic Trip UL Rated Four-Pole Circuit Breakers

(480Y/277 Vac, 50/60 Hz) With Factory Sealed Trip Unit Suitable for Reverse Connection

Electronic Trip Unit Sensor

Rating

Interrupting Rating (2nd Letter of Catalog Number)

Type Function Trip Unit D G J L

Standard LI 3.3-W

250 A1LDL44250WU31X LGL44250WU31X LJL44250WU31X LLL44250WU31X

400 A2

600 A2

LDL44400WU31X

LDL44600WU31X

LGL44400WU31X

LGL44600WU31X

LJL44400WU31X

LJL44600WU31X

LLL44400WU31X

LLL44600WU31X

Standard LSI 3.3S-W

250 A1LDL44250WU33X LGL44250WU33X LJL44250WU33X LLL44250WU33X

400 A2

600 A2

LDL44400WU33X

LDL44600WU33X

LGL44400WU33X

LGL44600WU33X

LJL44400WU33X

LJL44600WU33X

LLL44400WU33X

LLL44600WU33X

Ammeter LSI 5.3A-W 400 A2

600 A2

LDL44400WU43X

LDL44600WU43X

LGL44400WU43X

LGL44600WU43X

LJL44400WU43X

LJL44600WU43X

LLL44400WU43X

LLL44600WU43X

Energy LSI 5.3E-W 400 A2

600 A2

LDL44400WU53X

LDL44600WU53X

LGL44400WU53X

LGL44600WU53X

LJL44400WU53X

LJL44600WU53X

LLL44400WU53X

LLL44600WU53X

Ammeter LSIG 6.3A-W 400 A2

600 A2

LDL44400WU44X

LDL44600WU44X

LGL44400WU44X

LGL44600WU44X

LJL44400WU44X

LJL44600WU44X

LLL44400WU44X

LLL44600WU44X

Energy LSIG 6.3E-W 400 A2

600 A2

LDL44400WU54X

LDL44600WU54X

LGL44400WU54X

LGL44600WU54X

LJL44400WU54X

LJL44600WU54X

LLL44400WU54X

LLL44600WU54X

1Standard lug kit: AL400L61K4. Terminal wire range: (1) 2 AWG–600 kcmil Cu or (1) 2 AWG–500 kcmil Al. Type of terminal shield: short.

2Standard lug kit: AL600LS52K4. Terminal wire range: (2) 2/0 AWG–500 kcmil Al/Cu. Type of terminal shield: medium.

PowerPact H-, J-, and L-Frame Circuit Breakers

Circuit Breakers

I-Line Circuit Breaker Catalog Numbers

Table 36: L-Frame 600 A I-Line Standard (80%) Rated Electronic Trip UL Rated Circuit Breakers

(600 Vac, 50/60 Hz) With Factory Sealed Trip Unit Suitable for Reverse Connection

Electronic Trip Unit Sensor

Rating

Interrupting Rating

Type Function Trip Unit D G J

Standard LI 3.32

250 A3LDA36250U31X LGA36250U31X LJA36250U31X LLA36250U31X LRA36250U31X

400 A4

600 A4

LDA36400U31X

LDA36600U31X

LGA36400U31X

LGA36600U31X

LJA36400U31X

LJA36600U31X

LLA36400U31X

LLA36600U31X

LRA36400U31X

LRA36600U31X

Standard LSI 3.3S2

250 A3LDA36250U33X LGA36250U33X LJA36250U33X LLA36250U33X LRA36250U33X

400 A4

600 A4

LDA36400U33X

LDA36600U33X

LGA36400U33X

LGA36600U33X

LJA36400U33X

LJA36600U33X

LLA36400U33X

LLA36600U33X

LRA36400U33X

LRA36600U33X

Ammeter LSI 5.3A 400 A44

600 A4

LDA36400U43X

LDA36600U43X

LGA36400U43X

LGA36600U43X

LJA36400U43X

LJA36600U43X

LLA36400U43X

LLA36600U43X

LRA36400U43X

LRA36600U43X

Energy LSI 5.3E 400 A4

600 A4

LDA36400U53X

LDA36600U53X

LGA36400U53X

LGA36600U53X

LJA36400U53X

LJA36600U53X

LLA36400U53X

LLA36600U53X

LRA36400U53X

LRA36600U53X

Ammeter LSIG 6.3A5400 A4

600 A4

LDA36400U44X

LDA36600U44X

LGA36400U44X

LGA36600U44X

LJA36400U44X

LJA36600U44X

LLA36400U44X

LLA36600U44X

LRA36400U44X

LRA36600U44X

Energy LSIG 6.3E 400 A4

600 A4

LDA36400U54X

LDA36600U54X

LGA36400U54X

LGA36600U54X

LJA36400U54X

LJA36600U54X

LLA36400U54X

LLA36600U54X

LRA36400U54X

LRA36600U54X

1UL Listed/CSA Certified as current-limiting circuit breakers.

2Three-pole circuit breakers with this trip unit can be used for two-pole applications.

3Standard lug kit: AL400L61K3. Terminal wire range: (1) 2 AWG–600 kcmil Cu or (1) 2 AWG–500 kcmil Al. Type of terminal shield: short.

4Standard lug kit: AL600LF52K3. Terminal wire range: (2) 3/0 AWG–500 kcmil Al/Cu. Type of terminal shield: short.

5Three-pole circuit breakers with this trip unit can be used for two-pole applications in order to have ground fault protection. Additional metering capabilities will not

work properly on the unconnected phase.

Table 37: L-Frame 600 A Mission Critical I-Line Standard (80%) Rated Electronic Trip UL Rated Circuit Breakers

(480/277 Vac, 50/60 Hz) With Factory Sealed Trip Unit Suitable for Reverse Connection

Electronic Trip Unit Sensor

Rating

Interrupting Rating

Type Function Trip Unit D G J L

Standard LI 3.3-W

250 A1LDA34250WU31X LGA34250WU31X LJA34250WU31X LLA34250WU31X

400 A2

600 A2

LDA34400WU31X

LDA34600WU31X

LGA34400WU31X

LGA34600WU31X

LJA34400WU31X

LJA34600WU31X

LLA34400WU31X

LLA34600WU31X

Standard LSI 3.3S-W

250 A1LDA34250WU33X LGA34250WU33X LJA34250WU33X LLA34250WU33X

400 A2

600 A2

LDA34400WU33X

LDA34600WU33X

LGA34400WU33X

LGA34600WU33X

LJA34400WU33X

LJA34600WU33X

LLA34400WU33X

LLA34600WU33X

Ammeter LSI 5.3A-W 400 A2

600 A2

LDA34400WU43X

LDA34600WU43X

LGA34400WU43X

LGA34600WU43X

LJA34400WU43X

LJA34600WU43X

LLA34400WU43X

LLA34600WU43X

Energy LSI 5.3E-W 400 A2

600 A2

LDA34400WU53X

LDA34600WU53X

LGA34400WU53X

LGA34600WU53X

LJA34400WU53X

LJA34600WU53X

LLA34400WU53X

LLA34600WU53X

Ammeter LSIG 6.3A-W 400 A2

600 A2

LDA34400WU44X

LDA34600WU44X

LGA34400WU44X

LGA34600WU44X

LJA34400WU44X

LJA34600WU44X

LLA34400WU44X

LLA34600WU44X

Energy LSIG 6.3E-W 400 A2

600 A2

LDA34400WU54X

LDA34600WU54X

LGA34400WU54X

LGA34600WU54X

LJA34400WU54X

LJA34600WU54X

LLA34400WU54X

LLA34600WU54X

1Standard lug kit: AL400L61K3. Terminal wire range: (1) 2 AWG–600 kcmil Cu or (1) 2 AWG–500 kcmil Al. Type of terminal shield: short.

2Standard lug kit: AL600LS52K3. Terminal wire range: (2) 2/0 AWG–500 kcmil Al/Cu. Type of terminal shield: medium.

PowerPact H-, J-, and L-Frame Circuit Breakers

Circuit Breakers

02/2016

Circuit Breakers with Field-Interchangeable Trip Units Catalog Numbers

Table 38: L-Frame 250 A and 400 A I-Line 100% Rated Electronic Trip UL Rated Circuit Breakers

(600 Vac, 50/60 Hz) With Factory Sealed Trip Unit Suitable for Reverse Connection

Electronic Trip Unit Sensor

Rating

Interrupting Rating

Type Function Trip Unit D G J

Standard LI 3.32250 A3LDA36250CU31X LGA36250CU31X LJA36250CU31X LLA36250CU31X LRA36250CU31X

400 A4LDA36400CU31X LGA36400CU31X LJA36400CU31X LLA36400CU31X LRA36400CU31X

Standard LSI 3.3S2250 A3LDA36250CU33X LGA36250CU33X LJA36250CU33X LLA36250CU33X LRA36250CU33X

400 A4LDA36400CU33X LGA36400CU33X LJA36400CU33X LLA36400CU33X LRA36400CU33X

Ammeter LSI 5.3A 400 A4LDA36400CU43X LGA36400CU43X LJA36400CU43X LLA36400CU43X LRA36400CU43X

Energy LSI 5.3E 400 A4LDA36400CU53X LGA36400CU53X LJA36400CU53X LLA36400CU53X LRA36400CU53X

Ammeter LSIG 6.3A5400 A4LDA36400CU44X LGA36400CU44X LJA36400CU44X LLA36400CU44X LRA36400CU44X

Energy LSIG 6.3E 400 A4LDA36400CU54X LGA36400CU54X LJA36400CU54X LLA36400CU54X LRA36400CU54X

1UL Listed/CSA Certified as current-limiting circuit breakers.

2Three-pole circuit breakers with this trip unit can be used for two-pole applications.

3Standard lug kit: AL400L61K3. Terminal wire range: (1) 2 AWG–600 kcmil Cu or (1) 2 AWG–500 kcmil Al. Type of terminal shield: short.

4Standard lug kit: AL600LS52K3. Terminal wire range: (2) 2/0 AWG–500 kcmil Al/Cu. Type of terminal shield: medium.

5Three-pole circuit breakers with this trip unit can be used for two-pole applications in order to have ground fault protection. Additional metering capabilities will not

work properly on the unconnected phase.

Table 39: L-Frame 3 Pole, 600 A Circuit Breakers with Lugs and Field-Interchangeable Electronic Trip Units

(600 Vac, 50/60 Hz)

1Circuit breakers will be labeled with Line and Load markings and are not suitable for reverse connections.

2Only available on three-pole unit-mount circuit breakers. Not available in R interrupting rating. Not available with I-Line.

Electronic Trip Unit Sensor

Rating

Interrupting Rating

Type Function Trip Unit D G J

3UL Listed/CSA Certified as current-limiting circuit breakers.

Standard (80% Rated), 600 Vac, 50/60 Hz

Standard LI 3.3

250 A4

4Standard lug kit: AL400L61K3. Terminal wire range: (1) 2 AWG–600 kcmil Cu or (1) 2 AWG–500 kcmil Al. Type of terminal shield: short.

LDL36250TU31X LGL36250TU31X LJL36250TU31X LLL36250TU31X

400 A5

600 A5

5Standard lug kit: AL600LS52K3. Terminal wire range: (2) 2/0 AWG–500 kcmil Al/Cu. Type of terminal shield: medium.

LDL36400TU31X

LDL36600TU31X

LGL36400TU31X

LGL36600TU31X

LJL36400TU31X

LJL36600TU31X

LLL36400TU31X

LLL36600TU31X

Standard LSI 3.3S

250 A4LDL36250TU33X LGL36250TU33X LJL36250TU33X LLL36250TU33X

400 A5

600 A5

LDL36400TU33X

LDL36600TU33X

LGL36400TU33X

LGL36600TU33X

LJL36400TU33X

LJL36600TU33X

LLL36400TU33X

LLL36600TU33X

Ammeter LSI 5.3A 400 A5

600 A5

LDL36400TU43X

LDL36600TU43X

LGL36400TU43X

LGL36600TU43X

LJL36400TU43X

LJL36600TU43X

LLL36400TU43X

LLL36600TU43X

Energy LSI 5.3E 400 A5

600 A5

LDL36400TU53X

LDL36600TU53X

LGL36400TU53X

LGL36600TU53X

LJL36400TU53X

LJL36600TU53X

LLL36400TU53X

LLL36600TU53X

Ammeter LSIG 6.3A 400 A5

600 A5

LDL36400TU44X

LDL36600TU44X

LGL36400TU44X

LGL36600TU44X

LJL36400TU44X

LJL36600TU44X

LLL36400TU44X

LLL36600TU44X

Energy LSIG 6.3E 400 A5

600 A5

LDL36400TU54X

LDL36600TU54X

LGL36400TU54X

LGL36600TU54X

LJL36400TU54X

LJL36600TU54X

LLL36400TU54X

LLL36600TU54X

100% Rated, 600 Vac, 50/60 Hz6

6Not available in I-Line, plug-in, or drawout constructions. Not available in R interrupting rating.

Standard LI 3.3 250 A4LDL36250RU31X LGL36250RU31X LJL36250RU31X LLL36250RU31X

400 A5LDL36400RU31X LGL36400RU31X LJL36400RU31X LLL36400RU31X

Standard LSI 3.3S 250 A4LDL36250RU33X LGL36250RU33X LJL36250RU33X LLL36250RU33X

400 A5LDL36400RU33X LGL36400RU33X LJL36400RU33X LLL36400RU33X

Ammeter LSI 5.3A 400 A5LDL36400RU43X LGL36400RU43X LJL36400RU43X LLL36400RU43X

Energy LSI 5.3E 400 A5LDL36400RU53X LGL36400RU53X LJL36400RU53X LLL36400RU53X

Ammeter LSIG 6.3A 400 A5LDL36400RU44X LGL36400RU44X LJL36400RU44X LLL36400RU44X

Energy LSIG 6.3E 400 A5LDL36400RU54X LGL36400RU54X LJL36400RU54X LLL36400RU54X

PowerPact H-, J-, and L-Frame Circuit Breakers

Circuit Breakers

Table 40: L-Frame 600 A, 3 Pole, Basic Circuit Breaker Frame Without Terminations or Trip

Units (600 Vac, 50/60 Hz)

1Not suitable for reverse connection.

Ampere

Rating

Interrupting Rating

D G J

2UL Listed/CSA Certified as current-limiting

250 A (70–250 A) LDF36000F25 LGF36000F25 LJF36000F25 LLF36000F25

400 A (125–400 A) LDF36000F40 LGF36000F40 LJF36000F40 LLF36000F40

600 A (200–600 A) LDF36000F60 LGF36000F60 LJF36000F60 LLF36000F60

Table 41: L-Frame Three-Pole Field-Installable Micrologic Electronic Trip Units

Electronic Trip Unit

Ampere Setting Trip Unit

Cat. No.

Type Function Trip Unit

Standard

LI 3.3

70-80-100-125-150-175-200-225-250 LE3250U31X

125-150-175-200-225-250-300-350-400 LE3400U31X

200-225-250-300-350-400-450-500-600 LE3600U31X

LSI 3.3S

70-80-100-125-150-175-200-225-250 LE3250U33X

125-150-175-200-225-250-300-350-400 LE3400U33X

200-225-250-300-350-400-450-500-600 LE3600U33X

Ammeter

LSI 5.3A 125–400 LE3400U43X

200–600 LE3600U43X

LSIG 6.3A 125–400 LE3400U44X

200–600 LE3600U44X

Energy

LSI 5.3E 125–400 LE3400U53X

200–600 LE3600U53X

LSIG 6.3E 125–400 LE3400U54X

200–600 LE3600U54X

PowerPact H-, J-, and L-Frame Circuit Breakers

Automatic Switches

02/2016

Section 4—Automatic Switches

Automatic Switch Functions

An automatic switch can be used to open and close a circuit under normal operating conditions. They

are similar in construction to circuit breakers, except that the switches open instantaneously at a factory-set,

non-adjustable trip point calibrated to protect only the molded case switch.

Molded case switches are intended for use as disconnect devices only. UL489 requires molded case

switches to be protected by a circuit breaker or fuse of equivalent rating. Molded case switches are

labeled with their appropriate withstand ratings. The withstand rating of a switch is defined as the

maximum current at rated voltage that the molded case switch will withstand without damage when

protected by a circuit breaker with an equal continuous current rating.

PowerPact™ H-, J-, and L-frame automatic switches are available in unit mount, I-Line™, plug-in and

drawout versions. They use the same accessories and offer the same connection possibilities as the

circuit-breaker versions. They may be interlocked with another switch or circuit breaker to form a

source-changeover system.

Switches are Listed under UL file E103740 and Certified under CSA file LR88980.

Motor Operator

PowerPact H-, J-, and L-frame switches equipped with a motor operator module allow remote closing

and opening.

Ground Fault Protection (H- and J-Frame Circuit Breakers Only)

An ELM or GFM module may be added to an automatic switch to monitor all leakage currents in the

outgoing circuits of the equipment on which the automatic switch is installed. When the ELM or GFM

module detects an earth-leakage current, the automatic switch interrupts the load current.

Automatic Switch Protection

The automatic switch can make and break its rated current. For an overload or a short-circuit, it must

be protected by an upstream device, in compliance with installation standards. Due to their high-set

instantaneous release PowerPact H-, J- and L-frame automatic switches are self-protected.

PowerPact H-, J-, and L-Frame Circuit Breakers

Automatic Switches

Specifications

Table 42: H-Frame Automatic Molded Case Switch Specifications

Frame H-Frame

Withstand Rating “G” “L”

UL 489

Poles Two-Pole Three-Pole Two-Pole1Three-Pole

Catalog Number

150 A HGL26000S15 HGL3600S15 HLL26000S15 HLL36000S15

175 A — — — —

250 A — — — —

Withstand Ratings

240 Vac 65 kA 65 kA 125 kA 125 kA

480 Vac 35 kA 35 kA 100 kA 100 kA

600 Vac 18 kA 18 kA 50 kA 50 kA

250 Vdc 20 kA 20 kA 20 kA 20 kA

AC Trip Point 2250 A 2250 A 2250 A 2250 A

IEC 60947-3

Rated Insulation Voltage 750 Vac 750 Vac 750 Vac 750 Vac

Rated Impulse Withstand Voltage 8 kV 8 kV 8 kV 8 kV

Rated Operational Voltage ac 525 Vac 525 Vac 525 Vac 690 Vac

dc — — — —

1Two-pole devices use a three-pole switch frame with the center pole inoperative.

Table 43: J-Frame Automatic Molded Case Switch Specifications

Frame J-Frame

Withstand Rating “G” “L” “R”

UL 489

Poles Two-Pole1

1Two-pole devices use a three-pole switch frame with the center pole inoperative.

Three-Pole Two-Pole1Three-Pole Three-Pole

Catalog Number

150 A — — — — —

175 A JGL26000S17 JGL36000S17 JLL26000S17 JLL36000S17 JRL36000S17

250 A JGL26000S25 JGL36000S25 JLL26000S25 JLL36000S25 JRL36000S25

Withstand Ratings

240 Vac 65 kA 65 kA 125 kA 125 kA 200 kA

480 Vac 35 kA 35 kA 100 kA 100 kA 200 kA

600 Vac 18 kA 18 kA 50 kA 50 kA 100 kA

250 Vdc 20 kA 20 kA 20 kA 20 kA 20 kA

AC Trip Point 3125 A 3125 A 3125 A 3125 A 3125 A

IEC 60947-3

Rated Insulation Voltage 750 Vac 750 Vac 750 Vac 750 Vac 750 Vac

Rated Impulse Withstand Voltage 8 kV 8 kV 8 kV 8 kV 8 kV

Rated Operational Voltage ac 525 Vac 525 Vac 525 Vac 525 Vac 690 Vac

dc 500 Vdc 500 Vdc 500 Vdc 500 Vdc 500 Vdc

PowerPact H-, J-, and L-Frame Circuit Breakers

Automatic Switches

02/2016

Catalog Numbers

Table 44: PowerPact H-Frame and J-Frame 250 A Unit-Mount Automatic Molded Case

Switches, 600 Vac with Factory Sealed Trip Unit (Suitable for Reverse Connection)

Ampere

Rating

2-pole 3-pole Withstand Rating

1The withstand rating is the fault current, at rated voltage, that the molded case switch will withstand without damage when

protected by a circuit breaker or fuse with an equal continuous current rating.

Trip

Point

Standard Lug Kit

Terminal Wire Range

Cat. No. Cat. No. 240 Vac 480 Vac 600 Vac

G Withstand

150 A HGL26000S15 2

2Two-pole device with 3 in. (76 mm) mounting height, all other two-pole circuit breakers use three-pole switch 4.5 in. (114 mm)

mounting height.

HGL36000S15 65 35 18 2250 A AL150HD

#14–#3/0 AWG Al or Cu

175 A JGL26000S17 JGL36000S17 65 35 18 3125 A AL175JD

#4–#4/0 AWG Al or Cu

250 A JGL26000S25 JGL36000S25 65 35 18 3125 A AL250JD

#3/0–350 kcmil Al or Cu

L Withstand

150 A HLL26000S15 HLL36000S15 125 100 50 2250 A AL150HD

#14–#3/0 AWG Al or Cu

175 A JLL26000S17 JLL36000S17 125 100 50 3125 A AL175JD

#4–#4/0 AWG Al or Cu

250 A JLL26000S25 JLL36000S25 125 100 50 3125 A AL250JD

#3/0–350 kcmil Al or Cu

R Withstand

175 A — JRL36000S17 200 200 100 3125 A AL175JD

#4–#4/0 AWG Al or Cu

250 A — JRL36000S25 200 200 100 3125 A AL250JD

#3/0–350 kcmil Al or Cu

Table 45: PowerPact H-Frame and J-Frame I-Line Automatic Molded Case Switches, 600 Vac

with Factory Sealed Trip Unit (Suitable for Reverse Connection)

Ampere

Rating

2-pole 3-pole Withstand Rating

1The withstand rating is the fault current, at rated voltage, that the molded case switch will withstand without damage when

protected by a circuit breaker or fuse with an equal continuous current rating.

Trip

Point

Standard Lug Kit

Terminal Wire Range

Cat. No. Cat. No. 240 Vac 480 Vac 600 Vac

G Withstand

150 A HGA26000S15( )2

2Two-pole device with 3 in. (76 mm) mounting height, all other two-pole circuit breakers use three-pole 4.5 in. (114 mm) mounting

height.

HGA36000S15 65 35 18 2250A AL150HD

#14–#3/0 AWG Al or Cu

175 A JGA26000S17( ) JGA36000S17 65 35 18 3125 A AL175JD

#4–#4/0 AWG Al or Cu

250 A JGA26000S25( ) JGA36000S25 65 35 18 3125 A AL250JD

#3/0–350 kcmil Al or Cu

L Withstand

150 A HLA26000S15( ) HLA36000S15 125 100 50 2250 A AL150HD

#14–#3/0 AWG Al or Cu

175 A JLA26000S17( ) JLA36000S17 125 100 50 3125 A AL175JD

#4–#4/0 AWG Al or Cu

250 A JLA26000S25( ) JLA36000S25 125 100 50 3125 A AL250JD

#3/0–350 kcmil Al or Cu

R Withstand

175 A JRA26000S17( ) JRA36000S17 200 200 100 3125A AL175JD

#4–#4/0 AWG Al or Cu

250 A JRA26000S25( ) JRA36000S25 200 200 100 3125A AL250JD

#3/0–350 kcmil Al or Cu

PowerPact H-, J-, and L-Frame Circuit Breakers

Automatic Switches

Table 46: PowerPact L-Frame 600 A Unit-Mount Automatic Molded Case Switches, 600 Vac

Ampere

Rating Poles

1Four-pole circuit breaker available as bus connected, with lug configurations, and in plug-in, draw-out and rear-connected

configurations.

Cat. No. Withstand Rating

2The withstand rating is the fault current, at rated voltage, that the molded case switch will withstand without damage when

protected by a circuit breaker or fuse with an equal continuous current rating.

Trip

Point

Standard Lug Terminal

Wire Range

240 Vac 480 Vac 600 Vac

Unit-Mount Automatic Molded Case Switches

G Withstand

400 A 3LGL36000S40X 65 kA 35 kA 18 kA 4800 A AL600LS52K3

(2) 2 AWG–500 kcmil Al/Cu

600 A LGL36000S60X 65 kA 35 kA 18 kA 6600 A

400 A 4LGL46000S40X 65 kA 35 kA 18 kA 4800 A AL600LS52K4

(2) 2 AWG–500 kcmil Al/Cu

600 A LGL46000S60X 65 kA 35 kA 18 kA 6600 A

L Withstand

400 A 3LLL36000S40X 125 kA 100 kA 50 kA 4800 A AL600LS52K3

(2) 2 AWG–500 kcmil Al/Cu

600 A LLL36000S60X 125 kA 100 kA 50 kA 6600 A

400 A 4LLL46000S40X 125 kA 100 kA 50 kA 4800 A AL600LS52K4

(2) 2 AWG–500 kcmil Al/Cu

600 A LLL46000S60X 125 kA 100 kA 50 kA 6600 A

R Withstand

400 A 3LRL36000S40X 200 kA 200 kA 100 kA 4800 A AL600LS52K3

(2) 2 AWG–500 kcmil Al/Cu

600 A LRL36000S60X 200 kA 200 kA 100 kA 6600 A

400 A 4LRL46000S40X 200 kA 200 kA 100 kA 4800 A AL600LS52K4

(2) 2 AWG–500 kcmil Al/Cu

600 A LRL46000S60X 200 kA 200 kA 100 kA 6600 A

I-Line Circuit Breakers Automatic Molded Case Switches

G Withstand

400 A 3LGA36000S40X 65 kA 35 kA 18 kA 4800 A AL600LF52K3

(2) 3/0 AWG–500 kcmil Al/Cu

600 A LGA36000S60X 65 kA 35 kA 18 kA 6600 A

L Withstand

400 A 3LLA36000S40X 125 kA 100 kA 50 kA 4800 A AL600LF52K3

(2) 3/0 AWG–500 kcmil Al/Cu

600 A LLA36000S60X 125 kA 100 kA 50 kA 6600 A

R Withstand

400 A 3LRA36000S40X 200 kA 200 kA 100 kA 4800 A AL600LF52K3

(2) 3/0 AWG–500 kcmil Al/Cu

600 A LRA36000S60X 200 kA 200 kA 100 kA 6600 A

Table 47: L-Frame Ratings and Withstand Ratings

Circuit Breaker 400 A 600 A

Number of Poles 3, 4 3, 4

Ampere Rating (A) 400 600

UL 489 Ratings

Rated Voltage (V) 600 600

IEC 60947-3 ratings

Rated Insulation Voltage (V) 750 750

Rated Impulse Withstand Voltage (kV) 8 8

Rated Operational Voltage Ue AC 50/60 Hz 690 690

Rated Operational Current Ie AC 525 V 400 600

Making Capacity (kA peak) 7.1 8.5

Short-Time Withstand Current (kA rms) Icw Icw (kA ms) 5 6

Duration (s) 1 1

PowerPact H-, J-, and L-Frame Circuit Breakers

Motor Circuit Protection

02/2016

Section 5—Motor Circuit Protection

General Information

The parameters to be considered for motor-feeder protection depend on:

•

the application (type of machine driven, operating safety, frequency of operation, etc.)

•

the level of continuity of service required by the load or the application

•

the applicable standards for the protection of equipment.

The required electrical functions are:

•

isolation

•

switching, generally at high endurance levels

•

protection against overloads and short-circuits, adapted to the motor

•

additional special protection.

A motor branch circuit must comply with the requirements of standard UL 508 concerning contactors

and their protection:

•

coordination of feeder components

•

overload relay trip classes.

Motor Branch Circuit Protection Function

A motor branch circuit comprises a set of devices for motor protection and control, as well as for

protection of the branch circuit itself.

Switching

The purpose is to control the motor (ON / OFF), either manually, automatically or remotely, taking into

account overloads upon start-up and the long service life required. This function is provided by a

contactor. When the coil of the contactor's electromagnet is energized, the contactor closes and

establishes, through the poles, the circuit between the upstream supply and the motor, through the

circuit breaker.

Basic Protection

•

Short-circuit protection

Detection and breaking, as quickly as possible, of high short-circuit currents to avoid damage to the

installation. This function is provided by a circuit breaker.

•

Overload protection

Detection of overload currents and motor shutdown before temperature rise in the motor and

conductors damages insulation. This function is provided by a circuit breaker or a separate motor

overload relay.

•

Phase unbalance or phase loss protection

Phase unbalance or phase loss can cause temperature rise and braking torques that can lead to

premature aging of the motor. These effects are even greater during starting, therefore protection

must be virtually immediate.

PowerPact H-, J-, and L-Frame Circuit Breakers

Motor Circuit Protection

Additional Electronic Protection

•

Locked rotor

•

Under-load

•

Long starts and stalled rotor

•

Insulation faults

Trip Class of a Overload Relay Device

The motor branch circuit includes thermal protection that may be built into the circuit breaker. The

protection must have a trip class suited to motor starting. Depending on the application, the motor

starting time varies from a few seconds (no-load start) to a few dozen seconds (high-inertia load).

Example: In class 20, the motor must have finished starting within 20 seconds (6 to 20 s) for a starting

current of 6 x FLA.

Asynchronous-Motor Starting Parameters

The main parameters of direct on-line starting of three-phase asynchronous motors (90% of all

applications) are listed below.

•

FLA: full load amperes

This is the current drawn by the motor at full rated load.

•

Id: locked rotor current

This is the current drawn by the motor during starting, on average 6.0 x I

for a duration of 5 to 30

seconds depending on the application. These values determine the trip class and any additional

“long-start” protection devices that may be needed.

•

Id: peak starting current

This is the subtransient current during the first two half-waves when the system is energized, on the

average 14 I

for 10 to 15 ms (e.g. 1840 A peak).

The protection settings must effectively protect the motor, notably through a suitable overload relay trip

class, but let the peak starting current through.

Motor-Feeder Solutions

PowerPact™ H-, J-, and L-frame circuit breakers motor circuit breakers are designed for motor-feeder

solutions using:

•

three devices, including an electronic MCP or 1.3 M instantaneous-only trip unit

•

two devices including a 2 M electronic trip unit.

Table 48: Trip Class of Overload Relays as a Function of Their FLA Setting

Class 1.05 FLA

1Time for a cold start (motor off and cold).

1.2 FLA

1.5 FLA

2Time for warm start (motor running under normal conditions).

6.0 FLA

5 t > 2 h t < 2h t < 2 mn 2 s < t  5 s

10 t > 2 h t < 2h t < 4 mn 4 s < t  10 s

20 t > 2 h t < 2h t < 8 mn 6 s < t  20 s

t”d

I*d

FLA

Starting

time

Typical motor-starting curve

PowerPact H-, J-, and L-Frame Circuit Breakers

Motor Circuit Protection

02/2016

PowerPact H-, J-, and L-Frame with Micrologic™ Trip Units Motor-Protection Range

PowerPact H-, J-, and L-frame circuit breakers with Micrologic trip units can be used to create motor-

feeder solutions comprising two or three devices. The protection devices are designed for continuous

duty at 104°F (40°C).

Three-device solutions

•

1 PowerPact circuit breaker with Micrologic 1.3 M trip unit

•

1 contactor

•

overload relay

Two-device solutions

•

1 PowerPact circuit breaker with a Micrologic 2 M electronic trip unit.

•

1 contactor

Table 49: Motor Protection Specifications

Type of Motor Protection 3 Devices (Circuit Breaker +

Contactor + Overload Relay)

2 Devices (Circuit Breaker +

Contactor)

PowerPact H-, J-, or L-frame circuit breaker PowerPact L-frame 400/600 A PowerPact H-, J-, and L-Frame 100–

600 A

Type 2 coordination with Contactor + overload relay Contactor

Trip Unit Type

Micrologic 1.3 M

Electronic Trip Unit Micrologic 2 M

Electronic Trip Unit

Overload Relay

Separate X

Built-in, Class

10 X

20 X

Protection functions of PowerPact H-, J-, and L-frame circuit breaker

Short-circuits X X

Overloads X

Special motor functions Phase unbalance X

Isd (x FLA)

190

310

290

270

250

230

210

FLA (A) Class.

348

330

PowerPact H-, J-, and L-Frame Circuit Breakers

Motor Circuit Protection

Electronic Motor Circuit Protectors (AC Only)

PowerPact H- and J-frame Electronic Motor Circuit Protectors (MCP) are instantaneous-trip circuit

breakers. They are designed to offer short circuit protection and are National Electrical Code

(NEC

)

compliant when installed as part of a combination controller having motor overload protection. MCP

circuit breakers accept the same accessories and terminals as the equivalent thermal-magnetic circuit

breakers. (See Section 3 for Accessories.)

The unique design of the PowerPact MCPs includes two rotary switches to allow quick setting

adjustments based on the characteristics of the motor.

The first rotary switch allows for Full Load Amperes (FLA) adjustment across the range of the frame size.

The second rotary switch selects the type of motor protection based on Automatic 1 for Standard

Efficiency or Automatic 2 for High Energy Efficient. When using the automatic settings the MCP

microprocessor automatically adjusts the trip settings for both current and time to align with the start-up

characteristic for the motor type, whether it is a standard or energy-efficient motor. This includes a

dampening means to accommodate a transient motor in-rush current without nuisance tripping of the

circuit breaker. Rotary switch 2 also allows for traditional motor protection from 8 to 13 times the

selected FLA.

The MCP rotary switches are detented and allow the device to be set to specific trip values within a

typical accuracy range of +/-5%.

Full Load Amp Settings

1. Determine the motor’s full-load current by referring to the nameplate on the motor.

2. Set the trip range by turning the FLA rotary switch to the setting closest to the motor’s full load

current.

Automatic Protection Settings

The MCP microprocessor automatically adjusts the trip settings for both current and time to align with

the start-up characteristics for the motor type selected. This includes a dampening means to

accommodate a transient motor in-rush current without nuisance tripping of the circuit breaker.

Standard

Energy Efficient

Energie Efficace

Energia Eficiente

Standard

Energy Efficient

Energie Efficace

Energia Eficiente

(A) Full Load Amp Setting (FLA).

(B) Instantaneous Trip Point Settings (I

PowerPact H-, J-, and L-Frame Circuit Breakers

Motor Circuit Protection

02/2016

Manual Protection Settings

The manual settings may be adjusted to multiples of current based on the rotary switch setting for

motor Full Load Amps (FLA).

For example, if FLA rotary switch is set to 20 and I

rotary switch is set to 9x, then the instantaneous

trip point will be 180 A.

See Tables 55 thru 57 for more information.

•

High Short Circuit Current Ratings (SCCR)

The PowerPact MCP helps achieve the high UL508A Short Circuit Current Rating (SCCR) needed

to meet NEC Article 409 requirements for industrial control panels. They deliver up to 100 kA at

480 Vac SCCR when used in combination with approved Square D™ NEMA or Schneider

Electric™ IEC motor starters.

Figure 4: Automatic Protection Settings

Standard

Energy Efficient

Energie Efficace

Motor Type / Tipo de Motor / Type de Moteur

Energia Eficiente

Auto Setting

Dampening for

Motor In-Rush

Instantaneous

Trip Point = (FLA) x (Im)

Standard

Energy Efficient

Energie Efficace

Energia Eficiente

A. Full Load Amp Setting (FLA).

B. Instantaneous Trip Point Settings (Im).

Table 50: H- and J-Frame Electronic Motor Circuit Protectors (MCP)

Frame Current

Full Load

Amperes

Range

Adjustable

Instantaneous

Trip Range

Suffix

J Interrupting

(See SCCR Table Below)

L Interrupting

(See SCCR Table Below) R Interrupting

Cat. No. Cat. No. Cat. No.

H-Frame

30 A 1.5–25 A 9–325 A M71 HJL36030M71 HLL36030M71 HRL36030M71

50 A 14–42 A 84–546 A M72 HJL36050M72 HLL36050M72 HRL36050M72

100 A 30–80 A 180–1040 A M73 HJL36100M73 HLL36100M73 HRL36100M73

150 A 58–130 A 348–1690 A M74 HJL36150M74 HLL36150M74 HRL36150M74

J-Frame 250 A 114–217 A 684–2500 A M75 JJL36250M75 JLL36250M75 JRL36250M75

Table 51: Short Circuit Current Ratings (SCCR)

Contactor/Starter

J Interrupting L Interrupting R Interrupting

200–240 Vac 480 Vac 600 Vac 200–240 Vac 480 Vac 600 Vac 200–240 Vac 480 Vac 600 Vac

Tesys D-line and F-line 100 kA 65 kA 25 kA 100 kA 100 kA 50 kA 200 kA 200 kA 100 kA

NEMA Type S 100 kA 65 kA 25 kA 100 kA 100 kA 50 kA 200 kA 200 kA 100 kA

PowerPact H-, J-, and L-Frame Circuit Breakers

Motor Circuit Protection

”

Table 52: MCP Selection by HP Ratings of Induction-Type Squirrel-Cage and Wound-Rotor Motors

Horsepower Rating of Induction-Type Squirrel-Cage and Wound-Rotor Motors 3Ø 60 Hz NEC Full Load

Amperes

PowerPact H-Frame and

J-Frame Electronic MCP

Starter Size 200 Vac 230 Vac 480 Vac 575 Vac

1/2 0.9 A

HJL36030M71

and

HLL36030M71

1/2–10 hp

1/2 1.1 A

3/4 1.3 A

3/4 1 1.7 A

12.1 A

1/2 2.2 A

1-1/2 2.4 A

1/2 2.5 A

22.7 A

1-1/2 3 A

3/4 3.2 A

23.4 A

3/4 3.7 A

33.9 A

14.2 A

14.8 A

34.8 A

1-1/2 6 A

56.1 A

26.8 A

1-1/2 6.9 A

57.6 A

27.8 A

7-1/2 9 A

39.6 A

3 7-1/2 10 11 A

10 14 A

HJL36050M72

and

HLL36050M72

10–25 hp

515.2 A

15 17 A

517.5 A

15 21 A

7-1/2 20 22 A

7-1/2 25.3 A

20 25 27 A

10 28 A

30 32 A

HJL36100M73

and

HLL36100M73

15–50 hp

10 32.2 A

25 34 A

30 40 A

40 41 A

15 42 A

15 48.3 A

40 50 52 A

20 54 A

20 60 62 A

HJL36150M74

and

HLL36150M74

30–100 hp

50 65 A

25 68 A

60 75 77 A

25 78.2 A

30 80 A

30 92 A

75 96 A

100 99 A

40 104 A

40 120 A

JJL36250M75

and

JLL36250M75

50–150 hp

100 124 A

125 125 A

50 130 A

150 144 A

50 150 A

60 154 A

125 156 A

60 177.1 A

150 180 A

75 200 192 A

75 221 A

200 240 A

100 248 A

Shaded area is not covered by J-frame electronic motor circuit protector.

PowerPact H-, J-, and L-Frame Circuit Breakers

Motor Circuit Protection

02/2016

Micrologic 1.3 M Electronic Trip Units for Instantaneous

Protection Only (L-Frame Circuit Breakers Only)

Micrologic 1.3 M trip units are used in 3-device motor-feeder solutions on PowerPact L-frame circuit

breakers with performance levels G/J/L. They provide short-circuit protection for motors up to 250 kW

at 400 V.

Micrologic 1.3 M trip units provide instantaneous protection only, using electronic technology. They are

dedicated to 600 A three-pole (3P 3D) circuit breakers or four-pole circuit breakers with detection on

three poles (4P, 3D). They are especially used in three-pole versions for motor protection.

Circuit breakers equipped with Micrologic 1.3 M trip units, without thermal protection, are used in

certain applications to replace automatic switches. Micrologic 1.3 M trip units are available on

PowerPact L-frame circuit breakers only.

NOTE: All Micrologic trip units have a transparent, sealable cover that protects access to the

adjustment rotary switches.

They also provide the benefits of electronic technology:

•

accurate settings

•

tests

•

“Ready” LED.

Circuit breakers with a Micrologic 1.3 M trip unit are combined with a overload relay and a contactor.

Protection settings are made using a rotary switch.

Protection Version

Three pole (3P): three-pole frame circuit breakers equipped with detection on all three poles.

Indications

The green “Ready” LED blinks slowly when the electronic trip unit is ready to provide protection. It

indicates the trip unit is operating correctly.

NOTE: All the trip units have a transparent sealable cover that protects access to the adjustment

rotary switches.

PowerPact H-, J-, and L-Frame Circuit Breakers

Motor Circuit Protection

Micrologic 2.2 M and 2.3 M Electronic Trip Units

Micrologic 2.2 M and 2.3 M trip units provide built-in thermal and instantaneous protection. They are

used in 2-device motor-feeder solutions on PowerPact H-, J-, and L-frame circuit breakers with

performance levels J/L. They provide protection for motors up to 315 kW at 400 V against:

•

short-circuits

•

overloads with selection of a trip class (5, 10 or 20)

•

phase unbalance.

Circuit breakers with a Micrologic 2.2 M/ 2.3 M trip unit include protection similar to an inverse-time

overload relay. They are combined with a contactor.

Protection settings are made using a rotary switch.

Overloads (or Thermal Protection)

Long-time protection and trip class (FLA)

•

Inverse-time thermal protection against overloads with adjustable pick-up FLA.

•

Settings are made in amperes. The tripping curve for the long-time protection, which indicates the

time delay tr before tripping, is defined by the selected trip class.

Table 53: Micrologic 1.3 M Electronic Trip Unit

Rating: I

at 104°F (40°C)

1Motor standards require operation at 104°F (40°C). Circuit-breaker ratings are derated to take this requirement into account.

400 A 600 A

Circuit Breaker PowerPact L-frame X X

Short-time protection

Pick-up (A)

accuracy ±15%

There is a very short delay to let

through motor starting currents

Adjustable directly in amps

9 settings: 2000-2400-2800-

3200-3600-4000-4800 A

9 settings: 3000-3600-4200-

4800-5400-6000-6600-7200 A

Time delay (ms)

Non-adjustable

Non-tripping time

Maximum break time

Instantaneous protection

Pick-up (A)

accuracy ±15%

non-adjustable 4800 7200

Non-tripping time

Maximum break time

30 ms

Isd (x FLA)

190

310

290

270

250

230

210

FLA (A) Class.

348

330

PowerPact H-, J-, and L-Frame Circuit Breakers

Motor Circuit Protection

02/2016

Trip Class

•

The class is selected as a function of the normal motor starting time.

— Class 5: starting time less than 5 s

— Class 10: starting time less than 10 s

— Class 20: starting time less than 20 s

•

For a given class, it is necessary to check that all motor-feeder components are sized to carry the

6 x FLA starting current without excessive temperature rise during the time corresponding to the

class.

Short-Circuits

Short-time protection (I

)

•

Provides protection with an adjustable pick-up I

•

There is a very short delay to let through motor starting currents.

Non-adjustable instantaneous protection (l

)

•

Instantaneous protection with non-adjustable pick-up l

Phase Unbalance or Phase Loss (l

unbal

)

•

This function opens the circuit breaker if a phase unbalance occurs:

— that is greater than the 30% fixed pick-up I

unbal

— following the non-adjustable time delay t

unbal

equal to:

• 0.7 s during starting

• 4 s during normal operation

•

Phase loss is an extreme case of phase unbalance and leads to tripping under the same

conditions.

Indications

Front indications

•

The green “Ready” LED blinks slowly when the electronic trip unit is ready to provide protection. It

indicates the trip unit is operating correctly.

•

Red alarm LED for motor operation goes ON when the thermal image of the rotor and stator is

greater than 95% of the permissible temperature rise.

Remote indications using SDTAM module

•

PowerPact H-, J-, and L-frame devices with a Micrologic 2 M trip unit can be equipped with an

SDTAM module dedicated to motor applications for:

— A contact to indicate circuit-breaker overload.

— A contact to open the contactor. In the event of a phase unbalance or overload, this output is

activated 400 ms before circuit-breaker tripping to open the contactor and avoid circuit breaker

tripping

•

This module takes the place of the shunt trip (MN)/undervoltage trip (MX) coils and an auxiliary

switch (OF) contact

SDTAM remote indication relay module with its terminal block.

Note: All the trip units have a transparent sealable cover that protects access to the adjustment rotary

switches.

PowerPact H-, J-, and L-Frame Circuit Breakers

Motor Circuit Protection

Table 54: Micrologic 2.2 M and 2.3 M Electronic Trip Unit

Rating: I

at 104°F (40°C)

30 A 50 A 100 A 150 A 250 A 400 A 600 A

Circuit Breaker

PowerPact H-frame XXXX———

PowerPact J-frame ————X ——

PowerPact L-frame —————X X

Overloads (or Thermal Protection): Long-Time Protection and Trip Class

Pick-Up (A)

Tripping between

1.05 and 1.20 FLA

FLA Value depending on trip unit rating (I

) and setting on rotary switch

= 30 AFLA =141618202122232425

= 50 AFLA =141721242729323642

= 100 AFLA =303541455156637180

= 150 A FLA = 58 71 78 86 91 97 110 119 130

= 250 A FLA = 114 137 145 155 163 172 181 210 217

= 400 A FLA = 190 210 230 250 270 290 310 330 348

= 600 A FLA = 312 338 364 390 416 442 468 484 520

Time Delay

Trip Class 5 10 20

Time Delay (s)

Depending on

selected trip class

1.5 x FLA 120 240 480 For warm start

6 x FLA 6.5 13.5 26 For cold start

7.2 x FLA 5 10 20 For cold start

S Short Circuits: Short-time protection with fixed time delay

Pick-up (A)

accuracy ±15% I

= FLA x 5678910111213

Time delay (ms)

Non-adjustable

Non-tripping time 20

Maximum break time 60

I Short Circuit: Non-adjustable instantaneous protection

Pick-up (A)

accuracy ±15% I

non-adjustable 450 750 1500 2250 3750 4800 7200

Time delay (ms) Non-tripping time 0

Maximum break time 30 ms

Phase unbalance or phase loss

Pick-up (A)

accuracy ±20% I

unbal

in % average current230%

Time delay (ms) Non-adjustable 0.7 s during starting

4 s during normal operation

1Motor standards require operation at 104°F (40°C). Circuit-breaker ratings are derated to take this requirement into account.

2The unbalance measurement takes into account the most unbalanced phase with respect to the average current.

PowerPact H-, J-, and L-Frame Circuit Breakers

Motor Circuit Protection

02/2016

Additional Technical Characteristics

Table 55: Additional Technical Characteristics

Phase unbalance

An unbalance in three-phase systems occurs when the three

voltages are not equal in amplitude and/or not displaced 120°

with respect to each other. It is generally due to single-phase

loads that are incorrectly distributed throughout the system and

unbalance the voltages between the phases.

These unbalances create negative current components that

cause braking torques and temperature rise in asynchronous

machines, thus leading to premature aging.

Phase loss

Phase loss is a special case of phase unbalance.

• During normal operation, it produces the effects mentioned

above and tripping must occur after four seconds.

• During starting, the absence of a phase may cause motor

reversing, i.e. it is the load that determines the direction of

rotation. This requires virtually immediate tripping (0.7

seconds).

Starting time in compliance with the class (Micrologic 2 M)

For normal motor starting, Micrologic 2 M checks the conditions

below with respect to the thermal-protection (long-time) pick-up

FLA:

• current > 10% x FLA (motor-off limit)

• overrun of 1.5 x FLA threshold, then return below this

threshold before the end of a 10 s time delay.

If either of these conditions is not met, the thermal protection

trips the device after a maximum time equal to that of the

selected class. Pick-up FLA must have been set to the current

indicated on the motor rating plate.

Starting time in compliance

with the class

(Micrologic 2 M)

For normal motor starting, Micrologic 2 M checks the conditions

below with respect to the thermal-protection (long-time) pick-up

FLA:

• current > 10% x FLA (motor-off limit)

• overrun of 1.5 x FLA threshold, then return below this

threshold before the end of a 10 s time delay

If either of these conditions is not met, the thermal protection

trips the device after a maximum time equal to that of the

selected class.

Pick-up FLA must have been set to the current indicated on the

motor rating plate.

1 to 200 s

Return

Overrun

FLA1.5 FLA (Micrologic 2-M)

or Ilong (Micrologic 6 E-M)

10 % FLA

Motor-Off zone

Starting

Time

Long

Start Time

Limit

Motor Starting and Long Starts

Unbalance of Phase Currents and Voltages

)

Table 56: L-Frame Electronic Trip Unit Magnetic Only 3 Pole, 600 Vac, 50/60 Hz—Three

Device Solutions

1Three-device solutions are the traditional solutions: motor circuit protector plus motor starter plus overload relay.

Sensor Rating Trip

Unit

Adjustable

Trip Range (A)

2UL magnetic trip tolerances are -20%/+30% from the nominal values shown.

G-Interrupting

Cat. No.

J-Interrupting

Cat. No.

L-Interrupting

Cat. No.

R-Interrupting

Cat. No.

PowerPact

L-Frame

400

1.3 M

500–1200% LGL36400M37X LJL36400M37X LLL36400M37X LRL36400M37X

600 500–1200% LGL36600M37X LJL36600M37X LLL36600M37X LRL36600M37X

PowerPact H-, J-, and L-Frame Circuit Breakers

Motor Circuit Protection

Table 57: H-Frame (150 A), J-Frame (250 A) and L-Frame (600 A) Electronic Motor Protector Circuit Breakers

(UL Ratings)—Two Device Solutions

Electronic

Trip Unit

Type

Frame Sensor

Rating

Trip

Unit

Full Load

Amperes

Range (FLA)

(x FLA) G Interrupting

Cat. No.

J Interrupting

Cat. No.

L Interrupting

Cat. No.

R Interrupting

Cat. No.

Standard2

H-Frame

2.2 M

14–25 5-13 x FLA HGL36030M38X HJL36030M38X HLL36030M38X HRL36030M38X

50 14–42 5-13 x FLA HGL36050M38X HJL36050M38X HLL36050M38X HRL36050M38X

100 30–80 5-13 x FLA HGL36100M38X HJL36100M38X HLL36100M38X HRL36100M38X

150 58–130 5-13 x FLA HGL36150M38X HJL36150M38X HLL36150M38X HRL36150M38X

J-Frame 250 114–217 5-13 x FLA JGL36250M38X JJL36250M38X JLL36250M38X JRL36250M38X

L-Frame 400 2.3 M 190–348 5-13 x FLA LGL36400M38X LJL36400M38X LLL36400M38X LRL36400M38X

600 312–520 5-13 x FLA LGL36600M38X LJL36600M38X LLL36600M38X LRL36600M38X

1Two-device solutions (these electronic motor protector circuit breakers include short circuit and overload protection)

—1 electronic motor circuit protector with a Micrologic 2.2 M electronic trip unit, plus

—1 contactor

2The standard trip unit offers Class 5, 10 and 20 and phase unbalance or phase loss protection.

PowerPact H-, J-, and L-Frame Circuit Breakers

Energy Management

02/2016

Section 6—Energy Management

Energy Management Using the Smart System

Use the Smart System to connect your building to real savings in three steps:

A. Measure

Embedded and stand-alone metering and control

B. Connect

— Integrated communication interfaces

— Ready to connect to energy management platforms

C. Save

— Data-driven energy efficiency actions

— Real-time monitoring and control

— Access to energy and site information through on-line services

CLOUD

PowerPact H-, J-, and L-Frame Circuit Breakers

Energy Management

Measure

Smart System communications mean visible information.

Grouping most of the electrical protection, command and metering components, the switchboards

are now significant sources of data locally displayed and sent via communication networks.

Connect

Smart Systems use reliable, simple-to-install-and-use displays, and Ethernet and Modbus

interfaces.

Information is safely transmitted through the most efficient networks:

— Modbus SL inside switchboards, between components,

— Ethernet, on cable or WiFi, inside the building and connecting switchboards and computers,

— Ethernet or GPRS, for access to on-line services by Schneider Electric.

— Energy experts, no matter where they are located, can now provide advise based on the

updated data of the building.

Save

On-Site Real-Time Monitoring and Control

The FDM128 touch screen display connected to

the Ethernet:

•

shows essential electrical information and

alarms concerning the electrical network,

•

allows control (open, close, reset…) of various

equipment.

The FDM128 touch screen provides real-time value

checking and control, directly on the front panel of

the main switchboard.

On a PC display with common browser:

•

shows monitoring web pages hosted into the

local Ethernet interface,

•

alarm events generate automatic email

notifications,

•

allows control (open, close, reset…) of various

equipment.

The data is displayed graphically or recorded into

files for optimizing the use of energy in the building.

As an example, the data can help validate the

change of temperature settings, time scheduling in

a Building Management System or other

automated devices.

On-Line Energy Management Services

StruXureWare Energy Operation automates

data collection using an open, scalable, and

secure energy management information system.

With the help of the Schneider Electric energy

management services team, data is turned into

information to enable customers to understand

their facilities’ performance on an ongoing basis.

Energy Operation leverages companies’ current

investments in their existing systems, and can

be used to communicate advanced results and

performance to a broad audience for a shared

understanding throughout an organization.

CLOUD

PowerPact H-, J-, and L-Frame Circuit Breakers

Energy Management

02/2016

Smart System Communication Components

PowerPact Circuit Breakers with Micrologic Trip Units

Ammeter A

•

Micrologic 5 A selective protection

•

Micrologic 6 A selective + ground-fault protection

Energy E

•

Micrologic 5 E selective protection

•

Micrologic 6 E selective + ground-fault protection

Displays

FDM121

•

One-to-one front display module

•

See page 64 for more information

FDM128

•

One-to-eight front display module

•

See page 65 for more information

Communication

•

PowerPact and Compact circuit breakers in a communication network

•

I/O application module

•

IFE: Ethernet interface module

•

IFM: Modbus interface module

•

Com’X: Energy server

See page 95 for more information.

Mcigolo

Ir )

(

Trip Unit LCD

Power Meter

Operating Assistance

Functions

Communication

IFE Module IFM Module

I/O Module Com’X 200

PowerPact H-, J-, and L-Frame Circuit Breakers

Energy Management

Power Meter Functions

In addition to protection functions, Micrologic A/E trip units offer all the functions of Power Meter

products as well as operating assistance for the circuit breaker.

Micrologic A/E trip unit measurement functions are made possible by the Micrologic trip unit’s

intelligence and the accuracy of the sensors. They are handled by a microprocessor that operates

independent of protection functions.

Display Functions

Micrologic Trip Unit LCD

The user can display all the protection settings and the main measurements on the LCD screen of the

trip unit.

•

Micrologic A trip unit: instantaneous rms current measurements

•

Micrologic E trip unit: voltage, frequency and power measurements and energy metering, in

addition to the measurements offered by Micrologic A

To make the display available under all conditions and increase operating comfort, an external power

supply is recommended for Micrologic A trip unit. It is required to:

•

display faults and interrupted current measurements

•

use all the functions of Micrologic E trip unit (such as metering of low power and energy values)

•

ensure operation of the communication network

The external power supply can be shared by several devices. For description, see page 109.

FDM121 Display Unit (One to One)

The FDM121 switchboard display unit can be connected to a communication (COM) option (Breaker

Communication Module [BSCM]) using a circuit breaker ULP cord to display all measurements on a

screen. The LCD screen is 3.78 x 3.78 in. (96 x 96 mm). The FMD121 display unit requires a 24 Vdc

power supply. The COM option (BSCM) unit is supplied by the same power supply via the circuit

breaker ULP cord connecting it to the FDM121. See page 72 for more information.

Mcigolo

Ir )

(

Trip Unit LCD

Display Function

Alarms

Services

ESC OK

Main Menu

Quick view

Control

Metering

310 A I2

315 A

302 A IN

23 A

ESC ESC

V4/7

402 V 100 120

398 V 100 120

401 V 100 120

ESC

P64kW

Q38kVar

S51kVA

PQS

ESC

Ep 14397 kWh

Eq 8325 kVarh

Es 13035 kVAh

FDM121 Display

Navigation

FDM121 Display:

Consumption

FDM121 Display:

Power

FDM121 Display:

Voltage

FDM121 Display

Current

PowerPact H-, J-, and L-Frame Circuit Breakers

Energy Management

02/2016

FDM128 Display Unit (One to Eight)

The FDM128 display unit uses an IFE Ethernet interface for low-voltage circuit breakers.

For all FDM, in addition to the information displayed on the Micrologic trip unit LCD, the FDM screen

shows demand, power quality, and maximum/minimum ammeter values along with histories and

maintenance indicators.

Measurement Function

Instantaneous RMS Measurements

The Micrologic trip unit continuously displays the RMS value of the highest current of the three phases

and neutral (Imax). The navigation buttons can be used to scroll through the main measurements.

In the event of a fault trip, the trip cause is displayed.

The Micrologic A trip unit measures phase, neutral, and ground fault currents.

Micrologic E trip units offer voltage, power, frequency, and energy metering in addition to the

measurements provided by Micrologic A trip units.

Maximum / Minimum Ammeter

Every instantaneous measurement provided by Micrologic A/E trip units can be associated with a

maximum/minimum ammeter. The maximum for the highest current of the three phases, neutral, and

demand current can be reset using the Micrologic trip unit keypad, FDM display unit, or the

communication system.

Energy Metering

The Micrologic E trip units also measures the energy consumed since the last reset of the meter. The

active energy meter can be reset using the Micrologic trip unit keypad, the FDM display unit, or the

communication system.

Demand and Maximum Demand Values

Micrologic E trip units also calculate demand current and power values. These calculations can be

made using a block or sliding interval that can be set from five to sixty minutes in steps of one minute.

The window can be synchronised with a signal sent through the communication system. Whatever the

calculation method, the calculated values can be recovered on a PC through the communication

network.

Ordinary spreadsheet software can be used to provide trend curves and forecasts based on this data.

They provide a basis for load shedding and reconnection operations used to adjust consumption to the

subscribed power.

20.12.2011 12:00:05

S1-1 - Lighting/Level1

Quick view

Measures

Alarm history

Control

Maintenance

ESC 1/7

Quick view Open Auto

I1 A

000

Ir A

000

.12 .2

12:

S1-1 - Lighting/Level1

Measu

arm

stor

ontrol

ntenance

SC 1/7

uick vie

000

20.12.2011 12:00:05

S1-1 - Lighting/Level1

Quick view

Measures

Alarm history

Control

Maintenance

ESC

I1 A

I2 A

I3 A

IN A

431

385

426

EPQSU-VI

Measures

1/10

I Current

.12 .2

12:

S1-1 - Lighting/Level1

uick vie

arm

stor

ontrol

ntenanc

431

385

PQS

Measu

1/10

I Current

Current

20.12.2011 12:00:05

S1-1 - Lighting/Level1

Quick view

Measures

Alarm history

Control

Maintenance

ESC

V12 V

V23 V

V31 V

406

415

409

1/10

EPQSU-VI

VL-L

Measures

.12 .2

12:

S1-1 - Lighting/Level1

Quick vie

larm histor

ontrol

int

406

409

1/10

PQS

VL L

easu

20.12.2011 12:00:05

S1-1 - Lighting/Level1

Quick view

Measures

Alarm history

Control

Maintenance

ESC

Ptot kW

Qtot kVAr

127

Stot kVA129

1/12

EPQSU-VI

PQS

Measures

.12 .2

12:

S1-1 - Lighting/Level1

uick vie

larm histor

ontrol

int

Pto

1/1

PQS

easures

20.12.2011 12:00:05

S1-1 - Lighting/Level1

Quick view

Measures

Alarm history

Control

Maintenance

ESC

EpIn kWh

EpOut kWh

165

EPQSU-VI

E cumul

1/3

Measures Reset

.12 .2

12:

S1-1 - Lighting/Level1

uick vie

arm

stor

Control

ntenanc

PQS

E cumul

cumul

easu

ese

FDM128 Display

Navigation

FDM128 Display:

Consumption

FDM128 Display:

Power

FDM128 Display:

Voltage

FDM128 Display

Current

Measurement Function

PowerPact H-, J-, and L-Frame Circuit Breakers

Energy Management

Power Quality

The Micrologic E trip unit calculates power quality indicators taking into account the presence of

harmonics up to the fifteenth harmonic, including the total harmonic distortion (THD) of current and

voltage.

PowerPact H-, J-, and L-Frame Circuit Breakers

Energy Management

02/2016

Table 58: Micrologic 5/6 Trip Units Integrated Power Meter Functions

Type Display

Trip Unit

LCD

Front

Display

Module

Display of Protection Settings

Pick-ups (A) and delays All settings can be displayed I

, t

, I

, t

, I

, t

XXX

Measurements

Instantaneous rms measurements

Currents (A)

Phase and neutral

Average of phases

Highest current of the 3 phases and neutral

Ground fault (Micrologic 6 trip unit)

Current unbalance between phases

, I

Iavg = (I

+ I

) / 3

Imax of I

, I

% Ig (pick-up setting)

% Iavg

—

Voltage (V)

Phase-to-phase

Phase-to-neutral

Average of phase-to-phase voltages

Average of phase-to-neutral voltages

Ph-Ph and Ph-N voltage unbalance

Phase sequence

, V

, U

N, U

Vavg = (V

+ V

) / 3

Uavg = (U

+ U

) / 3

% Vavg and% Uavg

1-2-3, 1-3-2

—

Frequency (Hz) Power System f — X X X

Power

Active (kW)

Reactive (kVAR)

Apparent (kVA)

Power factor and cos ĳ (fundamental)

P, total/per phase

Q, total/per phase

S, total/per phase

PF and cos ĳ, total and per phase

—

Maximum, minimum (MAX/MIN)

Associated with instantaneous rms

measurements

Reset with Micrologic trip unit or front display

module XX— X

Energy metering

Energy Active (kWh), reactive (kVAR), apparent

(kVA)

Total since last reset

Absolute or signed mode1—X X X

Demand and maximum demand values

Demand current (A) Phases and neutral Present value on the selected window

Maximum demand since last reset

—

Demand power Active (kWh), reactive (kVAR), apparent

(kVA)

Present value on the selected window

Maximum demand since last reset

—

Calculation window Adjustable from 5 to 60 minutes in 1 minute steps — X — 2

Power quality

Total harmonic

distortion THD (%)

Of voltage with respect to rms value THDU, THDV of the Ph-Ph and Ph-N voltage — X — X

Of current with respect to rms value THDI of the phase current — X — X

1Absolute mode: E absolute = E out + E in; Signed mode: E signed = E out - E in.

2Available through the communication network only.

Main menu

Metering

Alarms

Quick view

ESC OK

Services

PowerPact H-, J-, and L-Frame Circuit Breakers

Energy Management

Additional Technical Characteristics

Measurement accuracy of the entire measurement system, including the sensors:

•

Current: +/- 1%

•

Voltage: +/- 0.5%

•

Power and energy: +/- 2%

•

Frequency: +/- 0.1%

Operating-Assistance Functions Characteristics

Micrologic Trip Unit Alarms with Time-Stamping

Alarm Types

The user can assign an alarm to all Micrologic A or E trip unit measurements or events:

•

up to 12 alarms can be used together:

— two alarms are predefined and activated automatically:

Micrologic 5 trip unit: overload (I

)

Micrologic 6 trip unit: overload (I

) and ground fault (I

)

— thresholds, priorities and time delays can be set for ten other alarms.

•

the same measurement can be used for different alarms to precisely monitor certain values, e.g.

the frequency or the voltage

•

alarms can also be assigned to various states: phase lead/lag, four quadrants, phase sequence

selection of display priorities, with screen displaying a window showing high priority alarm

•

alarm time-stamping.

Alarm Settings

Alarms cannot be set using the keypad or the front display module. They are set through the

communication network with the PC. Set-up includes the threshold, priority, activation delay before

display and deactivation delay. It is also possible to reprogram the standard assignment for the two

SDx relay outputs to user-selected alarms.

Alarm Reading

Remote alarm indicators:

•

reading on the front display module or on a PC through the communication network

•

system remote indicators using SDx relay with two output contacts for alarms

•

Micrologic trip unit built-in LCD display

Histories and Event Tables

Micrologic A and E trip unit have histories and event tables that are always active.

Three types of time-stamped histories

•

Tripping due to overruns of I

, I

: last 17 trips

•

Alarms: last 10 alarms

•

Operating events: last 10 events

Each history record is stored with:

•

indicators in clear text in a number of user-selectable languages

•

time-stamping: date and time of event

•

status: pick-up / drop-out

PowerPact H-, J-, and L-Frame Circuit Breakers

Energy Management

02/2016

Two types of time-stamped event tables

•

Protection settings

•

Minimums / maximums

Display of alarms and tables

The time-stamped history and event tables may be displayed on a PC through the communication network.

Embedded memory

Micrologic A and E trip units have a non-volatile memory that saves all data on alarms, histories, event

tables, counters and maintenance indicators even if power is lost.

Maintenance Indicators

Micrologic A and E trip units have indicators for, among others, the number of operating cycles, contact

wear and operating times (operating hours counter) of the PowerPact H-, J-, and L-frame circuit breakers.

It is possible to assign an alarm to the operating cycle counter to plan maintenance. The various

indicators can be used together with the trip histories to analyze the level of stresses the device has

been subjected to. The information provided by the indicators cannot be displayed on the Micrologic

trip unit LCD. It is displayed on the PC through the communication network.

Management of Installed Devices

Each circuit breaker equipped with a Micrologic 5 or 6 trip unit can be identified using the

communication network:

•

serial number

•

firmware version

•

hardware version

•

device name assigned by the user

This information together with that previously described provides a clear view of the state of the

installed devices.

NOTE: Please refer to page 64 for more details on display formats.

PowerPact H-, J-, and L-Frame Circuit Breakers

Energy Management

Table 59: Micrologic 5/6 Trip Units Operating Assistance Functions

Type Display

Trip Unit

LCD

Front

Display

Module

Operating Assistance

Personalized Alarms

Settings Up to 10 alarms assigned to all A and E measurements

Phase lead/lag, four quadrants, phase sequence, display priority selection

—

Display Alarms and tripping XX— 1

Remote Indicators Activation of two dedicated contacts on SDx module X X — 1

Time-Stamped Histories

Trips (last 17) Cause of tripping

(time-stamping with ms)

, I

(Micrologic 5, 6 Trip Unit)

(Micrologic 6 Trip Unit)

—

Alarms (last 10) XX— 1

Operating events (last 10) Event types

Modification of protection setting by rotary switch

Opening of keypad lock

Test using keypad

Test using external tool

Time setting (date and time)

Reset for maximum, minimum and energy meter

—

Time Stamping Presentation Date and time, text, status X X — 1

Time-Stamped Event Tables

Protection settings

Setting modified (value displayed) I

XX— 1

Time-stamping

Previous value

Date and time of modification

Value before modification

—

Min/Max

Values monitored I

XX— 1

Time-stamping

Previous value

Date and time of min/max record

Min/max value XX— 1

Maintenance Indicators

Counter

Mechanical cycles2

Electrical cycles2

Trips

Alarms

Hours

Assignable to an alarm

One per type of trip

One for each type of alarm

Total operating time (hours)

XX— 1

Indicator Contact wear % X

X—1

Load profile Hours at different load levels % of hours in four current ranges: 0–49% I

50–79% I

, 80–89% I

and  90% I

X—1

1Available through the communication network only.

2The BSCM (page 108) is required for these functions.

Main menu

Metering

Alarms

Quick view

ESC OK

Services

PowerPact H-, J-, and L-Frame Circuit Breakers

Energy Management

02/2016

Additional Technical Characteristics:

•

Contact wear

Each time PowerPact H-, J-, and L-frame circuit breakers open, the Micrologic 5/6 trip unit

measures the interrupted current and increments the contact-wear indicator as a function of the

interrupted current, according to test results stored in memory. Breaking under normal load

conditions results in a very slight increment. The indicator value may be read on the front display

module. It provides an estimation of contact wear calculated on the basis of the cumulative forces

affecting the circuit breaker. When the indicator reaches 80%, it is advised to replace the circuit

breaker to ensure the availability of the protected equipment.

•

Circuit breaker load profile

Micrologic 5/6 trip units calculate the load profile of the circuit breaker protecting a load circuit. The

profile indicates the percentage of the total operating time at four current levels (% of I

— 0 to 49% I

— 50 to 79% I

— 80 to 89% I

— 90% I

This information can be used to optimize use of the protected devices or to plan ahead for

expansion.

Motor Circuit Protectors (AC Only)

See Section 5 for information about PowerPact H-, J- and L-frame electronic motor circuit protectors

(MCP) with trip units:

•

Micrologic 1.3 M

•

Micrologic 2 M

PowerPact H-, J-, and L-Frame Circuit Breakers

Energy Management

FDM121 Display

Micrologic trip unit measurement capabilities come into full play with the FDM121 display. It connects

with a circuit breaker ULP cord and displays the Micrologic trip unit information. The result is a true

integrated unit combining a circuit breaker and a power meter. Additional operating assistance

functions can also be displayed.

An FDM121 display unit can be connected to ULP communication devices using a prefabricated cord

to display all measurements, alarms, histories and event tables, maintenance indicators, and

management of installed devices on a screen.

The FMD121 display unit requires a 24 Vdc power supply.

The FDM121 is a display that can be integrated with the PowerPact H/J/L/P/R or Masterpact NW/NT

circuit breaker systems. It uses the sensors and processing capacity of the Micrologic trip unit. It is

easy to use and requires no special software or settings. It is immediately operational when connected

to the circuit breaker by a ULP cord.

It also provides monitoring and control with the use of the I/O application module, the motor

mechanism module, or the circuit breaker communication module.

The FDM121 has a large display, but requires very little depth. The anti-glare graphic screen is backlit

for very easy reading even under poor ambient lighting and at sharp angles.

Display of Micrologic Trip Unit Measurements and Alarms

The FDM121 is intended to display Micrologic trip unit measurements, alarms and operating

information. It cannot be used to modify the protection settings.

Measurements can be easily accessed using a menu. All user-defined alarms are automatically

displayed. The display mode depends on the priority level selected during alarm set-up:

•

high priority: a pop-up window displays the time-stamped description of the alarm and the orange

Alarm LED flashes;

•

medium priority: the orange Alarm LED goes continuously on;

•

low priority: no display on the screen.

All faults resulting in a trip automatically produce a high-priority alarm, without any special settings

required. In all cases, the alarm history is updated. The Micrologic trip unit saves the information in its

non-volatile memory in the event of an FDM121 power loss.

PowerPact H-, J-, and L-Frame Circuit Breakers

Energy Management

02/2016

Status Indications and Remote Control

When the circuit breaker is equipped with the Breaker Communications Module (BSCM), the FDM121

display can also be used to view circuit breaker status conditions:

•

O/F: ON/OFF

•

SD: trip indication

•

SDE: fault-trip indication (overload, short-circuit, or ground fault).

When the circuit breaker system is equipped with the I/O application module, the FDM121 can monitor

and control:

•

cradle management

•

circuit breaker operation

•

light and load control

•

custom applications.

When the circuit breaker is equipped with the communication motor operator etc., the FDM121 display

can also be used to control (open/close) the circuit breaker.

Two operating mode are available:

•

local mode: open/close commands are enabled from the FDM121 while disabled from the

communication network;

•

remote mode: open/close commands are disabled from the FDM121 while enabled from the

communication network.

Main Characteristics

•

A 3.78 x 3.78 x 1.18 in. (96 x 96 x 30 mm) screen requiring 0.39 in. (10 mm) behind the door (or

0.79 in. [20 mm] when the 24 V power supply connector is used).

•

White backlighting.

•

Wide viewing angle: vertical ±60°, horizontal ±30°.

•

High resolution: excellent reading of graphic symbols.

•

Alarm LED: flashing orange for alarm pick-up, steady orange after operator reset if the alarm

condition persists.

•

Operating temperature range: +14°F (-10°C) to +131°F (+55°C).

•

CE / UL / CSA marking.

•

24 Vdc power supply, with tolerances 24 V -20% (19.2 V) to 24 V +10% (26.4 V).

When the FDM121 is connected to the communication network, the 24 Vdc can be supplied by the

communication system wiring system. Consumption is 40 mA.

Mounting

The FDM121 is easily installed in a switchboard.

•

Standard door cut-out is 3.6 x 3.6 in. (92 x 92 mm).

•

Attached using clips.

To avoid a cut-out in the door, an accessory is available for surface mounting by drilling only two

0.87 in. (22 mm) diameter holes.

FDM121 Display

Surface Mount

Accessory

Connection with FDM121

Display Unit

PowerPact H-, J-, and L-Frame Circuit Breakers

Energy Management

Connection

The FDM121 is equipped with a 24 Vdc terminal block:

•

A plug-in type terminal block with two wire inputs per point for easy daisy-chaining.

•

A power supply range of 24 Vdc -20% (19.2 V) to 24 Vdc +10% (26.4 V).

A 24 Vdc type auxiliary power supply must be connected to a single point on the ULP system. The

FDM121 display has a two-point screw connector on the rear panel of the module for this purpose.

The ULP module to which the auxiliary power supply is connected distributes the supply via the

ULP cable to all the ULP modules connected to the system and therefore also to Micrologic trip

unit. See wiring diagram later in this section.

•

Two RJ45 jacks.

The Micrologic trip unit connects to the internal communication terminal block on the PowerPact or

Compact circuit breaker with the circuit breaker ULP cord. Connection to one of the RJ45 connectors

on the FDM121 automatically establishes communication between the Micrologic trip unit and the

FDM121 and supplies power to the Micrologic trip unit measurement functions.

When the second connector is not used, it must be fitted with a line terminator.

Navigation

Five buttons are used for intuitive and fast navigation.

The “Context” button may be used to select the type of display (digital, bargraph, analogue).

The user can select the display language (Chinese, English, French, German, Italian, Portuguese,

Spanish, etc.).

310 A I2

315 A

302 A IN

23 A

1 3 4 5 62

ESC

Micrologic 5.3A

Produit Id

Serial number:

Part number:

Firmware:

P07451

LU432091

1.02

ESC

ESC OK

U-V

PQS

F - PF

cos F

Metering

ESC

EpIN 5111947 kWh

EpOut 12345678 kWh

NonResettableEnergy 1/3

ESC

0..49%

50...79%

80..89%

90..100%

610 H

2/3

15 H

360 H

3 H

Load Profile

1 Escape

2 Down

3 OK

4 Up

5 Context

6 Alarm LED

Product Identification Metering: Submenu Metering: Meter Services

PowerPact H-, J-, and L-Frame Circuit Breakers

Energy Management

02/2016

Screens

Main Menu

When powered up, the FDM121 screen automatically displays the ON/OFF status of the device.

When not in use, the screen is not backlit. Backlighting can be activated by pressing one of the

buttons. It goes off after three minutes.

Fast Access to Essential Information

•

“Quick view” provides access to five screens that display a summary of essential operating

information (I, U-V, f, P, E, THD, circuit breaker ON/OFF).

Access to Detailed Information

•

“Metering” can be used to display the measurement data (I, U-V, f, P, Q, S, E, THD, PF) with the

corresponding min/max values.

•

“Alarms” displays active alarms and the alarm history.

•

“Services” provides access to the operation counters, energy and maximum ammeter reset

function, maintenance indicators, identification of modules connected to the internal bus, and

FDM121 internal settings (language, contrast, etc.).

Communication Components and FDM121 Connections

The FDM121 degree of protection is IP54 in front. IP54 is maintained after switchboard mounting by

using the supplied gasket during installation.

Quick View Metering Control Alarms Services

PowerPact H-, J-, and L-Frame Circuit Breakers

Energy Management

Figure 5: FDM121 Connections

Eth1 Eth2

+24V

DB417014.eps

DB416932.eps

DB416931.eps

A. Modbus Network

B. Modbus Interface

B1: IFM Modbus Interface

B2: IFE Modbus Interface

C. NSX Cord

D. Internal Terminal Block for Communication via NSX Cord

E. BSCM Module

F. Prefabricated wiring

G. Micrologic Trip Unit

H. FDM121 Display

I. RJ45 Cable

J. Line Terminator (on unused connector if applicable)

K. I/O Module

Connections

PowerPact circuit breaker is connected to the I/O module or FDM121

display unit via the internal terminal block for the NSX cord equipped

with an RJ45 connector:

• Cord is available in three lengths: 0.98 ft. (0.35 m), 4.3 ft. (1.3 m)

and 9.8 ft. (3 m).

• Lengths up to 32.9 ft. (10 m) are possible using extensions.

The FDM121 display unit and the I/O module are connected to:

• the IFM Modbus interface by a communication cable with RJ45

connectors on both ends

• the IFE Ethernet interface module by a communication cable with

RJ45 connectors on both ends.

0.98 ft.

(0.35 m)

4.3 ft.

(1.3 m)

9.8 ft.

(3 m)

Communication Components and Connections, IFM

Communication Components and Connections, IFE

24 Vdc

Modbus

24 Vdc

Ethernet

ULP

24 Vdc

Modbus

ULP

24 Vdc

PowerPact H-, J-, and L-Frame Circuit Breakers

Energy Management

02/2016

FDM128 Display

The Micrologic trip unit measurement capabilities are fully utilized with the FDM128 display. The

FDM128 display connects to Ethernet communication using the RJ45 port and displays Micrologic trip

unit information. The result is an integrated unit combining a circuit breaker with a power meter.

Additional operating assistance functions can also be displayed.

The FDM128 display unit can be connected to a Micrologic COM option (BSCM). It uses the sensors

and processing capacity of the Micrologic trip unit and requires no special software or settings. The

FDM128 is a large display, but requires very little depth. The anti-glare graphic screen is backlit for

easy reading even under poor ambient lighting and at sharp angles.

The FDM128 display is designed to manage up to eight devices (PowerPact H/J/L/P/R or Masterpact

NW/NT circuit breakers).

Display of Micrologic Trip Unit Measurements and Trips

The FDM128 is intended to display Micrologic 5/6 trip unit measurements, trips, and operating

information. It cannot be used to modify the protection settings.

•

Measurements may be easily accessed using a menu.

•

Trips are automatically displayed.

•

A pop-up window displays the time-stamped description of the trip.

Status Indications

When the circuit breaker is equipped with the COM option (BSCM) (including its set of sensors) the

FDM128 display can also be used to view circuit breaker status conditions:

•

O/F: ON/OFF

•

SDE: Fault-trip indication (overload, short-circuit, ground fault)

•

CE, CD, CT cradle management with I/O application module.

Remote Control

When the circuit breaker is equipped with the COM option (BSCM) (including connection to a

communicating motor operator), the FDM128 display can also be used to operate (open/close) the

circuit breaker.

Two operating mode are available:

•

Local mode: open/close commands are enabled from the FDM128 while disabled from the

communication network.

•

Remote mode: open/close commands are disabled from the FDM128 while enabled from the

communication network.

PowerPact H-, J-, and L-Frame Circuit Breakers

Energy Management

Main Characteristics

•

4.54 x 3.40 in. (115.2 x 86.4 mm) with 5.7 in. (145 mm) QVGA display 320 x 240 pixels.

•

Color TFT LCD, with LED backlight.

•

Wide viewing angle: vertical ±80°, horizontal ±70°.

•

High resolution: excellent reading of graphic symbols.

•

Operating temperature range: +14°F (-10°C) to +131°F (+55°C).

•

CE / UL / CSA marking.

•

24 Vdc power supply, -10%/+20% (limit 20.4 - 28.8 Vdc).

•

Consumption 6.8 W.

Mounting

The FDM128 is easily installed in a switchboard.

•

Standard door hole Ø 0.87 in. (22 mm).

•

The FDM128 degree of protection is IP65 at the touch screen cover. IP54 is maintained after

installation by using the supplied gasket.

Connection

The FDM128 is equipped with:

•

a 24 Vdc terminal block:

— with a power supply range of 24 Vdc (limit 20.4 - 28.8 Vdc).

— secures to the FDM128 display unit using a 2-point screw connector on the rear panel of the

module.

•

one RJ45 Ethernet jack.

The Micrologic trip unit connects to the internal communication terminal block on the PowerPact circuit

breakers through the circuit breaker ULP cord and Ethernet connection through the IFE.

Navigation

•

A touch screen is used for intuitive and fast navigation.

•

The user can select the display language (Chinese, English, French, German, Italian, Portuguese,

Spanish, etc.).

FDM128 Display

Surface Mount Accessory

Connection with Display

Unit

20.12.2011 12:00:05

S1-1 - Lighting/Level1

Quick view

Measures

Alarm history

Control

Maintenance

ESC

Maintenance

3/3

Operation

Trip SDE

Close command

Product ID Information Reset all

Counter

xxx

.12 .2

11 12:

S1-1 - Lighting/Level1

uick vie

Measu

arm

stor

ontro

int

eratio

Trip SD

lose comman

roduct ID Information

eset all

Counter

xxx

20.12.2011 12:00:05

S1-1 - Lighting/Level1

Quick view

Measures

Alarm history

Control

Maintenance

ESC

Energy

Ep kWh

Eq kVArh

Es kVAh

11 318

257

13 815

6/7

Quick view

.12 .2

11 12:

S1-1 - Lighting/Level1

easu

arm

stor

ontrol

int

ESC

ner

kWh

kVA

kVAh

318

257

uick vie

20.12.2011 12:00:05

S1-1 - Lighting/Level1

Quick view

Measures

Alarm history

Control

Maintenance

ESC

Maintenance

0 to 49%

50 to 79%

80 to 89%

2/3

90 to 100%

Product ID Information Reset all

Load profile

.12 .2

11 12:

S1-1 - Lighting/Level1

uick vie

Measu

arm

stor

ontro

int

0 to 49%

50 to 79

80 to 89

90 to 100

roduct ID

nformation

eset all

Load profile

Load prof

ile

Metering: Meter Services

Product Identification

PowerPact H-, J-, and L-Frame Circuit Breakers

Energy Management

02/2016

Screens

Main Menu

When not in use, the screen is automatically shifted to low back-lighting.

Fast Access to Essential Information

•

“Quick view” provides access to five screens that display a summary of essential operating

information (I, U-V, f, P, E, THD, circuit breaker On / Off).

Access to Detailed Information

•

"Metering" can be used to display the measurement data (I, U-V, f, P, Q, S, E, THD, PF) with the

corresponding min/max values.

•

“Alarms” displays the trip history.

•

“Services” provides access to the operation counters, energy and maximum ammeter reset

function, maintenance indicators, identification of modules connected to the internal bus and

FDM128 internal settings (language, contrast, etc.).

Quick

View

Metering Control Alarms Services

PowerPact H-, J-, and L-Frame Circuit Breakers

Energy Management

Communication Components and FDM128 Connections

The FDM128 degree of protection is IP65 at the touch screen cover. IP54 is maintained after

installation by using the supplied gasket.

Figure 6: FDM128 Connections

DB416931.eps

A. FDM128

B. IFE Modbus Interface

C. NSX Cord

D. Internal Terminal Block for Communication via NSX Cord

E. BSCM Module

F. Prefabricated wiring

G. Micrologic Trip Unit

H. FDM121 Display

I. RJ45 Cable

J. Line Terminator (on unused connector if applicable)

K. I/O Module

Connections

PowerPact circuit breaker is connected to the I/O module or FDM121

display unit via the internal terminal block for the NSX cord equipped

with an RJ45 connector:

• Cord is available in three lengths: 0.98 ft. (0.35 m), 4.3 ft. (1.3 m)

and 9.8 ft. (3 m).

• Lengths up to 32.9 ft. (10 m) are possible using extensions.

The FDM121 display unit and the I/O module are connected to:

• the IFM Modbus interface by a communication cable with RJ45

connectors on both ends

• the IFE Ethernet interface module by a communication cable with

RJ45 connectors on both ends.

0.98 ft.

(0.35 m)

4.3 ft.

(1.3 m)

9.8 ft.

(3 m)

Communication Components and Connections

24 Vdc

Ethernet

ULP

24 Vdc

PowerPact H-, J-, and L-Frame Circuit Breakers

Energy Management

02/2016

Figure 7: Panelboard and Switchboard Connections

PowerPact

ULP

Internet

(cloud)

FEEEE

PowerPact and Compact

Table 60: Smart System Communication Devices and Displays

Name Function

Port Bin.

Input

Analog.

Input

Bin.

Output

To Device To Server

ACom’X 200

Energy Server with

Ethernet Gateway®

Function

Modbus Master Ethernet Cable

+ WiFI 62—

B FDM128 Ethernet LCD Color

Touch Screen — Ethernet———

C FDM121 LCD Display for

Circuit Breaker ULP — ———

Continued on next page

PowerPact H-, J-, and L-Frame Circuit Breakers

Energy Management

IFE Interface

+ Gateway

Ethernet Interface &

Gateway

Modbus Master &

ULP Ethernet———

IFE Interface Ethernet Interface for

Circuit Breakers ULP Ethernet———

EIFM

Modbus Interface for

Circuit Breakers ULP Modbus Slave — — —

F I/O

Input/Output

Application Module

for Circuit Breakers

ULP ULP 611

Table 60: Smart System Communication Devices and Displays (continued)

Name Function

Port Bin.

Input

Analog.

Input

Bin.

Output

To Device To Server

PowerPact H-, J-, and L-Frame Circuit Breakers

Trip Units

02/2016

Section 7—Trip Units

Available Trip Units

•

PowerPact™ H-, J-, and L-Frame circuit breakers offer a range of thermal-magnetic and

Micrologic™ electronic trip units in interchangeable cases. Thermal-magnetic trip units are

designed to open automatically under overload or short circuit. H-frame and J-frame thermal-

magnetic circuit breakers contain individual thermal (overload) and instantaneous (short circuit)

sensing elements in each pole.

•

Micrologic electronic trip units provide intelligent operation, with wide setting ranges make

installation upgrades easier. Designed with processing capabilities, Micrologic trip units can

provide measurement information and device operating assistance to supply all of the information

required to manage the electrical installation and optimize energy use.

Micrologic trip units offer excellent measurement accuracy, using a new generation of current

transformers combining “iron-core” sensors for self-powered electronics and “air-core” sensors

(Rogowski coils) for measurements. The protection functions are managed by an ASIC component

that is independent of the measurement functions. This independence ensures immunity to

conducted and radiated disturbances and a high level of reliability.

An LED on the front of the electronic trip units indicates the result of the self-test running continuously on

the measurement system and the tripping release. When the green LED is flashing, the links between

the CTs, the processing electronics and the Mitop release are operational. The circuit breaker is ready

to protect. A minimum current of 15 to 50 A, depending on the device, is required for this function.

The dual adjustment for protection functions on Micrologic 5/6 consists of:

— an adjustment using rotary switches sets the maximum value

— an adjustment, made using the keypad or remotely, fine-tunes the setting. This setting may not

exceed the first one. It can be read directly on the Micrologic screen, to within one ampere and

a fraction of a second.

NOTE: All the trip units have a transparent sealable cover that protects access to the adjustment

rotary switches.

PowerPact H-, J-, and L-Frame Circuit Breakers

Trip Units

For Micrologic trip unit features, see table 12 on page 22.

Table 61: Understanding the Names of Micrologic Electronic Trip Units

Protection Frame Measurements Applications

1: I

3: LI or LSI

5: LSI

6: LSIG

H- and J-frame

A: Ammeter

DIstribution

M: Motors

L: Long time

S: Short time

I: Instantaneous

G: Ground fault

L-frame

E: Energy

Examples

Micrologic 1.3 M Trip Unit Instantaneous only 400 or 600 A Motor

Micrologic 3.3 Trip Unit LI 250, 400, or 600 A Distribution

Micrologic 3.2S Trip Unit LSI 60, 100, 150, or 250 A Distribution

Micrologic 5.2A Trip Unit LSI—Ammeter 60, 100, 150, or 250 A Distribution

Ir tr Isd tsd Ii Ig tg

200

N 1/A 2/B 3/C

N1/A2/B3/C

Ir tr Isd tsd Ii (x In

255

kWh

PowerPact H-, J-, and L-Frame Circuit Breakers

Trip Units

02/2016

Table 62: Trip Unit Availability

Trip Unit Type Trip Unit

H-, J-Frame

Trip Unit

L-Frame

Distribution Protection

Thermal-Magnetic T-M N/A

Distribution Protection

Micrologic 3.2

and 3.2-W

Micrologic 3.3

and 3.3-W

Distribution Protection

LSI

Fixed ST and LT delays

Micrologic 3.2S

and 3.2S-W

Micrologic 3.3S

and 3.3S-W

Distribution Protection

LSI + Ammeter

Micrologic 5.2 A

and 5.2 A-W

Micrologic 5.3 A

and 5.3 A-W

Distribution Protection

LSI + Energy Monitoring

Micrologic 5.2 E

and 5.2 E-W

Micrologic 5.3 E

and 5.3 E-W

Distribution Protection

LSIG + Ammeter

Micrologic 6.2 A

and 6.2 A-W

Micrologic 6.3 A

and 6.3 A-W

Distribution Protection

LSIG + Energy Monitoring

Micrologic 6.2 E

and 6.2 E-W

Micrologic 6.3 E

and 6.3 E-W

Motor Circuit Protection

Magnetic Only MN/A

Motor Protection

Micrologic 1 M N/A Micrologic 1.3M

Motor Protection

Micrologic 2 M Micrologic 2.2 M Micrologic 2.3 M

NOTE: W = mission critical trip unit.

rciMcigolo

Ir)

(

Trip

Unit Trip

Unit

250A

1250 2500

lnlm (= li)

3.2

Ir (A) tr @ 6 Ir Ii (x In)

15 60

.5 16

1.5 15

450 16

216

150

175

200

350

125

300

250

225

110

1.5

Ir (A) Ii (x In)Tr @ 6 Ir Ii

3.2S

Ir (A) Isd (x In) Ii (x In)

15 60

1.5 12

1.5 15

tsd

Ir Isd

450

1.5

150

175

200

350

125

300

250

225

210

1.5

Ir (A) Ii (x In)

3.3S

Micrologic

tsd

Ir Isd

Isd (x In)

Ii (x In)

30 40

1.5

5.3 A

Micrologic

Isd

tsd

Ii (x In)

225

125

150

175

200 250

300

350

400

1.5

Ii (x In)

30 40

1.5

Ig tg

6.2E

6.3 A

Micrologic

Ir tr Isd tsd Ii(xIn) Ig tg

Ii (x In)

225

125

150

175

200 250

300

350

400

1.5

Ir (A)

Standard

Energy Efficient

Energie Efficace

Energia Eficiente

4400

4000

3200 3600

2800

2400

2000 4800

Isd (A)

1.3 M

Micrologic

Isd (x FLA)

114

181

172

163

155

145

137

FLA (A) Class.

217

210

Ii=3750

Micrologic

2.2 M

Isd

FLA

Isd (x FLA)

190

310

290

270

250

230

210

FLA (A) Class.

348

330

2.3M

Micrologic

Isd

FLA

PowerPact H-, J-, and L-Frame Circuit Breakers

Trip Units

Protection of Distribution Systems

Thermal-Magnetic Trip Units

TM thermal-magnetic trip units can be used on PowerPact H and J-frame circuit breakers with interrupting

levels D/G/J/L. Thermal-magnetic trip units are available in factory sealed or field-interchangeable

constructions.

0lnlil

H-Frame Trip Curve

(ln) Fixed threshold thermal

protection against

overload

(li) Fixed threshold

instantaneous protection

against short circuits

Table 63: H-Frame and J-Frame Three-Pole Field-Installable Thermal-Magnetic Trip Unit

15–60 A H-Frame 70–150 A H-Frame 150–250 A J-Frame

Amperage Cat. No. Amperage Cat. No. Amperage Cat. No.

15 A HT3015 70 A HT3070 150 A JT3150

20 A HT3020 80 A HT3080 175 A JT3175

25 A HT3025 90 A HT3090 200 A JT3200

30 A HT3030 100 A HT3100 225 A JT3225

35 A HT3035 110 A HT3110 250 A JT3250

40 A HT3040 125 A HT3125 — —

45 A HT3045 150 A HT3150 — —

50 A HT3050 — — — —

60 A HT3060 — — — —

250A

1250 2500

lnlm (= li)

60A 1125A

(ln)(l

250A

1250 2500

(ln)(l

J-Frame Trip Unit

H-Frame Trip Unit

PowerPact H-, J-, and L-Frame Circuit Breakers

Trip Units

02/2016

Micrologic 3 Trip Units

Micrologic 3 trip units can be used on PowerPact H-, J-, and L-Frame circuit breakers with performance

levels D/G/J/L.

They provide:

•

standard protection of distribution cables

•

indication of:

— overloads (using LEDs)

— overload tripping (using the SDx relay module)

Circuit breakers equipped with Micrologic 3 trip units can be used to protect distribution systems

supplied by transformers.

Protection

Settings are made using the adjustment rotary switches.

Overloads: Long time protection (I

)

Inverse time protection against overloads with an adjustable current pick-up I

set using a rotary switch

and an adjustable time delay t

Neutral protection

•

On three-pole L-frame circuit breakers, neutral protection is not possible.

•

On four-pole L-frame circuit breakers, neutral protection may be set using a three-position switch:

— switch position 4P 3D: neutral unprotected

— switch position 4P 3D + N/2: neutral protection at half the value of the phase pick-up, (0.5 x I

)

— switch position 4P 4D: neutral fully protected at I

Indicators

Front indicators

•

The green “Ready” LED blinks slowly when the electronic trip unit is ready to provide protection. It

indicates the trip unit is operating correctly.

•

Orange overload pre-alarm LED: steady on when I > 90% I

•

Red overload LED: steady on when I > 105% I

Remote indicators

An overload trip signal can be remotely checked by installing an SDx relay module inside the circuit

breaker. This module receives the signal from the Micrologic electronic trip unit through an optical link

and makes it available on the terminal block. The signal is cleared when the circuit breaker is reclosed.

See page 120.

3.2

Ir (A) tr @ 6 Ir Ii (x In)

15 60

.5 16

1.5 15

450 16

216

150

175

200

350

125

300

250

225

110

1.5

Ir (A) Ii (x In)Tr @ 6 Ir

SDX Module

Front Indicators

PowerPact H-, J-, and L-Frame Circuit Breakers

Trip Units

Table 64: Micrologic 3 Trip Unit

Ratings I

at 104°F (40°C)

60 A 100 A 150 A 250 A 400 A 600 A

Circuit Breaker

H-frame X X X

J-frame X

L-frame X X X

Micrologic 3.2 / 3.3 trip units

L Long-time protection

Pick-Up (A)

Tripping between 1.05 and 1.20 I

Value depending on sensor rating (I

) and setting on rotary switch

=60 A I

= 1520 25 30 35 40455060

= 100 A I

= 3540455060708090100

= 150 A I

=50607080 90 100 110 125 150

= 250 A I

=7080 100 125 150 175 200 225 250

= 400 A I

= 125 150 175 200 225 250 300 350 400

= 600 A I

= 200 225 250 300 350 400 450 500 600

Time Delay (s)

Accuracy 0 to -20%

0.5 1 2 4 816

1.5 x I

15 25 50 100 200 400

6 x I

0.5 1 2 4 816

7.2 x I

0.35 0.7 1.4 2.85.5 11

Thermal memory 20 minutes before and after tripping

I Instantaneous

Pick-up (A)

accuracy ± 15%

60 A, 100 A 1.5 2 3 4 6 810 12 15

150 A 1.5 2 3 4 6 810 12 15

250 A 1.5 2 3 4 5 6 810 12

400 A 1.5 2 3 4 5 6 810 12

600 A 1.5 2 3 4 5 6 810 11

Non-tripping time

Maximum break time

10 ms

50 ms for I > 1.5 Ii

Micrologic 3.2S / 3.3S trip units

L Long-time protection

Pick-Up (A)

Tripping between 1.05 and 1.20 I

Value depending on sensor rating (I

) and setting on rotary switch

=60 A I

= 1520 25 30 35 40455060

= 100 A I

= 3540455060708090100

= 150 A I

=50607080 90 100 110 125 150

= 250 A I

=7080 100 125 150 175 200 225 250

= 400 A I

= 125 150 175 200 225 250 300 350 400

= 600 A I

= 200 225 250 300 350 400 450 500 600

Time Delay (s)

Accuracy 0 to -20%

non-adjustable

1.5 x I

400

6 x I

7.2 x I

Thermal memory 20 minutes before and after tripping

S Short-time protection

Pick-up (A) accuracy ± 10% I

- I

x... 1.5 2 3 4 5 6 7 810

Time delay (ms)

non-adjustable

Non-tripping time

Maximum break time

I Instantaneous

Pick-up (A)

accuracy ± 15%

60 A, 100 A 1.5 2 3 4 6 810 12 15

150 A 1.5 2 3 4 6 810 12 15

250 A 1.5 2 3 4 5 6 810 12

400 A 1.5 2 3 4 5 6 810 12

600 A 1.5 2 3 4 5 6 810 11

Non-tripping time

Maximum break time

10 ms

50 ms for I > 1.5 Ii

If the trip units are used in high-temperature environments, the Micrologic trip unit setting must take into account the thermal limitations of the circuit breaker. See

the temperature derating information on page 150.

2Mission Critical trip units have a “-W” at the end of the number (for example 3.2-W). All other protections are the same and have the same trip curves.

PowerPact H-, J-, and L-Frame Circuit Breakers

Trip Units

02/2016

Micrologic 5/6 A or E Trip Units

Micrologic 5/6 A (Ammeter) or E (Energy) trip units can be used on PowerPact H-, J-, and L-frame

circuit breakers with performance levels D, G, J, or L. They all have a front display module. They offer

basic LSI protection (Micrologic 5 trip unit) or LSI and ground-fault protection G (Micrologic 6 trip unit).

They also offer measurement, alarm and energy values.

The capabilities of Micrologic 5/6 A and E trip units come into full play with the front display module.

When the two are connected using a simple cable with RJ45 connectors, the combination offers full

Power Meter capabilities and all the measurements required to monitor the electrical installation.

Ii (x In)

30 40

1.5

Ig tg

6.2E

Measurement

Display

Maintenance

Settings

Measurements Operating and Maintenance Assistance Communication

Network

Ammeter

(Micrologic A

Trip Unit)

Current measurements

• Phase and neutral currents I

, I

• Average current of the 3 phases I

avg

• Highest current of the three phases I

max

• Ground-fault current Ig (Micrologic 6.2 / 6.3 A) trip units

• Maximum and minimum current measured

Indicators, alarms and histories

•Fault types

• Alarms for high/low alarm thresholds linked to I

measurements

• Trip, alarm and operating histories

• Time-stamped tables for settings and maximum current

Maintenance indicators

• Operation, trip and alarm counters

• Operating hours counter

• Contact wear

• Load profile and thermal image

Modbus with

add-on module

Energy

(Micrologic E

Trip Unit)

Current measurements

• Phase and neutral currents I

, I

• Average current of the 3 phases I

avg

• Highest current of the three phases I

max

• Ground-fault current I

(Micrologic 6.2 / 6.3 A trip units)

• Maximum and minimum current measured

• Current unbalance between phases

Voltage measurements

• Phase-to-phase (V) and phase-to-neutral (U) voltages

• Average voltages V

avg

, U

avg

• Ph-Ph (V) and Ph-N (U) voltage unbalance

Frequency measurements

• Frequency (f)

Power-quality indicators

• Total harmonic distortion (THD) for current and voltage

Power measurements

• Active, reactive and apparent power, total and per phase

• Power factor and cos ĳ

Maximum and minimum

• For all I, V, f, P, E measurements

Demand current and power measurements

• Demand values, total and per phase

• Maximum demand

Energy metering

• Active, reactive and apparent energy, total and per phase

Indicators, alarms and histories

•Fault types

• Alarms for high/low thresholds linked to I, V, f, P, E

measurements

• Trip, alarm and operating histories

• Time-stamped tables for settings and I, V, f, P, E

maximum values

Maintenance indicators

• Operation, trip and alarm counters

• Operating hours counter

• Contact wear

• Load profile and thermal image

Modbus with

add-on module

PowerPact H-, J-, and L-Frame Circuit Breakers

Trip Units

Power Requirements

The amount of current needed to power the trip unit is printed in the upper left hand corner of the trip

unit by the Ready LED.

Protection

Settings can be adjusted in two ways, using the rotary switches and/or the keypad.

•

The keypad can be used to make fine adjustments in 1 A steps below the maximum value defined

by the setting on the rotary switch.

•

Access to setting modifications using the keypad is protected by a locking function displayed on the

screen and controlled by a microswitch.

•

The lock is activated automatically if the keypad is not used for 5 minutes.

•

Access to the microswitch is protected by a transparent, sealable cover.

•

With the cover closed, it is still possible to display the various settings and measurements using the

keypad.

Overloads: Long-Time Protection (I

)

Inverse time protection against overloads with an adjustable current pick-up I

is set using a rotary

switch or the keypad for fine adjustments. The time delay t

is set using the keypad.

Short-Circuits: Short-Time Protection (I

)

Short-circuit protection with an adjustable pick-up I

and adjustable time delay t

, with the possibility

of including a portion of an inverse time curve (I

t On).

Short-Circuits: Instantaneous Protection (I

)

Instantaneous protection with adjustable pick-up I

Additional Ground Fault Protection (I

) on Micrologic 6 Trip Units

Residual type ground-fault protection with an adjustable pick-up I

and adjustable time delay t

Possibility of including a portion of an inverse time curve (I

t On).

Neutral Protection

•

On four-pole circuit breakers, this protection can be set using the keypad:

— Off: neutral unprotected

— 0.5: neutral protection at half the value of the phase pick-up (0.5 x I

)

— 1.0: neutral fully protected at I

— OSN: Oversized neutral protection at 1.6 times the value of the phase pick-up.

Used when there is a high level of 3rd order harmonics (or orders that are multiples of 3) that

accumulate in the neutral and create a high current. In this case, the device must be limited to

= 0.63 x I

for the maximum neutral protection setting of 1.6 x I

•

With three-pole circuit breakers, the neutral can be protected by installing an external neutral

sensor with the output (T1, T2) connected to the trip unit.

Table 65: Trip Unit Power Requirements

Frame Power-Up Requirement

H-Frame, 60 A

60 A > 15 A

100 A > 15 A

150 A > 30 A

J-Frame, 250A 250A > 30 A

L-Frame, 600 A 400 A > 50 A

600 A > 50 A

PowerPact H-, J-, and L-Frame Circuit Breakers

Trip Units

02/2016

Zone Selective Interlocking (ZSI)

A ZSI terminal block may be used to interconnect a number of Micrologic trip units to provide zone

selective interlocking for short-time (I

) and ground-fault (I

) protection, without a time delay. For

PowerPact H- and J-frame circuit breakers, the ZSI function is available only in relation to the

upstream circuit breaker (ZSI out). For PowerPact L-frame circuit breakers, the ZSI function is

available in relation to the upstream circuit breaker (ZSI out) and downstream circuit breakers (ZSI in).

Display of Type of Fault.

On a fault trip, the type of fault (I

, I

), the

phase concerned and the interrupted current are

displayed. An external power supply is required.

Indicators

Front Indicators

•

The green “Ready” LED blinks slowly when the electronic trip unit is ready to provide protection. It

indicates the trip unit is operating correctly.

•

Orange overload pre-alarm LED stays on when I > 90% I

•

Red overload LED stays on when I > 105% I

Remote Indicators

An SDx relay module installed inside the circuit breaker can be used to remote the following

information:

•

overload trip

•

overload prealarm (Micrologic 5 trip units) or ground fault trip (Micrologic 6 trip units)

This module receives the signal from the Micrologic electronic trip unit through an optical link and

makes it available on the terminal block. The signal is cleared when the circuit breaker is closed.

Note: all the trip units have a transparent sealable cover.

These outputs can be reprogrammed to be assigned to other types of tripping or that protects access

to the adjustment rotary switch. The module is described in detail in the section dealing with

accessories.

Isd Fault

Fault Phase Interrupted Current

Display of Interrupted Current.

Green

LED

Yellow

LED

Red

LED

SDx Module

PowerPact H-, J-, and L-Frame Circuit Breakers

Trip Units

Table 66: Micrologic 5/6 Trip Unit

Ratings I

at 104°F (40°C)

60 A 100 A 150 A 250 A 400 A 600 A

Circuit Breaker

H-frame X X X

J-frame X

L-frame XX

L Long-time protection

Pick-up (A)

tripping between

1.05 and 1.20 I

rotary switch Value depending on the trip unit rating (I

) and setting on rotary switch

= 60 A I

= 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 60

= 100 A I

= 35 40 45 50 60 70 8090100

= 150 A I

= 50 60 70 80 90 100 110 125 150

= 250 A Ir = 70 80 100 125 150 175 200 225 250

= 400 A Ir = 125 150 175 200 225 250 300 350 400

= 600 A Ir = 200 225 250 300 350 400 450 500 600

keypad setting Fine adjustment in 1 A steps below maximum value set on rotary switch

Time Delay (s)

Accuracy 0 to -20%

tr = keypad setting 0.5 1 2 4 816

1.5 x Ir 15 25 50 100 200 400

6 x Ir 0.5 1 2 4 816

7.2 x Ir 0.35 0.7 1.4 2.85.5 11

Thermal memory 20 minutes before and after tripping

S Short-time protection

Pick-up (A)

accuracy ± 10% I

keypad setting 1.5 2 2.5 3 3.5 4 4.5 5 5.5 6 6.5 7 7.5 88.5 9 9.5 10

Fine adjustment in 0.5 x I

steps using the keypad

Time delay

= Keypad

setting

I2t Off 0 0.1 s 0.2 s 0.3 s 0.4 s

I2t On — 0.1 s 0.2 s 0.3 s 0.4 s

Non-tripping time

Maximum break time

20 ms

80 ms

140 ms

200 ms

230 ms

320 ms

350 ms

500 ms

I Instantaneous

Pick-up (A)

accuracy ± 15%

= I

x Rotary

Switch

60 A 1.5 2 .3 4 6 810 12 15

100 A 1.5 2 .3 4 6 810 12 15

150 A 1.5 2 .3 4 6 810 12 15

250 A 1.5 2 .3 4 5 6 810 12

400 A 1.5 2 .3 4 5 6 810 12

600 A 1.5 2 .3 4 5 6 810 11

Non-tripping time

Maximum break time

10 ms

50 ms for I > Ii

G Ground-fault protection - for Micrologic 6 A or E Trip Units

Pick-up (A)

accuracy ± 10%

Keypad Setting

= 60 A I

= 0.3 0.35 0.4 0.45 0.5 0.55 0.6 0.65 0.7 0.75 0.80.85 0.9 0.95 1

= 100–600 A I

= 0.2 2.5 0.3 0.35 0.4 0.45 0.5 0.55 0.6 0.65 0.7 0.75 0.80.85 0.9 0.95 1

Time delay (s)

= Keypad

setting

I2t Off 0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4

I2t On — 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4

Non-tripping time

Maximum break time

140

200

230

320

350

500

Test I

function Built in

1Mission Critical trip units have a “-W” at the end of the number (for example 3.2-W). All other protections are the same and have the same trip curves.

2If the trip units are used in high-temperature environments, the Micrologic trip unit setting must take into account the thermal limitations of the circuit breaker. See the

temperature derating information on page 150.

PowerPact H-, J-, and L-Frame Circuit Breakers

Trip Units

02/2016

Table 67: Micrologic 3 Field-Installable Trip Units

1Mission Critical trip units that end in “W” are factory sealed and are not available as field installable units.

Circuit Breaker

Trip Unit Type Catalog No.

Frame Standard Poles Rating

H-frame UL/CSA/NOM

3 60 A Micrologic 3.2 HE3060U31X

3 60 A Micrologic 3.2S HE3060U33X

3 100 A Micrologic 3.2 HE3100U31X

3 100 A Micrologic 3.2S HE3100U33X

3 150 A Micrologic 3.2 HE3150U31X

3 150 A Micrologic 3.2S HE3150U33X

J-Frame UL/CSA/NOM 3 250 A Micrologic 3.2 JE3250U31X

3 250 A Micrologic 3.2S JE3250U33X

L-Frame UL/CSA/NOM

250 A Micrologic 3.3 LE3250U31X

Micrologic 3.3S LE3250U33X

400 A Micrologic 3.3 LE3400U31X

Micrologic 3.3S LE3400U33X

600 A Micrologic 3.3 LE3600U31X

Micrologic 3.3S LE3600U33X

250 A Micrologic 3.3 LE4250U31X

Micrologic 3.3S LE4250U33X

400 A Micrologic 3.3 LE4400U31X

Micrologic 3.3S LE4400U33X

600 A Micrologic 3.3 LE4600U31X

Micrologic 3.3S LE4600U33X

PowerPact H-, J-, and L-Frame Circuit Breakers

Trip Units

Table 68: Micrologic 5 and 6 Field-Installable Trip Units

1Mission Critical trip units that end in “W” are factory sealed and are not available as field installable units.

Circuit Breaker

Trip Unit Type Catalog No.

Frame Standard Poles Rating

H-frame UL/CSA/NOM 3

60 A

Micrologic 5.2 A HE3060U43X

Micrologic 6.2 A HE3060U44X

Micrologic 5.2 E HE3060U53X

Micrologic 6.2 E HE3060U54X

100 A

Micrologic 5.2 A HE3060U43X

Micrologic 6.2 A HE3100U44X

Micrologic 5.2 E HE3100U53X

Micrologic 6.2 E HE3100U54X

150 A

Micrologic 5.2 A HE3150U43X

Micrologic 6.2 A HE3150U44X

Micrologic 5.2 E HE3150U53X

Micrologic 6.2 E HE3150U54X

J-Frame UL/CSA/NOM 3 250 A

Micrologic 5.2 A JE3250U43X

Micrologic 6.2 A JE3250U44X

Micrologic 5.2 E JE3250U53X

Micrologic 6.2 E JE3250U54X

L-Frame

UL/CSA/NOM 3

400 A

Micrologic 5.3 A LE3400U43X

Micrologic 6.3 A LE3400U44X

Micrologic 5.3 E LE3400U53X

Micrologic 6.3 E LE3400U54X

600 A

Micrologic 5.3 A LE3600U43X

Micrologic 6.3 A LE3600U44X

Micrologic 5.3 E LE3600U53X

Micrologic 6.3 E LE3600U54X

UL/CSA/NOM 4

400 A

Micrologic 5.3 A LE4400U43X

Micrologic 6.3 A LE4400U44X

Micrologic 5.3 E LE4400U53X

Micrologic 6.3 E LE4400U54X

600 A

Micrologic 5.3 A LE4600U43X

Micrologic 6.3 A LE4600U44X

Micrologic 5.3 E LE4600U53X

Micrologic 6.3 E LE4600U54X

Table 69: Micrologic Spare Parts

Description Frame Trip Unit Catalog No.

LCD Display H/J/L Micrologic 5 S429483

Micrologic 6 S429484

Trip Unit Cover-Transparent

H/J Micrologic 3 S429481

LS432461

H/J Micrologic 5/6 S429478

LS432459

Trip Unit Wire Seal H Micrologic 3/5/6 MICROTUSEAL

PowerPact H-, J-, and L-Frame Circuit Breakers

Trip Units

02/2016

Smart System Communication Wiring System

Wiring System ULP

The wiring system is designed for low-voltage power switchboards. Installation does not require

special tools or training. The prefabricated wiring ensures both data transmission (Modbus protocol)

and 24 Vdc power distribution for the communications modules on the Micrologic trip units.

24 Vdc

A. FDM128 display for 8LV devices

B. IFE Ethernet interface for LV circuit breaker and gateway

C. IFM Modbus-SL interface for LV circuit breaker

D. FDM121 display for LV circuit breaker

E. IO input/output interface module for LV circuit breaker

F. Masterpact NT/NW circuit breaker

G. PowerPact H-, J-, or L-frame circuit breaker

H. ULP line terminator

I. ULP cable

J. Breaker ULP cord

K. NSX cord

L. PowerPact P/R or Compact NS

PowerPact H-, J-, and L-Frame Circuit Breakers

Trip Units

Four Functional Levels

All PowerPact H-, J-, and L-frame circuit breakers devices can be equipped with the communication

function using a pre-wired connection system and a Modbus™ communication interface module. The

interface module can be connected directly or through the front display module (FDM121).

The PowerPact H-, J-, and L-frame circuit breakers can be integrated in a Modbus communication network.

Four functional levels can be used separately or combined to adapt to all supervision requirements.

Modbus Principle

The Modbus RS 485 (RTU protocol) system is an open bus on which communicating Modbus devices

(PowerPact and Masterpact circuit breakers, Power Meter PM700, PM800, etc.) are installed. All types

of PLCs and microcomputers may be connected to the bus.

Number of Devices

The maximum number of devices that may be connected to the Modbus bus depends on the type of

device (PowerPact circuit breaker with Modbus COM, PM700, PM800, Masterpact circuit breaker,

etc.), the baud rate (19200 is recommended), the volume of data exchanged and the desired response

time. The RS 485 physical layer offers up to thirty-two connection points on the bus (one master, thirty-

one slaves).

Length of Bus

The maximum recommended length for the Modbus bus is 3940 feet (1200 meters).

Bus Power Source

A 24 Vdc power supply is required (less than 20% ripple, insulation class II).

Level Function

Communication of status indications

Compatible with PowerPact H-, J- and L-frame circuit breakers and automatic

switches. Use the BSCM module to access the following information:

• ON/OFF position

• trip indication

• fault-trip indication

Communication of commands

Available on all circuit breakers and automatic switches with communicating motor

operators, the remote control can be used to:

• open

• closed

• reset

Communication of measurements with

Micrologic 5/6 A or E trip unit

This level provides access to:

• instantaneous and demand values

• maximums/minimums

• energy metering

• demand current and power

• power quality

Communication of operating assistance with

Micrologic 5/6 A or E trip unit

This level also provides access to:

• protection and alarm settings

• time-stamped histories and event tables

• maintenance indicators

PowerPact H-, J-, and L-Frame Circuit Breakers

Trip Units

02/2016

Ethernet Principle

Ethernet is a data link and physical layer protocol defined by IEEE 802 10 and 100 Mbps specifications

that connects computer or other Ethernet devices. Ethernet is an asynchronous Carrier Sense Multiple

Access with Collision detection (referred as CSMA/CD) protocol. Carrier Sense means that the hosts

can detect whether the medium (coaxial cable) is idle or busy.

Multiple Access means that multiple hosts can be connected to the common medium. Collision

Detection means a host detects whether its transmission has collided with the transmission of another

host (or hosts).

IFE Ethernet interface can be connected to a PC or a laptop over Ethernet. The maximum length of

Ethernet cable is 325 feet (100 meters). IFE Ethernet interface + gateway provides a Modbus TCP/IP

gateway over Ethernet to enable Modbus TCP communication from a Modbus TCP master to any

Modbus slave devices connected to it. The maximum active Modbus TCP client connection is twelve.

IFE Ethernet interface has an embedded web server (web page).

IFE Ethernet Interface

IFE Interface, IFE Interface + Gateway Description

Introduction

The IFE interface and IFE interface + gateway enable low-voltage circuit breakers such as Masterpact

and PowerPact to be connected to an Ethernet network.

IFE Interface

Provides Ethernet access to a single low-voltage circuit breaker.

Function: Interface - one circuit breaker is connected to the IFE interface using its ULP port.

IFE Interface + Gateway

Provides Ethernet access to one or several low-voltage circuit breakers.

Functions:

•

Interface - one circuit breaker is connected to the IFE interface using its ULP port.

•

Gateway: several circuit breakers on a Modbus network are connected using the IFE interface +

gateway master Modbus port.

IFE Interface, IFE Interface + Gateway Features

•

Dual 10/100 Mbps Ethernet port for simple daisy chain connection.

•

Device profile web service for discovery of the IFE interface, IFE interface + gateway on the LAN.

•

Ethernet interface for Masterpact and PowerPact circuit breakers.

•

Gateway for Modbus-SL connected devices (IFE interface + gateway only).

•

Embedded set-up web pages.

•

Embedded monitoring web pages.

•

Embedded control web pages.

•

Built-in e-mail alarm notification.

IFE Interface

IFE Interface + Gateway

PowerPact H-, J-, and L-Frame Circuit Breakers

Trip Units

Mounting

The IFE interface and IFE interface + gateway are DIN rail mounting devices. A stacking accessory

enables the user to connect several IFMs (ULP to Modbus interfaces) to an IFE interface + gateway

without additional wiring.

24 Vdc Power Supply

The IFE interface and the IFE interface + gateway must always be supplied with 24 Vdc.

The IFMs stacked to an IFE interface + gateway have power supplied by the IFE interface + gateway,

thus it is not necessary to supply them separately. It is recommended to use a UL listed and

recognized limited voltage/limited current or a class 2 power supply with a 24 Vdc, 3 A maximum.

Required Circuit Breaker Communication Modules

The connection to an IFE interface or IFE interface + gateway requires a communication module

embedded into the circuit breaker:

•

PowerPact and Compact (fixed or drawout) circuit breakers: BSCM communication module

•

Drawout PowerPact and Compact circuit breakers: BSCM and its respective I/O (Input/Output)

application module.

All connection configurations for PowerPact and Compact circuit breakers require the circuit breaker

ULP cord. The insulated NSX cord is mandatory for system voltages greater than 480 Vac. When the

second ULP RJ45 connector is not used, it must be closed with a ULP terminator (TRV00880).

Figure 8: IFE Interface, IFE Interface + Gateway Screen

PowerPact H-, J-, and L-Frame Circuit Breakers

Trip Units

02/2016

Table 70: Network Communication Interface

Characteristic Value

Type of interface module Modbus RTU, RS485 serial connection

Modbus TCP/IP Ethernet

Transmission

Modbus RS485

• Transfer rate: 9,600–19,200 Baud

• Medium Double shielded twisted pair

• Impedance 120 ȍ

Ethernet Transfer rate: 10/100 Mbps

Medium STP, Cat5e, straight cable

Structure Type Modbus, Ethernet

Method Master/Slave

Device type Modbus Master

Ethernet Server

Turnaround time Modbus 10 ms

Ethernet 1 ms

Maximum length of cable Modbus 1000 m

Ethernet 100 m

Type of bus connector Modbus 4-pin connector

Ethernet RJ45 (Shielded)

Table 71: IFE Ethernet Interface Characteristics

General Characteristics IFE Web Page Description

Environmental Characteristics Monitoring Web Page

Conforming to standards UL 508, UL 60950, IEC 60950, 60947-6-2 Real time data X

Certification cUIUs, FCC, CE Device logging X

Ambient temperature Storage: -40 to +185°F (-40 to +85°C)

Operation: -13 to +158°F (-25 to +70°C)

Control Web Page

Single device control X

Protective Treatment ULVO, conforming to IEC 60068-2-30 Diagnostics Web Page

Pollution Level 3 Statistics X

Mechanical Characteristics Device information X

Shock resistance Conforming to IEC 60068-2-27 15g/11ms, 1/2

sinusoidal IMU (circuit breaker) information X

Resistance to sinusoidal vibrations Conforming to IEC 60068-2-6 Read device registers X

Electrical Characteristics Communication check X

Power Supply 24 Vdc, -20%/+10% (19.2 to 26.4 Vdc) Maintenance Web Page

Consumption Typical: 4 Vdc, 120 mA at 68°F (20°C)

Maximum with gateway: 26.4 Vdc, 3 A at 140°F (60°C)

Maintenance log X

Maintenance counters X

Physical Characteristics Setup Web Page

Dimensions 2.83 x 4.13 x 2.79 in. (72 x 105 x 71 mm) Device localization/name X

Mounting Mounting DIN rail Ethernet configuration (dual port) X

Weight 182.5 g (0.41 lb) IP configuration X

Degree of protection of the installed module

On the front panel (wall mounted enclosure): IP4x

Connectors: IP2x

Other parts: IP3x

Modbus TCP/IP filtering X

Serial port X

Date and time X

Connections Screw type terminal blocks E-mail server configuration X

Technical Characteristics - 24 Vdc Power Supply Alarms to be e-mailed X

Power supply type Regulated switch type Device list X

Rated power 72 W Device logging X

Input voltage 100–120 Vac for single phase

200–500 Vac phase-to-phase

Device log export X

SNMP parameters X

PFC filter With IEC 61000-3-2 Documentation links X

Output voltage 24 Vdc Preferences X

Power supply out current 3 A Advanced services control X

User accounts X

PowerPact H-, J-, and L-Frame Circuit Breakers

Trip Units

100

IFM Modbus Communication Interface

Function

An IFM Modbus communication interface is required for connection of a Masterpact or PowerPact

circuit breaker to a Modbus network as long as this circuit breaker is provided with a ULP (Universal

Logic Plug) port. The port is available on the BSCM.

Once connected, the circuit breaker is considered as a slave by the Modbus master. Its electrical

values, alarm status, open/close signals can be monitored or controlled by a Programmable Logic

Controller or any other system.

Characteristics

ULP Port

Two RJ45 sockets, internal parallel wiring.

•

Connection of a single circuit breaker.

•

A ULP line terminator or an FDM121 display unit must be connected to the second RJ45 ULP

socket.

•

The RJ45 sockets deliver a 24 Vdc supply fed from the Modbus socket.

•

Built-in test function, for checking the correct connection to the circuit breaker and FDM121 display

unit.

Modbus Slave Port

•

Top socket for screw-clamp connector, providing terminals for:

— 24 Vdc input supply (0 V, +24 V)

— Modbus line (D1, D2, Gnd) 2-wire Modbus system.

NOTE: Use a UL Listed/UL Recognized limited voltage/limited current or a Class 2 power supply with a 24 Vdc, 3 A maximum.

Table 71: IFE Ethernet Interface Characteristics

ETH1 ETH2

Modbus-SL

LV434011

ETH1 LK/10-100/ACT

ETH2 LK/10-100/ACT

Module Status

Network Status

IFE

IFE-XX.YY.ZZ (factory set)

Modbus

011

TH1 LK/1

-1

TH2 LK/10-100/ACT

Modu

Status

etwork

tatus

FE-XX.YY.ZZ

actory set

)

24VDC

ETH1 ETH2

J K

A. Ethernet 1 and Ethernet 2 communication

port.

B. 24 Vdc power supply terminal block.

C. Ethernet communication LEDs:

• yellow: 10 Mb

• green: 100 Mb.

D. Module status LED:

• steady off: no power

• steady green: device operational

• steady red: major fault

• flashing green: standby

• flashing red: minor fault

• flashing green/red: self-test.

E. Network status LED:

• steady off: no power/no valid IP address

• steady green: connected, valid IP

address

• steady orange: default IP address

• steady red: duplicated IP address

• flashing green/red: Self-test.

F. Sealable transparent cover.

G. ULP status LED.

H. Test button (accessible closed cover).

I. Locking pad.

J. Modbus traffic status LED (IFE Interface +

Gateway only).

K. Device name label.

L. ULP ports.

IJK

IFM Modbus

Communication Interface.

Ref.: TRV00210

PowerPact H-, J-, and L-Frame Circuit Breakers

Trip Units

101

02/2016

•

Lateral socket, for DIN-rail stackable connector. Both top and lateral sockets are internally parallel

wired.

•

Multiple IFMs can be stacked, thus sharing a common power supply and Modbus line without

individual wiring.

•

On the front face:

— Modbus address setting (1 to 99): 2 coded rotary switches

— Modbus locking pad: enables or disable the circuit breaker remote control and modification of

IFM parameters.

•

Self-adjusting communication format (Baud rate, parity).

Technical Characteristics

Table 72: IFM Modbus Communication Interface

Dimensions 0.71 x 2.83 x 3.78 in. (18 x 72 x 96 mm)

Maximum number of stacked IFM 12

Degree of protection of the

installed module

Part projecting beyond the escutcheon IP4x

Other module parts IP3x

Connectors IP2x

Operating temperature -13 to 158°F (-25 to +70°C)

Power supply voltage 24 Vdc -20%/+10% (19.2–26.4 Vdc)

Consumption Typical 21 mA/24 Vdc at 68°F (20°C)

Maximum 30 mA/19.2 Vdc at 140°F (60°C)

Certification

CE IEC/EN 60947-1

UL UL 508 - Industrial Control Equipment

CSA

No. 142-M1987 - Process Control Equipment

• CAN/CSA C22.2 No. 0-M91 - General requirements -

Canadian Electrical Code Part

• CAN/CSA C22.2 No. 14-05 - Industrial Control Equipment

Test

GHI

A. Modbus Screw Clamp Connector

B. Modbus Address Switches

C. Modbus Traffic LED

D. Modbus Locking Pad

E. ULP Activity LED

F. Test Button

G. Mechanical Lock

H. ULP RJ45 Connectors

I. Stacking Accessory Connection

PowerPact H-, J-, and L-Frame Circuit Breakers

Trip Units

102

Simplified IFM Installation

Stacking an IFM

Stacking an IFE Interface + Gateway with IFMs

Up to Twelve Stacked IFM

Stacking Accessories

PowerPact H-, J-, and L-Frame Circuit Breakers

Trip Units

103

02/2016

I/O Application Module

Description

The I/O (Input/Output) application module for a low-voltage circuit breaker is part of an ULP system

with built-in functions and applications to enhance the application needs. The ULP system architecture

can be built without any restrictions using the wide range of circuit breakers.

The I/O application module is compliant with the ULP system specifications.

Two I/O application modules can be connected in the same ULP network.

The ranges of low-voltage circuit breakers enhanced by the I/O application module are:

•

Masterpact NW

•

Masterpact NT

•

PowerPact R-Frame

•

PowerPact P-Frame

•

PowerPact H-Frame

•

PowerPact J-Frame

•

PowerPact L-Frame

I/O (Input/Output) Application Module for Low-Voltage Circuit Breaker

Resources

The I/O application module resources are:

•

Six digital inputs that are self powered for either NO and NC dry contact or pulse counter.

•

Three digital outputs that are a bistable relay (5 A maximum).

•

One analog input for PT100 temperature sensor.

Pre-Defined Application

The pre-defined application adds new functions to the I/O application module by:

•

Selection by the application rotary switch on the I/O application module, defining the application

with pre-defined input/output assignment and wiring diagram.

•

No additional setting with the customer engineering tool required.

The resources not assigned to the pre-defined application are free for additional user-defined

applications:

•

cradle management

•

circuit breaker operation

•

cradle management + ERMS (Energy Reduction Maintenance Setting)

NOTE: Use only Micrologic P or H trip units with the blue ERMS label for energy reduction

maintenance setting systems. Review the I/O module user guide 0613IB1317 and ERMS

installation instructions NHA37346 for details on installation, testing, and operation of the ERMS

system.

•

light and load control

•

custom

I/O Application Module

PowerPact H-, J-, and L-Frame Circuit Breakers

Trip Units

104

User-Defined Applications

User-defined applications are processed by the I/O application module in addition to the pre-defined

application selected.

The user-defined applications are available depending on:

•

the pre-defined application selected

•

the I/O application module resources (inputs and outputs) not used by the application.

The resources required by user-defined applications are assigned using the customer engineering

tool:

•

protection

•

control

•

energy management

•

monitoring.

Mounting

The I/O application module is a DIN rail mounted device. Install on a steel DIN rail that is properly

grounded near the device.

Application Rotary Switch

The application rotary switch enables the selection of the pre-defined application. It has nine positions

and each position is assigned to a pre-defined application. The factory set position of the switch is pre-

defined application one.

Setting Locking Pad

The setting locking pad on the front panel of the I/O application module enables the setting of the I/O

application module by the customer engineering tool.

456

PowerPact H-, J-, and L-Frame Circuit Breakers

Trip Units

105

02/2016

General Characteristics

Environmental

Characteristics

Conforming to standards UL 508, UL 60950, IED 60950, 60947-6-2

Certification cULus, EAC, FCC, CE

Ambient temperature Storage: -40 to +185°F (-40 to +85°C)

Operation: -13 to +158°F (-25 to +70°C)

Protective Treatment ULVO, conforming to IEC 60068-2-30

Pollution Level 3

Mechanical

Characteristics

Shock resistance Conforming to IEC 60068-2-27 15g/11ms,

1/2 sinusoidal

Resistance to sinusoidal vibrations Conforming to IEC 60068-2-6

Electrical

Characteristics

Power Supply 24 Vdc, -20%/+10% (19.2 to 26.4 Vdc)

Consumption Typical: 24 Vdc, 165 mA at 20°C

Maximum with gateway: 26.4 Vdc, 420 mA at 60°C

Physical

Characteristics

Dimensions 2.83 x 4.52 X 2.79 in. (72 x 115 x 71 mm)

Mounting DIN rail

Weight 0.51 lb. (229.5 g)

Degree of protection of the installed

I/O application module

• On the front panel (wall mounted enclosure): IP4x

• I/O parts: IP3x

• Connectors: IP2x

Connections Screw type terminal blocks

Technical

Characteristics

24 Vdc power

supply

Power supply type Regulated switch type

Rated power 72 W

Input voltage • 100–120 Vac for single phase

• 200–500 Vac phase-to-phase maximum

PFC filter With IEC 61000-3-2

Output voltage 24 Vdc

Power supply out current 3 A

NOTE: It is recommended to use an UL listed/UL listed recognized limited voltage/limited

current or a class 2 power supply with a 24 Vdc, 3 A maximum.

Digital Inputs

Digital input type Self powered digital input with current limitations as

per IEC 61131-2 type 2 standards (7 mA)

Input limit values at state 1 (close) 19.8–25.2 Vdc, 6.1–8.8 mA

Input limit values at state 0 (open 0–19.8 Vdc, 0 mA

Maximum cable length 33 ft (10 m)

NOTE: For a length greater than 10 m (33 ft) and up to 300 m (1,000 ft), it is mandatory to

use a shielded twisted cable. The shield cable is connected to the I/O functional ground of

the I/O application module.

Digital Outputs

Digital output type Bistable relay

Rated load 5 A at 250 Vac

Rated carry current 5 A

Maximum switching voltage 380 Vac, 125 Vdc

Maximum switch current 5 A

Maximum switching power 1250 VA, 150 W

Minimum permissible load 10 mA at 5 Vdc

Contact resistance 30 mȍ

Maximum operating frequency •18000 operations/hr (Mechanical)

•1800 operations/hr (Electrical)

Digital output relay protection by an

external fuse External fuse of 5 A or less

Maximum cable length 10 m (33 ft)

Analog Inputs

The I/O application module analog input can be connected to a Pt100 temperature sensor

Range -22 to 392°F (-30 to 200°C)

Accuracy

-22 to 68°F (-30 to 20°C): ±3.6°F (2°C)

68 to 284°F (20 to 140°C): ±1.8°F (1°C)

284 to 392°F (140 to 200°C): ±3.6°F (2°C)

Refresh interval 5 s

13 14 23 24 33 34 T1

APP

456

O1 O2 O3 A1

I1 I2 I3 I4 I5 I6CCC

14 23 24 33 34 T1 T2

I1 AI

LV434063

APP

LV434063

I1 I2 I3 I4 I5 I6CCC

24VDC

A. 24 Vdc power supply terminal block.

B. Digital input terminal block:

6 inputs, 3 commons and 1 shield.

C. 6 input status LEDs.

D. Analog input status LED.

E. 3 output status LEDs.

F. I/O application module identification labels.

G. Sealable transparent cover.

H. Analog input terminal block.

I. Digital output terminal blocks.

J. ULP status LED.

K. Test/reset button (accessible with cover closed).

L. Setting locking pad.

M. Application rotary switch: 1 to 9.

N. Switch for I/O addressing (IO 1 or IO 2).

O. ULP connectors.

PowerPact H-, J-, and L-Frame Circuit Breakers

Trip Units

106

Electrical Asset Manager Configuration Engineering Tool

(Ecoreach™)

Introduction

The Ecoreach engineering tool is a software application that helps the user to manage a project as part

of designing, testing, site commissioning, and maintenance of the project life cycle. It enables the user

to prepare the settings of the devices offline (without connecting to the device) and configure them

when connected with the devices. It also provides other value-added features for the user to manage

the project such as: safe repository in cloud, attach artifacts to each device or at the project level,

organize devices in switchboard, manage a hierarchical structure of the installation, etc.

Compatible Devices (Configuration and Device Management)

The Ecoreach engineering tool is compatible with the following devices:

•

Compact NSX100-630 (IEC) circuit breakers

•

PowerPact (UL) circuit breakers

•

Compact NS630b-3200 (IEC) circuit breakers

•

Masterpact NT/NW (IEC and UL) circuit breakers

•

Compatible devices (Device Management in the project)

•

Switches (Compact NSX, Masterpact & PowerPact Family)

•

Third party devices.

References:

The Ecoreach software package can be downloaded from our website:

www.schneider-electric.com

PowerPact H-, J-, and L-Frame Circuit Breakers

Trip Units

107

02/2016

Features

The Ecoreach engineering tool includes the Schneider Electric customer engineering tools such as the

Remote Setting Utility (RSU) and Remote Control Utility (RCU) with additional features.

The Ecoreach engineering tool supports the connection of Schneider Electric communicable devices

to:

•

create projects by device discovery, selection of devices, and importing a Bill of Material (BOM)

•

monitor the status of protection and I/O status

•

read information (alarms, measurements, parameters)

•

check protection discrimination between two devices

•

upload and download of configuration or settings in batch mode to multiple devices.

•

carry out commands and tests

•

generate and print a device settings report and communication test report

•

manage multiple devices with a electrical and communication hierarchy model

•

manage artifacts (project documents)

•

check consistency in settings between devices on a communication network

•

compare configuration settings between PC and device (online)

•

download latest firmware.

The Ecoreach engineering tool enables the user to access the advanced features of the software once

the project is saved in the Schneider Electric cloud.

PowerPact H-, J-, and L-Frame Circuit Breakers

Accessories for Micrologic™ Trip Units

108

Section 8—Accessories for Micrologic™ Trip Units

NSX Cord

Micrologic trip units are connected to the Modbus communication interface module (IFM) or front

display module through the internal terminal block for the NSX cord equipped with an RJ45 connector.

The NSX cord is available in two cable lengths:

•

4.27 ft. (1.3 m)

•

9.84 ft. (3 m)

Lengths up to 32.8 ft. (10 m) are possible using extensions.

•

For voltage V  480 V, available in 3 prefabricated lengths: 0.35 m, 1.3 m and 3 m.

•

For voltages V > 480 V, a special 1.3 m cable with an insulation accessory is required.

•

A set of cables with RJ45 connectors is available to adapt to different distances between devices.

Breaker Status and Control Module (BSCM)

Functions

The optional BSCM Breaker Status & Control Module is used to acquire device status indications and

control the communicating remote-control function. It includes a memory used to manage the

maintenance indicators.

Status indications

Indication of device status:

Auxiliary switch (OF), alarm switch (SD), and overcurrent trip switch (SDE).

Maintenance indicators

The BSCM manages the following indicators:

•

mechanical operation counter

•

electrical operation counter

•

history of status indications.

It is possible to assign an alarm to the operation counters.

Controls

The BSCM can be used to carry out communicating remote control operations using the

communicating motor operator (open, close and reset) in different modes (manual, auto).

Mounting

The BSCM can be installed on all PowerPact H-, J-, and L-frame circuit breakers and automatic

switches with Micrologic trip units. It simply clips into the auxiliary contact slots. It occupies the slots of

one auxiliary switch (OF) and one overcurrent trip switch (SDE). The BSCM is supplied with 24 Vdc

power automatically through the NSX cord when the communication network is installed.

Cable

Length

Cable

Length

NSX Cord,

V > 480 V

NSX Cord,

V  480 V

Isolation Module

for NSX Cord

with V > 480 V

Table 73: NSX Cord Catalog Numbers

Description Catalog No.

NSX Cord 4.27 ft. (1.3 m), V  480 V S434201

NSX Cord 9.84 ft. (3 m), V  480 V S434202

NSX Cord 4.27 ft. (1.3 m), V > 480 V S434204

NSX Cord 9.84 ft. (3 m), V > 480 V S434303

PowerPact H-, J-, and L-Frame Circuit Breakers

Accessories for Micrologic™ Trip Units

109

02/2016

Catalog Numbers

24 Vdc Power-Supply Terminal Block

The Micrologic 5/6 trip unit display is operational when current is flowing through the circuit breaker. To

power the Micrologic 5/6 trip unit when the trip unit is not connected to an FDM121 or to the

communication network, a 24 Vdc power-supply terminal block can be installed only on Micrologic 5/6

trip units. When used, it excludes connection of an NSX cord.

External 24 Vdc Power-Supply Module

An external 24 Vdc power supply is required for installation in a communication network, whatever the

type of trip unit.

On installations without a communication network, the power supply is available as an option for

Micrologic 5/6 trip units in order to:

•

modify settings when the circuit breaker is open

•

display measurements when the current flowing through the circuit breaker is low (15 to 50 A

depending on the rating)

•

maintain the display of the cause of tripping and interrupted current.

A single external 24 Vdc supply may be used for the entire network, depending on the number of

devices in the communication network. The required characteristics are:

•

output voltage: 24 Vdc ± 5%

•

ripple: ± 1%

To determine the required output current of the 24 Vdc power supply, it is necessary to sum up the

currents consumed by the different loads supplied.

Table 74: BSCM Catalog Numbers

Description Catalog No.

Replacement BSCM S434205

BSCM with NSX Cord 1.3 m, V  480 V S434201BS

BSCM with NSX Cord 3 m, V  480 V S434202BS

BSCM with NSX Cord 1.3 m, V > 480 V S434204BS

BSCM with NSX Cord 3 m, V > 480 V S434303BS

24 Vdc Terminal Block

Table 75: 24 Vdc Catalog Number

Description Catalog No.

24 Vdc Terminal Block Unit Mount S434210

External 24 Vdc

Power-Supply Module

Table 76: Available External Power-Supply Modules (1 A)

Available External Power-Supply Modules Input Voltage Output Power Cat. No.

Power supply

Vdc (±5%)

24–30

24 Vdc 1 A

685823

48–60 685824

100–125 685825

Vac (+10%, -15%)

110–130 685826

200–240 685827

380–415 685829

PowerPact H-, J-, and L-Frame Circuit Breakers

Accessories for Micrologic™ Trip Units

110

For installation recommendations, see page page 156.

Battery Module

The battery module is a back-up supply for the external power-supply module. The input/output

voltages are 24 Vdc and it can supply power for approximately three hours (100 mA).

Pocket Tester

The pocket tester connects to the Micrologic trip unit test connector. It powers up the Micrologic trip

unit and the Ready LED. It supplies the screen, allows settings to be made using the keypad, and

provides thermal imaging inhibit functions.

The pocket tester runs off of two Alkaline AA batteries.

Isolated Modbus Repeater Module

Since Modbus interface modules (part number STRV00210) are not isolated, an isolated Modbus

Repeater Module needs to be inserted between the Modbus network inside the equipment and the

Modbus network outside the equipment.

Table 77: Power Requirements

Module Typical Consumption

24 Vdc at 68°F (20°C)

Maximum Consumption

19.2 Vdc at 140°F (60°C)

Micrologic 5/6 trip units 30 mA 55 mA

BSCM 9 mA 15 mA

FDM121 21 mA 30 mA

IFM 21 mA 30 mA

Isolated Modbus Repeater Module 15 mA 19 mA

Battery Module

Table 78: Battery Module

Description Catalog No.

Battery Module 685831

Pocket Tester

Table 79: Pocket Tester

Description Catalog No.

Pocket Tester S434206

Table 80: Catalog Number

Description Catalog No.

Isolated Modbus Repeater Module STRV00211

PowerPact H-, J-, and L-Frame Circuit Breakers

Accessories for Micrologic™ Trip Units

111

02/2016

UST Test Adapter (UTA) Tester for Test and Maintenance

The UTA Tester includes:

•

configuration and maintenance module

•

power supply (110–220 Vac / 50-60 Hz 24 Vdc - 1 A)

•

special Micrologic cable for connection to the trip-unit test connector

•

standard USB cable

•

standard RJ45 cable

•

user manual

Included in the UTA Tester, the UTA Tester module tests Micrologic trip unit operation and provides

access to all parameters and settings. It connects to the Micrologic trip unit test connector and can

operate in two modes.

•

Stand-alone mode to:

— supply the Micrologic trip unit with power and check operation using the Ready LED

— Provides ground-fault inhibit and thermal memory inhibit

•

PC mode, connected to a PC with a USB or Bluetooth link. This mode provides access to

protection settings, alarm settings and readings of all indicators. Using the associated RSU

software utility, it is possible to store, in a dedicated file for each device, all the data that can

transferred to another device.

This mode also offers operating-test functions:

— check on trip time delay (trip curve)

— check on non-tripping time (coordination)

— check on ZSI (Zone Selective Interlocking) function

— alarm simulation

— display of setting curves

— display of currents

— printing of test reports

— optional Bluetooth link (to PC).

UTA Tester Module

Table 81: UTA Tester Catalog Numbers

Description Catalog No.

UTA Tester (complete) STRV00910

Spare 110-240 V power supply TRV00915

Spare Micrologic cable TRV00917

Spare UTA Tester Module STRV00911

Bluetooth/Modbus Option for UTA Tester TCSWAAC13FB

PowerPact H-, J-, and L-Frame Circuit Breakers

Accessories for Micrologic™ Trip Units

112

Universal Logic Plug System

The Universal Logic Plug (ULP) system allows the PowerPact H-, J- and L-frame circuit breakers to

become metering and supervision tools to assist for energy efficiency. For easy connection of the

different modules, the prefabricated cables are identified by a ULP symbol. The connection points on

compatible modules are marked in the same manner.

For more information about the ULP System, see bulletin 48940-329-01, ULP (Universal Logic Plug)

Connection System—User Guide.

Test connector

Display

110/240 V

USB or Bluetooth Link

ULP Symbol

Table 82: ULP Accessories Catalog Numbers

Description Qty Catalog No.

RJ45 connectors, female/female 10 TRV00870

ULP Line termination 10 TRV00880

RJ45/RJ45 male cord L= 0.3 m 10 TRV00803

RJ45/RJ45 male cord L= 0.6 m 10 TRV00806

RJ45/RJ45 male cord L = 1 m 5 TRV00810

RJ45/RJ45 male cord L = 2 m 5 TRV00820

RJ45/RJ45 male cord L = 3 m 5 TRV00830

RJ45/RJ45 male cord L = 5 m 1 TRV00850

Modbus Line Terminations 2 VW3A8306DRC

PowerPact H-, J-, and L-Frame Circuit Breakers

Accessories for Micrologic™ Trip Units

113

02/2016

External Neutral Current Transformer (ENCT)

The external neutral current transformer is a sensor required for a three-pole circuit breaker in a

system with a distributed neutral to measure the neutral current in order to:

•

protect the neutral conductor

•

protect against ground faults.

This current transformer can be connected to Micrologic 5/6 trip units. The transformer rating must be

compatible with that of the circuit breaker.

For installation recommendations, see page 155.

External Neutral Voltage Tap (ENVT)

The external neutral voltage tap is required for Micrologic E power metering with a three-pole circuit

breaker in a system with a distributed neutral. It is used to connect the neutral to the Micrologic trip unit

to measure phase-to-neutral (Ph-N) voltages.

The ENVT is included with the Micrologic 5/6 electronic trip unit.

Zone Selective Interlock (ZSI) Module

A ZSI terminal block may be used to interconnect a number of Micrologic trip units to provide zone

selective interlocking for short-time (I

) and ground-fault (I

) protection, without a time delay. For

PowerPact H- and J-frame circuit breakers, the ZSI function is available only in relation to the

upstream circuit breaker (ZSI out). For PowerPact L-frame circuit breakers, the ZSI function is

available in relation to the upstream circuit breaker (ZSI out) and downstream circuit breakers (ZSI in).

External neutral current

transformer

Table 83: Current Transformers

Circuit Breaker Rating Catalog No.

H-Frame 60–100 A S429521

150 A S430562

J-Frame 250 A S430563

L-Frame 400–600 A S432575

External Neutral

Voltage Tap

Table 84: ZSI Catalog Number

Description Catalog No.

ZSI Module S434212

PowerPact H-, J-, and L-Frame Circuit Breakers

Accessories for Micrologic™ Trip Units

114

I-Line™ Wiring Harness

Accessories installed in I-Line circuit breakers require the use of optional wiring harnesses (not

provided). The wiring harness allows the accessory wiring to exit the circuit breaker through wiring

channels in the side of the circuit breakers. Wire harnesses may also be used for unit-mount

applications.

Table 85: Wiring Harness Catalog Numbers

Description Catalog No.

Auxiliary Switch (OF) I-Line Wire Harness S434500

Alarm Switch (SD)/Overcurrent Trip Switch (SDE) I-Line Wire Harness S434501

SDx/SDTAM I-Line Wire Harness S434502

Undervoltage Trip (MN) I-Line Wire Harness S434503

Shunt Trip (MX) I-Line Wire Harness S434504

24 Vdc Power Supply Terminal Block I-Line Wire Harness S434505

Motor Operator (MT) I-Line Wire Harness S434506

Communicating Motor Operator (MTc) I-Line Wire Harness S434507

NSX Cord I-Line Wire Harness S434508

ZSI (H/J-Frame, Out Only) I-Line Wire Harness S434300

ZSI (L-Frame, In and Out) I-Line Wire Harness S434301

ENCT I-Line Wire Harness S434302

06164779

H, J-Frame L-Frame

PowerPact H-, J-, and L-Frame Circuit Breakers

Accessories and Auxiliaries

115

02/2016

Section 9—Accessories and Auxiliaries

All PowerPact™ H-, J-, and L-frame circuit breakers and automatic switches have slots for the

electrical auxiliaries .

Circuit breakers equipped with Micrologic™ trip units may be equipped with a fault-trip indication to

identify the type of fault by installing

•

one indication module with two outputs (see page 119)

— either an SDx module with Micrologic 3.x / 5.x A or E / 6.x A or E

— or an SDTAM module with Micrologic 2.x M.

This module occupies the slots of one auxiliary switch (OF) contact and an undervoltage trip

(MN)/shunt trip (MX).

All these auxiliaries may be installed with a motor operator.

Communication Network

Communication networks require specific auxiliaries.

Communication of status indications:

•

1 BSCM module

•

1 NSX cord (internal terminal block) for both communication and 24 Vdc supply to the BSCM.

Communication of status conditions is compatible with a standard motor operator.

Communication of status indications and controls requires, in addition to the previous auxiliaries:

•

1 communicating motor operator connected to the BSCM.

Communication of measurements is available on Micrologic 5/6. The system consists of:

•

1 NSX cord (internal terminal block) for both communication and 24 Vdc supply to the Micrologic.

Communication of measurements is compatible with a standard or communicating motor operator.

Communication of status indications, controls and measurements is available on Micrologic 5/6. The

system consists of:

•

1 BSCM module

•

1 NSX cord (internal terminal block) for both communication and 24 Vdc supply to the BSCM and

the Micrologic

•

1 communicating motor operator connected to the BSCM.

Installation of SDx or SDTAM is compatible with communication network.

H- and J-Frame L-Frame

•

4 indication contacts

— 2 ON/OFF (auxiliary switches [OF1 and

OF2])

— 1 trip indication (alarm switch [SD])

— 1 fault-trip indication (overcurrent trip

switch [SDE])

•

one remote-tripping release

— either 1 undervoltage trip (MN)

— or 1 shunt trip (MX)

•

5 indication contacts

— 3 ON/OFF auxiliary switches (OF1, OF2,

and OF3)

— 1 trip indication (alarm switch [SD])

— 1 fault-trip indication (overcurrent trip

switch [SDE])

•

one remote-tripping release

— either 1 undervoltage trip (MN)

— or 1 shunt trip (MX)

PowerPact H-, J-, and L-Frame Circuit Breakers

Accessories and Auxiliaries

116

Table 86: Standard Auxiliary Possibilities Based on Trip Unit

Type Trip Unit Auxiliary Possibilities

H-Frame

J-Frame Micrologic 3

H-Frame

J-Frame

Micrologic 5

Micrologic 6

L-Frame Micrologic 1.3 M

Micrologic 3

L-Frame Micrologic 5

Micrologic 6

OF1

OF2

SDE

Motor Operator

MN /

OF1

OF2

SDE

MN /

3.2

Micrologic

Ird

(

Ir )

(

SDx /

SDTAM

Motor Operator

24 Vdc

Supply

Terminal

Block

OF1

OF2

SDE

Motor Operator

MN /

The SDx or SDTAM uses the OF1 and MN/MX slots.

External connection is made via a terminal block in the OF1 slot.

The 24 Vdc supply provides for the Micrologic 5 / 6 display when the device is OFF or under low-load conditions.

OF1 SD

SDE

OF2

OF3

Reserved

MN /

OF1,

OF2,

OF3

SDE

Reserved

MN /

3.2

Micrologic

106

Ir d

(

Ir)

(

OF1

OF2

OF3

Reserved

MN /

SDE

Motor Operator

SDx /

SDTAM

24 Vdc

Supply

Terminal

Block

Motor Operator

Rotary Handle

NOTE: External connection is made using a terminal block in the reserved slot.

The 24 V DC supply provides for the Micrologic 5 / 6 display when the

device is OFF or under low-load conditions.

PowerPact H-, J-, and L-Frame Circuit Breakers

Accessories and Auxiliaries

117

02/2016

Table 87: Communication Network Auxiliary Possibilities Based on Trip Unit

Type Trip Unit Auxiliary Possibilities

H-Frame

J-Frame Micrologic 3

H-Frame

J-Frame

Micrologic 5

Micrologic 6

L-Frame Micrologic 1.3 M

Micrologic 3

L-Frame Micrologic 5

Micrologic 6

NSX

Cord

BSCM

Communicating

Motor Operator

Communication of status indications and controls

Communication of measurements with or

without FDM121 display

Communication of status indications, controls and

measurements with or without FDM121 display

NSX

Cord

Motor Operator Communicating

Motor Operator

NSX

Cord

BSCM

NSX

Cord

BSCM

Communicating

Motor Operator

Communication of status indications and controls

Communication of status indications Communication of status indications, controls and

measurements with or without FDM121 display

NSX

Cord

Motor Operator

NSX

Cord

BSCM

Communicating

Motor Operator

PowerPact H-, J-, and L-Frame Circuit Breakers

Accessories and Auxiliaries

118

Accessory Connections

Electrical accessories are fitted with numbered terminal blocks for wires with the following maximum size:

•

16 AWG (1.5 mm

) for auxiliary switches (OF1 or OF2), and shunt trip (MX) or undervoltage trip (MN)

•

14 AWG (2.5 mm

) for the motor operator

Auxiliary switch wiring exits fixed mounted devices through a knock-out in the front cover.

NOTE: See page 140 for plug-in and page 142 for drawout options.

Auxiliary and Alarm Indication Contacts

Auxiliary indication contacts provide remote information of the circuit breaker status and can thus be

used for indications, electrical locking, relays, etc.

Auxiliary Switch (OF)/

Alarm Switch (SD)

Overcurrent Trip

Switch Actuator (SDE)

Table 88: Auxiliary and Alarm Indication Contacts

Applications

Open/Closed—Auxiliary Switches (OF)

• Indicates the position of the circuit breaker contacts

Trip Indication—Alarm Switch (SD)

• Indicates that the circuit breaker has tripped due to an overload, short circuit or ground fault, the operation of

a shunt trip or undervoltage trip or the “push-to-trip” button

• Resets when the circuit breaker is reset

Overcurrent Trip Switch (SDE)

• Indicates that the circuit breaker has tripped due to an overload, short circuit or ground fault

• Resets when the circuit breaker is reset

The above switches are also available in low-level versions (with gold flash plating) capable of switching very

low loads (e.g., for controlling PLCs or electronic circuits)

Rotary Handle Indicator: CAO (early-break) and CAF (early-make)

• Fitted in the rotary handle module (see page 127)

Installation &

Connection

• The auxiliary switch (OF), alarm switch (SD), and overcurrent trip switch (SDE) indication contacts snap into

cavities behind the front accessory cover of the circuit breaker.

• One model serves for all indication functions depending on where it is fitted in the circuit breaker.

• The overcurrent trip switch (SDE) in a circuit breaker equipped with a thermal-magnetic or Micrologic 1/2/3

trip unit requires the SDE actuator.

Standards

• The internal accessories comply with requirements of Underwriters Laboratories® Inc. (UL®).

• UL 489 and Canadian Standard Association C22.2 No. 5-02 Standards.

• All internal accessories are Listed for field installation per UL file E103955 and Certified under CSA file LR 69561.

• Auxiliary indicator contacts comply with UL 489, CSA C22.2 No. 5-02 and IEC 60947-5 Standards. “Low-

level” indicator contacts are not UL Recognized.

Table 89: Electrical Characteristics

Characteristic Standard Low-Level

1 If the maximum voltage and current is exceeded, the low-level function of the switch will be lost but the switch will

continue to function as a standard switch.

Supplied as Standard (Form C) 4 4

Maximum Number of Contacts 4 4

Rated Thermal Current 6 A 5 A

Minimum Load 100 mA at 24 V 1 mA at 4 V

Operational Current AC DC AC DC

24 V 6 A6 A5 A5 A

48 V 6 A2.5 A5 A2.5 A

110 V 6 A 0.6 A 5 A 0.6

220/240 V 6 A — 5 A —

250 V — 0.6 A 5 A 0.3 A

380/440 V 6 A — 5 A —

480 V 6 A — 5 A —

660/690 V 6 A — — —

PowerPact H-, J-, and L-Frame Circuit Breakers

Accessories and Auxiliaries

119

02/2016

Table 90: Auxiliary Switch Catalog Numbers

Contacts Factory-Installed Suffix Field-Installable Kit No. Kit Qty.

1A/1B Standard AA S29450 1

2A/2B Standard AB S29450 2

1A/1B Low-Level (Gold) AE S29452 1

2A/2B Low-Level (Gold) AF S29452 2

Table 91: Alarm/Overcurrent Trip Switch Catalog Numbers

Suffix Switch Kit No. Kit Qty.

PowerPact L-Frame

PowerPact H/J-Frame with Micrologic 5/6 trip units

BC Alarm Switch S29450 1

BH Alarm Switch Low-Level S29452 1

BD Overcurrent Trip Switch Standard S29450 1

BJ Overcurrent Trip Switch Low-Level S29452 1

BE Alarm Switch and Overcurrent Trip Switch, Standard S29450 2

BK Alarm Switch and Overcurrent Trip Switch, Low-Level S29452 2

PowerPact H/J-Frame with Thermal-Magnetic or Micrologic 1/2/3 trip units

BC Alarm Switch S29450 1

BH Alarm Switch, Low-Level S29452 1

BD Overcurrent Trip Switch, Standard

SDE Actuator

S29450

S29451

BJ Overcurrent Trip Switch, Low-Level

SDE Actuator

S29452

S29451

BE Alarm Switch and Overcurrent Trip Switch, Standard

SDE Actuators

S29450

S29451

BK Alarm Switch and Overcurrent Trip Switch, Low-Level

SDE Actuators

S29452

S29451

PowerPact H-, J-, and L-Frame Circuit Breakers

Accessories and Auxiliaries

120

SDx and SDTAM Modules for Micrologic Trip Units

SDx and SDTAM are relay modules with two outputs. They send different signals depending on the

type of fault. They may not be used together.

SDx Module

The SDx module remotely monitors the trip or alarm conditions of PowerPact H-, J-, and L-frame circuit

breakers equipped with electronic protection.

An SDx relay module installed inside the circuit breaker can be used to remote the overload trip signal.

This module receives the signal from the Micrologic electronic trip unit through an optical link and

makes it available on the terminal block. The signal is cleared when the circuit breaker is closed. These

outputs can be reprogrammed to be assigned to other types of tripping or alarm.

The SDx module may be used in 400 Hz systems for voltages from 24 to 440 V.

The SD2 output, available on all Micrologic trip units, corresponds to the overload-trip indication.

The SD4 output, available on Micrologic 5/6, is assigned to:

•

overload pre-alarm (Micrologic 5)

•

ground-fault trip indication (Micrologic 6)

These two outputs automatically reset when the device is closed (turned ON).

For Micrologic 5/6, the SD2 and SD4 outputs can be reprogrammed to be assigned to other types of

tripping or alarm.

It is possible to assign a function output characteristics:

•

latching with a time delay. Return to the initial state occurs at the end of the time delay

•

permanent latching. Return to the initial state takes place through the communication function.

Static outputs: 24–415 Vac / Vdc; 80 mA max.

SDTAM Module

The SDTAM module, linked to the contactor controller, opens the contactor when an overload or other

motor fault occurs, thus avoiding opening of the circuit breaker. The SDTAM module is specifically for

the motor-protection Micrologic trip units 2 M (2.2 M and 2.3 M).

Micrologic 2 M

The SD4 output opens the contactor 400 ms before normal circuit-breaker opening in the following

cases:

•

overload (long-time protection for the trip class)

•

phase unbalance or phase loss

The SD2 output serves to memorize contactor opening by SDTAM.

Output characteristics

Output reset can be:

•

manual by a pushbutton included in the wiring diagram

•

automatic after an adjustable time delay (1 to 15 minutes) to take into account the motor-cooling

time

Static outputs: 24–415 Vac / Vdc; 80 mA max. a (+) 24–415 V.

SDx module with

terminal block.

SDTAM module

with terminal block.

PowerPact H-, J-, and L-Frame Circuit Breakers

Accessories and Auxiliaries

121

02/2016

Vac (220/240 V)

Vac

auto

manu

NSX cord

BSCM

NOTE: Schematic of the communicating motor operator .

OF3

OF2

Open

OF1

Closed Closed

SDE

Fault

121

CAF2

131

CAF1

134

124

101

CAO1

Open

102

104

Table 92: SDx and SDTAM Catalog Numbers

Contacts Factory-Installed Suffix Field-Installable Kit No.

SDx V S429532

SDTAM (motor trip units only) V S429424

PowerPact H-, J-, and L-Frame Circuit Breakers

Accessories and Auxiliaries

122

Shunt Trip (MX) and Undervoltage Trip (MN)

A voltage release can be used to trip the circuit breaker using a control signal.

Table 93: Shunt Trip and Undervoltage Trip

Applications

Shunt Trip (MX)

• Trips the circuit breaker when the control voltage rises above 70% of its rated voltage

• Impulse type ≥ 20 ms or maintained control signals

• AC shunt trips are suitable for ground-fault protection when combined with a Class I ground-fault

sensing element

• Continuous duty rated coil

Undervoltage Trip (MN)

• Trips the circuit breaker when the control voltage drops below a tripping threshold

• Drops out between 35% and 70% of the rated voltage

• Continuous duty rated coil

• Circuit breaker closing is possible only if the voltage exceeds 85% of the rated voltage. If an undervoltage

condition exists, operation of the closing mechanism of the circuit breaker will not permit the main contacts

to touch, even momentarily. This is commonly called “Kiss Free”.

Installation and

Connection

• Accessories are common to H-, J-, and L-frame circuit breakers and snap into cavities under the front

accessory cover of the circuit breaker

• Each terminal may be connected by one 18–14 AWG (1.0–2.5 mm2) stranded copper wire

Operation

• The circuit breaker must be reset locally after being tripped by shunt trip (MX) or undervoltage trip (MN)

• Tripping by the shunt trip or undervoltage trip has priority over manual (or motor operator) closing; in the

presence of a standing trip order such an action does not result in any closing, even temporarily, of the

main contacts

• Endurance: 50% of the rated mechanical endurance of the circuit breaker

Table 94: Electrical Characteristics

AC DC

Rated Voltage (V) 24, 48, 120, 208/277, 380/480, 525, 600 12, 24, 30, 48, 60, 125, 250

Power Requirements Pickup (shunt trip) < 10 VA < 5 W

Seal-in (undervoltage trip) < 5 VA < 5 W

Clearing Time (ms) < 50 < 50

Table 95: Shunt Trip and Undervoltage Trip Suffix Codes and Kit Numbers

Voltage

Shunt Trip (MX) Undervoltage Release (MN)

Factory-Installed

Suffix

Field-Installable

Kit No.

Factory-Installed

Suffix

Field-Installable

Kit No.

24 Vac SK S29384 UK S29404

48 Vac SL S29385 UL S29405

120 Vac SA S29386 UA S29406

208/277 Vac SD S29387 UD S29407

380/480 Vac SH S29388 UH S29408

525/600 Vac SJ S29389 UJ S29409

12 Vdc SN S29382 UN S29402

24 Vdc SO S29390 UO S29410

30 Vdc SU S29391 UU S29411

48 Vdc SP S29392 UP S29412

60 Vdc SV S29383 UV S29403

125 Vdc SR S29393 UR S29413

250 Vdc SS S29394 US S29414

Table 96: Adjustable and Fixed Time Delay Units for Undervoltage Trip

Rated Input Voltage

Field-Installable Kit No. Use Only with These

Undervoltage Releases (MN)

Adjustable Fixed

48 Vac/dc S33680 S29426 S29412

100/130 Vac/dc S33681 — S29413

220/250 Vac/dc S33682 S29427 S29414

PowerPact H-, J-, and L-Frame Circuit Breakers

Accessories and Auxiliaries

123

02/2016

Motor Operator

The motor operator remotely operates the circuit breaker featuring easy and sure operation:

•

All circuit breaker indications and information remain visible and accessible, including trip unit

settings and circuit breaker connection

•

Suitability for isolation is maintained and padlocking remains possible

•

Double insulation front face

Applications:

•

Local motor-driven operation, centralized operation, automatic distribution control

•

Normal/standby manual transfer or switching to a replacement source to optimize energy costs

•

Load shedding and reconnection to optimize energy costs

•

Less than five cycle closing time for source synchronization

Installation and Connection

•

All installations are available for H- and J-frame circuit breakers.

All installations are available for L-frame circuit breakers except I-Line

•

Connections of the motor operator module are to a built-in terminal block behind its front cover

•

Stranded copper wire 14 AWG (2.5 mm

)

Automatic Operation

The motor operator is connected in series with the overcurrent trip switch (SDE).

•

ON and OFF by two impulse type or continuous control signals

•

Depending on the wiring, resetting can be done locally, remotely or automatically

•

Mandatory manual reset following tripping due to an electrical fault (with overcurrent trip switch)

Manual Operation

•

Transfer to manual mode with possibility of remote mode indication

•

ON and OFF by two push buttons

•

Recharging of stored-energy system by pumping the lever

•

Padlocking in off position

discharged

OFF

OFF ON

31 2

678

1. Contact position indicator

(suitability for isolation)

2. Spring status indicator (charged,

discharged)

3. Manual spring-charging handle

4. Keylock device

Locking device (off position)

using one to three padlocks,

diameter 0.2–0.32 in. (5–8 mm),

not supplied

5. ON push button

6. OFF push button

7. Manual/auto mode selection

switch; the position of the switch

can be indicated remotely

8. Operation counter

PowerPact H-, J-, and L-Frame Circuit Breakers

Accessories and Auxiliaries

124

Manual Mode

Switch

Table 97: Motor Operator Characteristics

Response Time (ms) Opening < 600

Closing < 80

Operating Frequency cycles/minute max. 4

Power Requirements1

1For H- and J-frame, the inrush current is 2x operating current for 10 ms.

AC (VA) Opening 500

Closing 500

DC (W) Opening 500

500Closing

Table 98: Motor Operator and Accessory Suffix Codes and Catalog Numbers

Device

1For NSX cord (communication suffixes EA, EB, ED, and EE) any motor operator may be selected.

For BSCM + NSX cord (communication suffixes EB, EH, EK, and EL) only the communicating motor operator may be selected.

Control Voltage Factory-Installed

Suffix

Field-Installable Kit No.

H-Frame J-Frame L-Frame

Communicating Motor Operator 220/240 Vac 50/60 Hz NC S429441 S431549 S432652

Motor Operator

48/60 Vac 50/60 Hz ML S29440 S31548 S432639

110/130 Vac 50/60 Hz MA S29433 S31540 S432640

208/277 Vac 60 Hz MD S29434 S31541 S432641

380/415 Vac 50/60 Hz MF — — S432642

440/480 Vac 60 Hz MH S29435 S31542 S432647

24/30 Vdc MO S29436 S31543 S432643

48/60 Vdc MV S29437 S31544 S432644

110/130 Vdc MR S29438 S31545 S432645

250 Vdc MS S29439 S31546 S432646

Lock Mounting Hardware — — — — S32649

Ronis® Lock — — S41940 S41940 S41940

Profalux® Lock — — S42888 S42888 S42888

Mounting Hardware with Ronis

Lock ——S429449 S429449 —

Operations Counter — — — — S32648

Adapter for I-Line Circuit Breaker S37420 S37420 —

PowerPact H-, J-, and L-Frame Circuit Breakers

Accessories and Auxiliaries

125

02/2016

Add-On Ground-Fault Module (GFM) (H- and J-Frame Only)

The Micrologic Ground-Fault Module (GFM) is a UL Listed/CSA Certified circuit breaker accessory

which protects equipment from damage caused by ground faults. It is an add-on module which, when

connected to a PowerPact H- or J-frame thermal-magnetic circuit breaker only, provides ground-fault

sensing and ground-fault relay functions.

HD/JD ground-fault modules feature:

•

Adjustable ground-fault pickup levels

•

Adjustable ground-fault time delays

•

Integral ground-fault push-to-test feature

•

Ground-fault indicator (mechanical for local, contacts for remote)

•

All GFMs are supplied for I-Line™ mounting as standard, easily convertible to unit mount by

removing the I-Line bracket.

•

Fault-powered (through the sensing current transformer) for electronics, shunt trip, and integral test

feature. Meets NEC 230.95(C).

•

A 12 Vdc shunt trip module (Catalog No. S29382) is required in the circuit breaker. This may be

field installed or factory installed when the circuit breaker is ordered with an -SN suffix.

•

UL 1053 – Ground-fault Sensing and Relaying Equipment

The GFM system requires the following:

•

H-frame (15–150 A) or J-frame (150–250 A) molded case circuit breaker

•

Shunt trip for circuit breaker (may be factory-installed or field-installed)

•

Bus bar connection (terminal nut inserts) for OFF end of circuit breaker

•

Optional neutral current transformer, catalog number GFM25CT (must be ordered for 4-wire

applications).

Ground-Fault Module

Module de défaut de mise à la terre

Modulo de falla a tierra

Ground-Fault Indicator

Fault Indicator

Push to reset

Indicateur de défaut de

mise à la terre

Pousser pour réinitialiser

Indicador de falla a tierra

Oprima para restablecer

Push-to-test

Requires 120 V Pick-up Delay Band

1=min.

20A

40A

60A

80A

100A

Class I Ground-fault Protection

Protection de défaut de mise à la terre classe I

Protección de falla a tierra clase I

100A 600 Vac/V max.

Replace cover after adjusting/Replacer le couvercle avant aprés le réglage/Vuelva a colocar la cubierta después de ajustar

52H

LISTED

Circuit

Breaker

Accessory

GFM150HD

4068715 H238

DANGER PELIGRO

HAZARD OF ELECTRICAL SHOCK OR BURN.

DANGER DE D’CHARGE ELECTRIQUE OU DE

BRULURE.

PELIGRO DE DESCARGA ELECTRICA O

QUEMADURAS.

Terminal strip wiring terminals must

not be dielectric tested.

No se deben realizar pruebas

dieléctricasa a las terminalses de

la tabilla de conexiones.

Les bornes de câblage de la

barrette de connexion ne doivent

pas étre véroflées diélectriquement.

Replace lug cover after

wiring.

Replacez le couvre-

cosse après le câblage

Vuelva a colocar después

de realizar el cableado

PELIGRODANGER

J-Frame Circuit Breaker

with GFM Installed

Table 99: Ground-Fault Module

Catalog No. Rating Sensitivity Time Delay (Approximate)

GFM150HD 150 A 20, 40, 60, 80, 100 A 0.2, 0.3, 0.4, 0.6 sec

GFM250JD 250 A 40, 80, 120, 160, 200 A 0.2, 0.3, 0.4, 0.6 sec

PowerPact H-, J-, and L-Frame Circuit Breakers

Accessories and Auxiliaries

126

Earth Leakage Module (ELM) (H- and J-Frame Only)

The Earth Leakage Module (ELM) is an add-on module which, when connected to a PowerPact H- or

J-frame MCCB, provides low-level ground-fault sensing and ground-fault relay functions.

Because these ELMs are highly sensitive (30 mA to 3 A), they provide much greater protection than

GFMs (20 to 200 amperes sensitivity). The ELMs provide greater protection of control circuits and

other sensitive equipment. The associated circuit breaker must have a 48 Vdc shunt trip), which may

be field-installed (kit S29392) or factory-installed (suffix –SP) in the H- or J-frame circuit breaker.

The add-on Earth Leakage Module (ELM) features:

•

Adjustable ground-fault pickup levels as low as 30 mA

•

Adjustable ground-fault time delays from instantaneous to 500 msec

(time delay can be applied to any setting)

•

Integral ground fault push-to-test feature

•

Ground-fault indicator; pop-up button for local status and contacts for remote indication (to be used

only with the tripping option)

•

All ELMs are supplied for I-Line mounting and are easily convertible to unit-mount by removing the

I-Line mounting feet

•

Three poles; 240 to 600 Vac maximum: 3-phase, 3-wire (no neutral) and 1-phase, 2-wire

applications

•

Line-power obtained through internal bus to provide power for electronics, shunt trip, and integral

test feature

•

A shunt trip is required in the circuit breaker; it may be field-installed or factory-installed in the

PowerPact H and J circuit breakers.

•

UL 1053—Ground-fault Sensing and Relaying Equipment

Factory-Installed ELMs

The catalog number for circuit breakers with factory-installed ELM should include the special suffixes

SP and VL or VM:

H D M 3 6 150 SP VL

where

•

H = H-fame (or J = J-frame)

•

D = D interruption level (or G, J or L)

•

M = Lugs on ON end and terminal nuts on OFF end (required)

•

SP = Factory-installed 48 Vdc shunt trip (S29392, required)

•

VL= Earth Leakage Module (ELM) <150 A (H-frame) or

VM = Earth Leakage Module (ELM) <250 A (J-frame)

J-Frame Circuit Breaker

with ELM Installed

Table 100: ELM Selection Chart

1At 250 A, the ELM250JD can be used with standard (80%) rated circuit breakers only.

Companion Circuit Breaker Enclosure Space

Required I-Line

Equipment

Catalog No. Pick-Up

Adjustments

Ground-Fault

Time Delay

Adjustments

Prefix Size

HD, HG, HJ, HL 15–150 A LA ELM150HD 30 mA

100 mA

300 mA

Instantaneous

60 ms

100 ms

500 msec

JD, JG, JJ, JL 150–250 A LA ELM250JD

PowerPact H-, J-, and L-Frame Circuit Breakers

Accessories and Auxiliaries

127

02/2016

Rotary Operating Handles

Directly Mounted Rotary Operating Handles

Door-Mounted (Extended) Rotary Operating Handle

Directly Mounted Rotary

Operating Handle

push

trip

Installation The directly mounted rotary operating handle replaces the circuit breaker front accessory cover (secured by screws).

Operation

The direct rotary handle maintains:

• Suitability for isolation

• Indication of three positions: I (ON), Tripped and O (OFF)

• Access to the “push-to-trip” button

• Visibility of, and access to, trip unit settings

• The circuit breaker may be locked in the OFF position by using one to three

padlocks (not supplied)

Models • Standard with black handle

• VDE type with red handle and yellow bezel for machine tool control

Variations

Accessories transform the standard direct rotary handle for the following situations:

• Motor control centers (MCCs):

– Opening of door prevented when circuit breaker is on

– Closing of circuit breaker inhibited when door is open

• Machine tool control; complies with CNOMO E03.81.501N; degree of protection IP54

• Early make or early break contacts may be installed into direct mount rotary handle

Standards The directly-mounted rotary operating handle is UL Listed under file E103955 and CSA Certified under file LR 69561

I/ON

(Closed)

Tripped

O/OFF

(Open)

Door Mounted Rotary

Operating Handle

Installation

The door-mounted (extended) rotary operating handle is made up of:

• A unit that replaces the front accessory cover of the circuit breaker (secured by screws)

• An assembly (handle and front plate) on the door that is always secured in the same position, whether the

circuit breaker is installed vertically or horizontally

• An adjustable extension shaft

• The handle mechanism can be used in NEMA 3R and 12 enclosure applications

Operation

The door mounted operating handle makes it possible to operate a circuit breaker installed in an enclosure with

the enclosure door closed. The door mounted operating handle maintains:

• Suitability for isolation

• Indication of the three positions OFF (O), ON (I) and tripped

• Visibility of and access to trip unit settings when the door is open

• Degree of protection: IP40 as per IEC 529

Defeatable interlock prevents opening of door when circuit breaker is on

The circuit breaker may be locked in the off position by using one to three padlocks, padlock shackle diameter

0.19–0.31 in. (5–8 mm); padlocks are not supplied; locking prevents opening of the enclosure door

Shaft

Length

The shaft length is the distance between the back of the circuit breaker and the door:

• Minimum shaft length is 7.4 in. (185 mm)

• Maximum shaft length is 24 in. (600 mm)

• Extended shaft length must be adjusted

Models • Standard with black handle

• VDE type with red handle and yellow bezel for machine tool control

Variations For drawout configurations, the extended rotary handle is also available with a telescopic shaft containing two

stable positions

Standards The door-mounted rotary operating handle is UL Listed under file E103955 and CSA Certified under file LR 69561

PowerPact H-, J-, and L-Frame Circuit Breakers

Accessories and Auxiliaries

128

Class 9421 NEMA Door Mounted Rotary Operating Handles

Table 101: Rotary Operated Handles

H- and J-Frame

L-Frame

Device Description

Factory

Installed

Suffix

Field

Installable

Kit No.

Factory

Installed

Suffix

Field

Installable

Kit No.

Direct

Mounted

Standard Handle Black Handle only RD10 S29337 RD10 S32597

Standard Black Handle with

One early-break switch RD12 S29337 +

S29345 RD12 S32597 +

S32605

Two early-make switches RD13 S29337 +

S29346 RD13 S32597 +

S29346

Red handle on yellow bezel

Handle Only RD20 S29339 RD20 S32599

One early-break switch RD22 S29339 +

S29345 RD22 S32599 +

S32605

Two early-make switches RD23 S29339 +

S29346 RD23 S32599 +

S29346

MCC Conversion Accessory — S429341 — S32606

CNOMO Conversion Accessory — S29342 — S32602

Door Mounted

Standard black handle Handle Only RE10 S29338 RE10 S32598

Standard Black Handle with: Two early make switches RE13 S29338 +

S29345 RE13 S32598 +

S32605

Red handle on yellow bezel Handle Only RE20 S29340 RE20 S32600

Telescoping RT10 S29343 RT10 S32603

Accessories

Key lock adapter — S429344 — S32604

Key locks

Ronis 1351.500 — S41940 — S41940

Profalux KS5 B24 D4Z — S42888 — S42888

2 Ronis keylocks with 1 key — S41950 — S41950

2 Profalux keylocks with 1 key — S42878 — S42878

Indication Auxiliary Switch One early-break switch — S29345 — S32605

Two early-make switches — S29346 — S29346

1Not available in H-frame two-pole modules.

Installation

The extended rotary operating handle is made up of:

• A mounting plate that provides a rotary actuator for a standard toggle circuit breaker

• Handle assemblies available for NEMA 3, 3R, 4, and 4X

• Available in standard or short (3 in.) handle assemblies

Operation

The door mounted operating handle makes it possible to operate a circuit breaker installed in an enclosure with

the enclosure door closed.

Provides ON (I) and OFF (O) indication

The circuit breaker may be locked in the off position

Shaft Length

The shaft length is the distance between the back of the circuit breaker and the door:

• Minimum mounting depth is 5.5 in. (138 mm)

• Maximum mounting depth is 10.75 in. (273 mm) with standard shaft

• Maximum mounting depth is 21.3 in. (543 mm) with long shaft

H- and J-Frame Class 9421 Door-Mounted Operating Mechanism

Description Catalog No.

Standard Shaft Kit 9421LJ1

Long Shaft Kit 9421LJ4

PowerPact H-, J-, and L-Frame Circuit Breakers

Accessories and Auxiliaries

129

02/2016

Class 9422 Cable Operating Handle

Flange-mounted handle cable operating mechanism is for use with Class 9422 Type A handle

operators especially designed for tall, deep enclosures where placement flexibility is required.

Table 102: H- and J-Frame Component Parts

Description Catalog No.

Standard Handle Assembly

Type 1, 3R, 12 9421LH6

NEMA Type 3 and 4, Painted 9421LH46

NEMA Type 3 and 4, Chrome Plated 9421LC46

Operating Mechanism Includes Lockout 9421LJ7

Standard Shaft Support Bracket Not Required 9421LS8

Long Shaft Support Bracket Included 9421LS13

Table 103: L-Frame NEMA Door-Mounted Rotary Operated Handles

Handle Type Poles Operating Mechanism Included in Kit Mounting Depth

Min–Max Kit Number

Painted 6 in. 3

9421LS8 and 9421LC46 7-1/4 to 12-1/16 in.

(184 to 306 mm) 9421LD1

9421LS13 and 9421LH46 7-1/4 to 22-5/8 in.

(184 to 575 mm) 9421LD4

Applications

• The cable operator maintains:

Suitability for isolation

Indication of three positions: O (OFF), I (ON) and tripped

Access to push-to-test

• The circuit breaker may be locked in the off position by one to three padlocks

• Door can be locked closed due to interlocking features of the handle operator

Installation

• Handle is mounted on flange of enclosure using specified mounting dimensions while circuit breaker and

operating mechanism are mounted to inside of enclosure using two screws

• Cable lengths available in 3-, 5- or 10-foot lengths to accommodate a variety of mounting locations

Handles are available in painted NEMA 1, 3, 3R, 4 (sheet steel) and 12 ratings or chrome (NEMA 4, 4X)

Table 104: Class 9422 Cable Operating Mechanisms and A1 Handles

Description H- and J-Frame

Kit Number

L-Frame

Kit Number

Cable Mechanism

Length

36 in. (914 mm) 9422CSF30 9422CSJ30

60 in (1524 mm) 9422CSF50 9422CSJ50

84 in. (2134 m) 9422CSF70 —

120 in. (3048 mm) 9422CSF10 9422CSJ10

A1 painted flange handle — 9422A1

Operating Mechanism Only — 9422RSI

1.44

(37)

9.12

(232)

4.25

(108)

4.69

(119)

1.00

(25)

Refer to NEC Article 430-10 for minimum dimension X from

circuit breaker top mounting hole to wall or barrier to ensure

adequate wire bending space.

Note: Bend radius in cable must never be less than 6 in.

(152 mm). Electrical clearances must be maintained between

cable and live electrical parts.

in.

(mm)

Dimensions:

PowerPact H-, J-, and L-Frame Circuit Breakers

Accessories and Auxiliaries

130

Class 9422 Flange-Mounted Variable-Depth Operating

Mechanism

Designed for installation in custom built control enclosures where main or branch circuit protective

devices are required.

•

All circuit breaker operating mechanisms are suitable for either right- or left-hand flange mounting,

convertible on the job.

•

H- and J-frame variable mounting depth range: 5.88–17.75 in. (149–451 mm).

•

H- and J-frame operating mechanism 9422RQ1 does not include handle mechanism.

Designed for installation in custom-built control enclosures where main or branch circuit protective

devices are required. All circuit breaker operating mechanisms are suitable for either right- or left-hand

flange mounting, convertible in the field.

Locking Systems

Padlocking systems can receive up to three padlocks with diameters of 0.19–0.31 in. (5–8 mm);

padlocks not supplied.

Threaded-rod flange-mounted

variable depth operating

mechanism

push

trip

Table 105: L-Frame Flange-Mounted Operating Mechanism

Description Depth Kit Number

Variable Depth Mechanism 9.00–17.75 in.

(229–451 mm) 9422RSI

Table 106: Device Locking, Interlocking Options

Device Description

Field-Installed Cat. No.

H- and J-Frame L-Frame

Handle

Padlocking

Device1

1Rotary handles and motor operators have integral padlocking capability.

Removable (lock OFF only) S29370 S29370

Fixed (lock OFF or ON) S29371 S32631

Fixed (lock OFF only)2

2Not available in HD or HG two-pole modules.

S37422 NJPAF

Key Locking Provision and 2 locks keyed alike Ronis — S41950

Profalux — S42878

Removable Attachment

Fixed Padlock Attachment

push

trip

Removable Attachment

push

trip

Fixed Padlock Attachment

H- and J-Frame L-Frame

PowerPact H-, J-, and L-Frame Circuit Breakers

Accessories and Auxiliaries

131

02/2016

Manual Mechanical Interlocking Systems

Some installations use two power supply sources to counter any temporary loss in the main supply. A

mechanical interlocking system is required to safely switch between the two sources. The replacement

source can be a generator set or another network.

Managing multiple power sources can be controlled manually by mechanical interlocks.

The mechanical interlocking system is made up of:

•

two H-, J-, or L-frame devices (circuit breakers or switches) controlled manually

•

mechanical interlocking, which prevents handle movement from the OFF position while the other

device is in the ON position.

Since it is controlled manually by a maintenance technician, switchover time from the normal source to

the replacement source can vary.

Figure 9: Interlocking Systems

H- and J-Frame

L-Frame

Interlocking with Toggle Control (S29354) Interlocking with Rotary Handles (S29369)

push

trip

push

trip

push

trip

push

trip

OFF

push

trip

OFF

tripped tripped

OFF

reset

OFF

Interlocking with Toggle Control (S32614)

Interlocking with Rotary Handles (S32621)

PowerPact H-, J-, and L-Frame Circuit Breakers

Accessories and Auxiliaries

132

Interlocking of Circuit Breakers with Toggle Control

Two devices can be interlocked using this system. Two identical interlocking systems can be used to

interlock three devices installed side by side.

Authorized positions:

•

one device closed (ON), the others open (OFF)

•

all devices open (OFF)

The system is locked using one or two padlocks (shackle diameter 0.19–0.31 in. [5 to 8 mm]). This

system can be expanded to more than three devices.

There are two interlocking-system models:

•

one for PowerPact H- and J-frame circuit breakers

•

one for PowerPact L-frame circuit breakers

All toggle-controlled unit-mount or plug-in PowerPact H-, J-, and L-frame circuit breakers and

automatic switches of the same frame size can be interlocked. The devices must be either all unit-

mount or all plug-in versions. Interlocking is not available for I-Line constructions.

The toggle interlock system can receive one or two padlocks with diameters of 0.19–0.31 in. (5–8 mm).

Both interlocked circuit breakers must be unit-mount or both plug-in. Two sliding interlocking bars can

be used to interlock three circuit breakers installed side-by-side, in which case one circuit breaker is in

the ON (I) position and the two others in the OFF (O) position. (Kit S29354, not available for two-pole

HD and HG devices.)

Interlocking of Two Devices with Rotary Handles

Interlocking involves padlocking the rotary handles on two devices which may be either circuit breakers

or automatic switches.

Authorized positions:

•

one device closed (ON), the other open (OFF)

•

both devices open (OFF).

The system is locked using up to three padlocks (shackle diameter 0.19–0.31 in. [5 to 8 mm]).

There are two interlocking-system models:

•

one for PowerPact H- and J-frame circuit breakers

•

one for PowerPact L-frame circuit breakers

All rotary-handle unit-mount or plug-in PowerPact H-, J-, and L-frame circuit breakers and automatic

switches of the same frame size can be interlocked. The devices must be either all unit-mount or all

plug-in versions. Interlocking is not available for I-Line constructions

The rotary handles are padlocked with the devices in the OFF (I) position. The interlock mechanism

inhibits the two devices from being closed (ON/I) at the same time, but allows for both devices to be

open (OFF/O) simultaneously. (Kit S29369. Not available for two-pole HD and HG devices.)

Table 107: Interlocking Accessories

Accessory Means

Kit Number

H-, J-Frame L-Frame

Interlocking

(UL listed)

Mechanical for circuit breakers with rotary handles1

1Not available in HD or HG two-pole modules.

S29369 S32621

Mechanical for circuit breakers with toggles1S29354 S32614

PowerPact H-, J-, and L-Frame Circuit Breakers

Accessories and Auxiliaries

133

02/2016

Interlocking Devices using Keylocks (Captive Keys)

Interlocking using keylocks makes it possible to interlock two or more devices that are physically

distant or that have very different characteristics, for example medium-voltage and low-voltage devices

or a PowerPact H-, J-, and L-frame circuit breaker and automatic switch.

Each device is equipped with an identical keylock and the key is captive on the closed (ON) device. A

single key is available for all devices. It is necessary to first open (OFF position) the device with the key

before the key can be withdrawn and used to close another device.

All rotary-handle PowerPact H-, J-, and L-frame circuit breakers and automatic switches can be

interlocked between each other or with any other device equipped with the same type of keylock.

For circuit breakers equipped with rotary handles or a motor operator. Interlocking with keys may be

easily implemented by equipping each of the circuit breakers, either unit-mount or drawout, with a

directly mounted rotary operating handle and a standard keylock, with only one key for the two

keylocks. This solution enables interlocking between two circuit breakers that are geographically

distant or that have significantly different characteristics.

Use:

•

A keylock adapter (one required for each circuit breaker)

•

Two identical keylocks with a single key

See Table 101 for more information.

Interlocking with Keys

PowerPact H-, J-, and L-Frame Circuit Breakers

Accessories and Auxiliaries

134

Sealing Accessory

The sealing accessory kits includes the elements required to fit seals to prevent:

•

Front accessory cover removal

•

Rotary handle removal

•

Opening of the motor operator

•

Access to accessories

•

Access to trip unit settings

•

Access to ground-fault protection settings

•

Trip unit removal

•

Terminal cover removal

•

Access to power connections

Front-Panel Escutcheons

•

For unit-mount or plug-in installation.

•

Front-panel escutcheons for toggle handles secures to the panel from the front.

•

Front-panel escutcheons for motor-operated or rotary-operating handle secures to the panel by

four screws from the front.

Table 108: Sealing Accessory Kits

Description Kit No. Qty.

Trip Unit Sealing Accessory Kit MICROTUSEAL 6

Front Cover Screws Sealing Accessory Kit S29375 6

Table 109: Front-Panel Escutcheons

Description

Kit Number

H-, J-Frame L-Frame

Front Panel Escutcheon for Toggle Circuit Breakers S29315 32556

Front Panel Escutcheon for Rotary Handle, Motor Operator

or Extended Escutcheon S29317 S32558

push

trip

push OFF

5...8

push ON

OFF discharged

push OFF

5...8

push ON

OFF discharged

manu auto

OFF

push

trip

PowerPact H-, J-, and L-Frame Circuit Breakers

Accessories and Auxiliaries

135

02/2016

Toggle Collars (For Drawout Mounting)

Toggle collars make it possible to maintain degrees of protection regardless of the circuit breaker

position (connected, disconnected):

•

Front panel escutcheons are required (identical to those for rotary handle and ammeter module)

•

Toggle collars are secured by two screws on the circuit breaker

•

Front panel escutcheons are secured on the enclosure

•

Toggle extension is supplied with the toggle collar

Front panel escutcheons for motor operator and rotary operating handles are the same as for the unit-

mount circuit breakers.

Toggle Boot

•

NEMA 1, 2, 3, 3R protection

•

Fits on front of circuit breaker

Handle Extension

Designed to extend the circuit breaker handle for easier manual circuit breaker operation.

push

trip

Table 110: Toggle Collars

Description H-, J-Frame Kit Number L-Frame Kit Number

Toggle Collar S29284 S32534

Table 111: Toggle Boot

Description

Kit Number

H-, J-Frame

1Not available for HD and HG two-pole modules.

L-Frame

Toggle Boot S29319 S32560

NS 400-630

T-Handle

Extension

Toggle

Extension

Table 112: Handle Extensions

Description Qty.

Kit Number

H-, J-Frame L-Frame

T-Handle Extension (Temporary) 1 — 32595

Toggle Extension (Fixed) 5 S29313 S432553

PowerPact H-, J-, and L-Frame Circuit Breakers

Accessories and Auxiliaries

136

Circuit Breaker Enclosures and Enclosure Accessories

•

Square D™ brand circuit breaker enclosures are UL Listed/CSA Certified and are suitable for use

as service entrance equipment, except as footnoted.

•

The short circuit rating of an enclosed circuit breaker is equal to the rating of the circuit breaker

installed, except as footnoted.

•

Circuit breakers are ordered and shipped separately for field installation.

Table 113: Minimum Enclosure Dimensions

Circuit

Breaker Amperage

Enclosure Dimensions (h x w x d)

Standard (80%) 100% Rated

HD/HG

/HJ/HL 15–150 A

15.6 x 6.12 x 3.49 in.

(396 x 155 x 89 mm)

15.6 x 6.12 x 3.49 in.

(396 x 155 x 89 mm)

HR 18.13 x 8.63 x 4.13 in.

(461 x 219 x 105 mm)

62 x 22.5 x 14 in.

(1575 x 572 x 356 mm)

JD/JG/

JJ/JL1

150–250 A

18.72 x 6.12 x 3.49 in.

(476 x 155 x 89 mm)

18.72 x 6.12 x 3.49 in.

(476 x 155 x 89 mm)

JR 28.5 x 12.38 x 5.38 in.

(724 x 314 x 137 mm)

62 x 22.5 x 14 in.

(1575 x 572 x 356 mm)

LD/LG/

LJ/LL 250–600 A

35.48 x 12.00 x 4.45 in.

901 x 305 x 113 mm)

35.48 x 12.00 x 4.45 in.

(901 x 305 x 113 mm)

LR 40.5 x 13.75 x 4.33 in.

(1030 x 350 x 110 mm)

40.5 x 13.75 x 4.33 in.

(1030 x 350 x 110 mm)

1 Minimum enclosure insulation required if circuit breaker side < 4.13 in. (105 mm)

from metal.

1.00 Min.

(25.4)

1.00 Min.

(25.4)

4.00 Min.

(101.6)

00 Min.

4.00 Min.

(101.6)

Table 114: Circuit Breaker Enclosure Catalog Numbers

Circuit Breaker Enclosure Cat. No.

Cat. No. Prefix Rating Poles NEMA 1

Flush

NEMA 1

Surface

NEMA

NEMA 4, 4X, 5, 3, 3R

Stainless Steel

NEMA 12/3R, 5

(Without Knockouts)

HDL,HGL,HJL,HLL 15–150 A 2, 3 J250F J250S J250R J250DS J250AWK

JDL,JGL,JJL,JLL 150–250 A 2, 3

HDL 15–100 A 3 — HD100S3, 4, 5 —— —

JDL 150–250 A 3 — JD250S3, 5, 6 —— —

1Enclosures with NRB or RB suffix have provisions for 3/4 in. through 2-1/2 in. bolt-on hubs in top endwall. Enclosures with R suffix have blank endwalls and require

field cut opening.

2Suitable for rainproof NEMA 3R application by removing drain screw from bottom endwall.

3Copper wire only.

4Maximum short circuit current rating is 25 kA, 240 Vac.

5Order service ground kit PKOGTA2 if required.

6Maximum short circuit current rating is 18 kA, 480 Vac.

Table 115: Dimensions

Cat. No.

Approximate Dimension

Series H W D

HD100S A01 17.00 in. 431.8 mm 7.90 in. 200.7 mm 4.75 in. 120.7 mm

J250F A01 32.40 in. 823 mm 15.40 in. 391 mm 6.00 in. 152 mm

J250S A01 31.36 in. 797 mm 14.36 in. 365 mm 6.00 in. 152 mm

J250R A01 31.05 in. 789 mm 14.47 in. 368 mm 6.28 in. 160 mm

J250DS A01 32.26 in. 819 mm 9.72 in. 247 mm 7.94 in. 202 mm

J250AWK A01 32.26 in. 819 mm 9.72 in. 247 mm 7.94 in. 202 mm

NEMA Type 1

WB enclosure

uses 2 circuit breakers

PowerPact H-, J-, and L-Frame Circuit Breakers

Accessories and Auxiliaries

137

02/2016

Table 116: Insulated Grounded Neutral Assembly

Circuit Breaker Neutral Assembly For Use With Terminal Lug Data—Total

Available (Line plus Load)

AWG/kcmil

Cat. No. Prefix Ampere

Rating

NEMA 1 & 3R NEMA 4, 4X, 5, 12 & 12K

Cat. No. Cat. No.

HDL, HGL, HJL, HLL 15–100 A SN100FA SN100FA (4) 14–1/0 Cu or (4) 12–1/0 Al

HDL, HGL, HJL, HLL 125–150 A SN400LA SN400LA (2) 1–600 or

(4) 1–250 Al/Cu, plus (2) 4–300 Al/Cu

JDL, JGL, JJL, JLL 150–250 A SN400LA SN400LA (2) 1–600 or

(4) 1–250 Al/Cu, plus (2) 4–300 Al/Cu

Table 117: Service Ground Kits

Circuit Breaker

Cat. No. Prefix

Ground Bar

Cat. No.

Number of

Terminals

Conductors

Per Terminal Wire Range

HDL, HGL, HJL, HLL,

JDL, JGL, JJL, JLL PKOGTJ250 2 1 6 AWG–300 kcmil

Al/Cu

PowerPact H-, J-, and L-Frame Circuit Breakers

Circuit Breaker Mounting and Connections

138

Section 10—Circuit Breaker Mounting and Connections

Mounting Configurations

The PowerPact™ H-, J-, and L-frame circuit breakers are available in a variety of configurations.

Refer to circuit breaker installation bulletin before installing circuit breaker, accessories, or wiring.

Table 118: Mounting Options

Termination Letter

Poles

Options Code Suffix

H-, J-Frame L-Frame

A = I-Line

F = Bus Bar

L = Lugs on Both Ends

M = Lugs ON End

P = Lugs OFF End

N = Plug-In

D = Drawout

S = Rear Connection

3 Pole Only

3 or 4 Pole

For factory-installed terminations, place

termination letter in the third block of the

circuit breaker catalog number.

(N, and D Terminations Only)

H = Plug-In or Drawout

J = No Stationary part

0 = No Switches

0 = No Shutters

Mcigolo

>01

Ir )

(

C1 C2

MX/SHT

200/240V

Ir d

(

Ir)

(

L G D 3 6 4 0 0 U 3 1 X H J 0 0

Termination No. Options Code

PowerPact H-, J-, and L-Frame Circuit Breakers

Circuit Breaker Mounting and Connections

139

02/2016

Unit-Mount Circuit Breakers

The standard lugs can be removed for the installation of compression-type lugs or bus connections. All

lugs are UL Listed/CSA Certified for their proper application and marked for use with aluminum and

copper (Al/Cu) or copper only (Cu) conductors. Lugs suitable for copper and aluminum conductors are

made of tin-plated aluminum.

Mounting

H-, J-, and L-frame circuit breakers may be mounted vertically, horizontally or flat on their back without

any derating of characteristics.

Unit-mount H- and J-frame circuit breakers are supplied with two mounting screws, unit-mount L-frame

circuit breakers are supplied with four mounting screws. These mounting screws are inserted through

mounting holes molded into the circuit breaker case and threaded into the mounting enclosure, rails or

through the panel door for flush mounting.

A DIN rail mounting bracket (catalog no. S29305) is available for the H- and J-frame circuit breakers.

NOTE: DIN rail mounting is not compatible with motor operated applications.

Figure 10: Unit-Mounting Options

L-Frame Circuit Breakers (Four Mounting Screws)

push

trip

push

trip

Mounting on Rails Mounting on Backplate Flush Mounting

push

trip

push

trip

H-, J-Frame Circuit Breakers (Two Mounting

Screws)

Mounting on Rails Mounting on Backplate Flush Mounting

PowerPact H-, J-, and L-Frame Circuit Breakers

Circuit Breaker Mounting and Connections

140

I-Line™ Circuit breakers

PowerPact H-, J-, and L-frame circuit breakers are available in I-Line construction for easy installation

and removal in I-Line applications.

I-Line circuit breakers use “blow-on” type line side connectors. In case of a short circuit, increased

magnetic flux causes the plug-on connectors of the circuit breaker to tighten their grasp on the bus

bars. The I-Line connectors and circuit breaker mounting bracket are integral parts of I-Line circuit

breakers and cannot be removed or replaced. I-Line circuit breakers come with mechanical load side

lugs, or optional terminal nut to connect to bus bars or to compression (crimp) lugs.

Plug-In Circuit Breaker Mounting

The plug-in base is mounted through a panel. The plug-in configuration makes it possible to:

•

Extract and/or rapidly replace the circuit breaker without having to touch connections

•

Allow for addition of future circuits at a later date

When the circuit breaker is in the connected position, the primary voltage is fed through the circuit

breaker by means of multiple finger disconnects. Control voltage of internal accessories is provided

through secondary disconnects.

Parts of a Plug-In Configuration

•

Plug-in Base: The plug-in base provides mounting through a front panel or mounting on rails.

•

Disconnects: Provides both primary and

secondary disconnect to the circuit

breaker.

•

Safety Trip Interlock: The safety trip

causes automatic tripping if the circuit

breaker is ON before engaging or

withdrawing it; the safety trip does not

prevent the circuit breaker operation, even

when the circuit breaker is disconnected.

•

Plug-in Base: The plug-in base provides

mounting through a front panel or mounting

on rails.

•

Mandatory short terminal shields.

push

Table 119: Phase Options—Example HDA36150

Phase Option

Number

Phase

Connection

Two-Pole

Example

three-pole

Example

HDA261501

HDA261502

HDA261503

HDA261504

HDA261505

HDA261506

—

Standard

ABC

CBA

—

HDA36150

HDA361506

Plug-In Mounting

Drawout Mounting

123

Secondary

Disconnects

Primary

Disconnects

Safety Trip Interlock

Mounted on Back of

Circuit Breaker

PowerPact H-, J-, and L-Frame Circuit Breakers

Circuit Breaker Mounting and Connections

141

02/2016

Accessory circuits exit the circuit breaker using one to three secondary disconnecting blocks (nine

wires each). Circuit breaker connection wires for the options installed with trip unit STR53UP exit

through the automatic secondary disconnecting blocks. These are made up of:

•

A moving part connected to the circuit breaker through a support (one support per circuit breaker).

•

A fixed part mounted on the plug-in base, equipped with connectors for wire up to 14 AWG (2.5 mm

For test purposes, circuit breakers may be equipped with one to three manual auxiliary connectors,

which allow the auxiliaries to remain connected when in the “disconnected” position.

The L-frame plug-in mounting is Listed under UL file E113555 and Certified under CSA file LR 69561.

Disconnecting Blocks

Manual Auxiliary Connector

Figure 11: Plug-In Base (Mounting Options)

Mounting Through

a Panel Mounting on Rails

PowerPact H-, J-, and L-Frame Circuit Breakers

Circuit Breaker Mounting and Connections

142

Drawout Mounting

The cradle is made up of two side plates installed on the plug-in base and two other plates mounted on

the circuit breaker.

The drawout mounting provides all of the functions of the plug-in base, plus:

•

Disconnected position—the power circuit is disconnected, the circuit breaker is simply withdrawn

and may still be operated (on, off, push-to-trip)

•

Circuit breaker may be locked using 1 to 3 padlocks, diameter 0.19 to 0.31 inch (5–8 mm), to

prevent connection

•

Auxiliaries can be tested using manual auxiliary connector

Drawout mounting is on a backplate:

•

Through a front panel or on rails

•

Horizontally or vertically

Accessories for drawout circuit breakers:

•

Auxiliary contacts indicator for installation on the fixed part of the cradle, indicating the “connected”

and “disconnected” position

•

Toggle collar for circuit breakers with toggle through front panel, intended to maintain the degree of

protections whatever the position of the circuit breakers (supplied with a toggle extension)

•

Keylock which can be used to

— Prevent insertion for connection

— Lock the circuit breaker in the connected or disconnected position

•

Telescopic shaft for extended rotary handles

•

Control voltage, which is provided through automatic secondary disconnect in the connected

position only. Electrical accessories can be tested in the disconnected position with an external

wiring harness.

The drawout-mounted cradle is listed under UL file E113555 and certified under CSA file LR69561.

Figure 12: Drawout Mounting Positions

Connected Disconnected Removed

PowerPact H-, J-, and L-Frame Circuit Breakers

Circuit Breaker Mounting and Connections

143

02/2016

Table 120: Plug-In and Drawout Mountings for H- and J-Frame Circuit Breakers

(Three-Pole or Two-Pole in a Three-Pole module)

Description

Factory

Installed

Suffix

Field-

Installed

Cat. No.

Complete Factory-Assembled

Circuit Breakers

Plug-in base shipped with circuit breaker N —

Drawout cradle shipped with circuit breaker D —

Special Order Options for

Plug-In and Drawout Circuit

Breakers

Plug-In Base Circuit breaker only HJ00

Plug-in base kit S29278

Drawout

Cradle

Circuit breaker only HJ00

Plug-in base kit S29278

Cradle side plates (fixed part of chassis) S29282

Circuit breaker side plates (moving part of chassis) S29283

Accessories for Plug-In and

Drawout

H-Frame Shutter Kit (set of two) S37442

J-Frame Shutter Kit (set of two) S37443

Secondary

Disconnect

Blocks

Fixed part 9-wire connector (mounted on base) S29273

Moving part 9-wire connector (mounted on circuit breaker) S29274

Support for 2-moving connectors S29275

Extended escutcheon with extended toggle collar S29284

Two position indicating switches (connected/disconnected) S29287

H-Frame Short Terminal Covers (Three-Pole) S37436

J-Frame Short Terminal Covers (Three-Pole) S37440

Table 121: Plug-In and Drawout Mountings for L-Frame Circuit Breakers

Description Poles

Plug-in Mounting Drawout Mounting

Factory

Installed

Suffix

Field-

Installed Factory

Installed

Suffix

Field-

Installed

Qty Kit. No. Qty Kit. No.

Kit (stationary and moving parts) 3N — D —

4N — D —

Stationary Part Plug-in base 3S32514 S32514

4S32515 S32515

Fixed part of chassis S32532

Moving Part

Circuit breaker only HJ00 HJ00

Moving part of chassis S32533

Short terminal covers 32x

1Order two of kit.

S32562 2x1S32562

42x

1S32563 2x1S32563

push

trip

Handle Escutcheon

Table 122: Plug-In and Drawout Accessories

Plug-In and Drawout Accessories

Field-Installed

Kit No.

H-, J-Frame L-Frame

Secondary Disconnecting Blocks1

1Included when electrical accessories are factory installed.

Fixed Part 9-Wire Connector S29273 S29273

Moving Part 9-Wire Connector S29274 S32523

Support for Moving Connectors 2x2

2Order two of kit.

S29275 3x3

3Order three of kit.

S32525

Manual Auxiliary Connector 9-Wire Connector for Disconnected Operation — S29272

Shutter Two Shutters for Plug-In Base 29271 32521

Classic

Accessories

Extended Escutcheon for Toggle Collar S29284 S32534

Locking Device (Key Lock is Not Included) S29286 S29286

Two Position Indicator Contacts (Connected/Disconnected) S29287 S29287

PowerPact H-, J-, and L-Frame Circuit Breakers

Circuit Breaker Mounting and Connections

144

Connection

Rear Connection

For connection of bus bars or cables with compression lugs. Rear connections are easily installed on

the circuit breaker terminals. The same connection may be installed flat, edgewise or at a 45° angle.

All combinations are possible. The circuit breaker is mounted on a backplate.

Mechanical Lugs

Unit-mount H-, J-, and L-frame circuit breakers can be ordered with mechanical line and load side lugs.

The standard lugs can be removed for the installation of compression-type lugs or bus connections. All

lugs are UL Listed/CSA Certified for their proper application and marked for use with aluminum and

copper (Al/Cu) or copper only (Cu) conductors. Lugs suitable for copper and aluminum conductors are

made of tin-plated aluminum. Lugs suitable for use with copper conductors only are made of copper.

Mechanical Lugs for the H- and J-frame circuit breakers lay on top of the circuit breaker terminals and

can be installed without the use of any tools. The lugs are held in place with snap features built into the

insulating retainer and are secured with the clamp force applied to the wire binding screw.

Mechanical lugs are sold either factory installed or as field installable kits.

push

trip

One Long and Two Short Four Positions Possible for Each Connector

Horizontal Vertical 45° Angle

Table 123: Rear Connections

Device Description

H-Frame J-Frame L-Frame

Poles

Factory-

Installed

Termination

No.

Field-

Installable

Cat. No.

Poles

Factory-

Installed

Termination

No.

Field-

Installed

Cat. No.

Poles

Factory-

Installed

Termination

No.

Field-Installed

Cat. No.

Mixed Rear Connection Kit12S — 2 S — 3S S32477

3S S37432 3S S37437 4S S32478

Consisting of:

Short rear connections

(set of 2) 2 or 3

—2x

2S37433

2 or 3

—2x

2S37438

—2x

2,3 S432475

Long rear connections

(set of 2) —S37434 —S37439 4—2x

3S432476

Short terminal cover 3 — S37436 3— S37440 3— 2x

5S32562

Short terminal cover 4 — — — — — 4 — 2x5S32563

1Kit contains four short rear connections, two long rear connections (four long rear connections for four-pole), hardware and two terminal covers.

2Order two kits (two in kit x two kits for total of four).

3Parts only, no hardware is included. See Table 124, below.

4For use with three-pole circuit breakers only.

5Order two kits (kit contains only one terminal cover, two terminal covers are required per circuit breaker).

Table 124: L-Frame Rear Connection Hardware

Description Cat. No.

Set of 4 M10 x 25 terminal screws and washers for one side. S36967

PowerPact H-, J-, and L-Frame Circuit Breakers

Circuit Breaker Mounting and Connections

145

02/2016

Voltage Takeoff (Control Wire Terminals) for Mechanical Lugs and

Terminal Nuts

Powerpact H- and J-Frame mechanical lugs may be equipped with a separate control wire termination.

The kit is available factory installed or as a field installable kit. The adaptor is secured underneath the

lug and has a tab extension suitable for attachment of a 0.250 inch slip-on connector.

All L-frame mechanical lugs are pre-tapped for control wires. For control wire installation, use an

8-32 x 1/4 in. screw (not provided) into tapped control wire hole in lower left hand corner of the lug.

Fully insulated type connectors must be used to prevent live parts from extending into the wiring gutter

area.

Table 125: Mechanical Lug Kits for H-Frame and J-Frame Circuit Breakers

Circuit Breaker Application Number of Wires

Per Lug and Wire

Range

Kit Cat.

No.

Qty

Per

Kit

Standard Ampere

Rating Optional Ampere

Rating

Al Lugs for Use

with Al or Cu Wire

HD, HG, HJ, HL 15–150 A (1) 14–3/0 AWG Al or Cu AL150HD 3

JD, JG, JJ, JL 150–175 A (1) 4-4/0 AWG Al or Cu AL175JD 3

JD, JG, JJ, JL 200–250 A JD, JG, JJ, JL 150–175 A (1) 3/0–350 kcmil Al or Cu AL250JD 3

Cu Lugs for Use

with Cu Wire Only

HD, HG, HJ, HL 15–150 A (1) 14–2/0 AWG Cu CU150HD 3

JD, JG, JJ, JL 150–250 A (1) 1/0–300 kcmil Cu CU250JD 3

Control Wire Terminal for H-frame lug kit S37423 2

Control Wire Terminal for J-frame lug kit S37424 2

Table 126: Mechanical Lug Kits for L-Frame Circuit Breakers

1For lug pack information, see Figure 36 on page 177.

Circuit Breaker Application

Number of Wires

Per Lug and Wire Range

2For control wire installation, use an 8-32 x 1/4 in. screw (not provided) into tapped control wire hole in lower left hand corner of lug.

Kit Cat. No.

Qty

Per

Kit

Type of

Terminal

Shield

3For terminal shield dimensions, see Figure 36 on page 177.

Ampere

Rating Poles Unit

Mount I-Line

Al Lugs for

Use with Al or

Cu Wire

250 3X X

(1) 2 AWG–500 kcmil Al

(1) 2 AWG–600 kcmil Cu

AL400L61K3 3 Short

4X — AL400L61K4 4Medium

400/600 3X —

(2) 2/0 AWG–500 kcmil Al or Cu AL600LS52K34

4Terminal shields are included in mechanical lug kits.

3Medium

4X — AL600LS52K444Medium

400/600 3 X X (2) 3/0 AWG–500 kcmil Al or Cu AL600LF52K343 Short

Cu Lugs for

Use with Cu

Wire Only

250/400 3X X

(1) 2 AWG–500 kcmil Al

(1) 2 AWG–600 kcmil Cu

CU400L61K3 3 Short

4X — CU400L61K4 4Medium

400/600 3X —

(2) 2/0 AWG–500 kcmil Al or Cu CU600LS52K343Medium

4X — CU600LS52K444Medium

400/600 3 X X (2) 3/0 AWG–500 kcmil Al or Cu CU600LF52K343 Short

06163037

600 A Lug

AL600LS52K3

06163038

600 A Lug

AL600LF52K3

400 A Lug

AL400L6IK3

Mechanical Lug Control

Wire Terminal

Busbar Control Wire

Terminal

Control

Wire

Hole

Table 127: Control Wire Terminals

Description Frame Cat. No. Qty Per Kit

Mechanical Lugs

Control Wire Terminal for H-Frame Lugs HD/HG/HJ/HL S37423 2

Control Wire Terminal for J-Frame Lugs JD/JG/JJ/JL S37424 2

Busbar Connection

Control Wire Terminal for H-Frame Terminal Nut HD/HG/HJ/HL S37429 2

Control Wire Terminal for J-Frame Terminal Nut JD/JG/JJ/JL S37430 2

PowerPact H-, J-, and L-Frame Circuit Breakers

Circuit Breaker Mounting and Connections

146

Bus-Bar Connections

The H-, J- and L-frame circuit breakers may be equipped with captive nuts and screws for direct

connection to bars or to compression (crimp) lugs.

For H- and J-frame, these are readily field-installable, simply by removing the mechanical lug and

replacing with the appropriate terminal nut inset described in Table 128. They are also available

factory-installed, using the Product Selector or by using the catalog suffixes below.

For L-frame, the mechanical lug can be removed, leaving the threaded nut insert intact. This

configuration may be ordered with the suffixes described below. Connection hardware (terminal

screws) must be ordered as in table 128.

Terminal Nut Insert

Table 128: Factory-Installed Terminal Nut Inserts for Bus or Crimp Lug Connection

Cat. No. Termination

(Position 4) Special Terminations Options Description

F — Terminal nut insert on both ends; no lugs either end

M — Terminal nut insert on OFF end; lugs on ON end only

P — Terminal nut insert on ON end; lugs on OFF end only

A -TA I-Line on ON end; English terminal nuts on OFF end1

1For H- and J-frame only. L-frame terminal nuts are metric only.

A -TB I-Line on ON end; Metric terminal nuts on OFF end1

F, M, or P -TW For -F, Metric terminal nuts on both ends1

F, M, or P -TX For -M, lugs on ON end; Metric terminal nuts on OFF end

For -P, Metric terminal nuts on ON end; lugs on OFF end

Table 129: Terminal Nuts for Bus Bar Connection of H-Frame and J-Frame Circuit Breakers

Description Frame Tap Cat. No. Qty Per Kit Torque

H-Frame Terminal Nut Insert–English HD/HG/HJ/HL 1/4-20 S37425 2

80–90 lb-in

(9–10.2 N•m)

H-Frame Terminal Nut Insert–English HD/HG/HJ/HL 1/4-20 S37444 3

H-Frame Terminal Nut Insert–Metric HD/HG/HJ/HL M6 S37426 2

J-Frame Terminal Nut Insert–English JD/JG/JJ/JL 1/4-20 S37427 2

80–90 lb-in

(9–10.2 N•m)

J-Frame Terminal Nut Insert–English JD/JG/JJ/JL 1/4-20 S37445 3

J-Frame Terminal Nut Insert–Metric JD/JG/JJ/JL M8 S37428 2

Table 130: Bar Dimensions

Dimension H-Frame J-Frame L-Frame

A0.250 in.

(6.4 mm)

0.3125 in.

(7.9 mm)

0.4 in.

(10.2 mm)

B0.125–0.375 in.

(3.2–9.5 mm)

0.125–0.375 in.

(3.2–9.5 mm)

0.11–0.39 in.

(2.8–9.9 mm)

C0.50 in.

(12.7 mm)

0.50–0.75 in.

(12.7–19.0 mm)

1.35 in.

(34.3 mm)

D0.3 in.

(7.6 mm)

0.625 in.

(15.9 mm)

<0.51 in.

13 mm)

E0.3 in.

(7.6 mm)

0.375 in.

(9.5 mm)

0.64 in.

(16.3 mm)

Table 131: L-Frame Bus Bar Connections Hardware

Description Cat. No.

Set of 4 M10 x 25 terminal screws and washers for one side. S36967

A Ø

PowerPact H-, J-, and L-Frame Circuit Breakers

Circuit Breaker Mounting and Connections

147

02/2016

Power Distribution Connectors

The power distribution connectors (PDC) can be used for multiple load wire connections on one circuit

breaker. Use in place of standard distribution blocks to save space and time. Field installable kit

includes tin-plated aluminum lug, connectors, and required mounting hardware.

•

For use on load end of circuit breaker only

•

For use in UL 508 Industrial Control applications

•

For use in UL 1995/CSA C22.2 No. 236 heating and cooling equipment

•

For copper wire only

See Table 135 for the phase barriers for power distribution connectors.

Table 132: Power Distribution Connectors

Frame Kit Number Qty per

Kit Wires per Terminal Wire Range Wire Binding

Screw Torque

H-Frame

PDC6HD6 36

8–6 AWG

(10–16 mm2)

25 lb-in.

(2.8 N•m)

14–10 AWG

(2.5–6 mm2)

20 lb-in.

(2.3 N•m)

PDC3HD2 33

2 AWG

(35 mm2)

40 lb-in.

(4.5 N•m)

14–3 AWG

(2.5–35 mm2)

35 lb-in.

(4.0 N•m)

J-Frame

PDC6JD4 36

8–4 AWG

(10–25 mm2)

35 lb-in.

(4.0 N•m)

14–10 AWG

(2.5–6 mm2)

20 lb-in.

(2.3 N•m)

PDC3JD20 3

3 total

14–6 AWG Cu

(2.5–16 mm2) or

4–1 AWG Cu

(25–50 mm2)

35 lb-in.

(4.0 N•m)

40 lb-in.

(4.5 N•m)

and 1 3–2/0 AWG Cu

(35–70 mm2)

50 lb-in.

(5.6 N•m)

L-Frame

PDC5DG20L3 1

1Kit includes terminal shield.

5 total

4–1 AWG

(25–50 mm2) or

14–6 AWG

(2.5–16 mm2)

40 lb-in.

(4.5 N•m)

35 lb-in .

(4.0 N•m)

and 2 3–2/0 AWG

(35–70 mm2)

50 lb-in.

(5.6 N•m)

PDC12DG4L3 1312

8–4 AWG

(10–25 mm2)

35 lb-in.

(4.0 N•m)

14–10 AWG

(2.5–6 mm2)

20 lb-in.

(2.3 N•m)

PowerPact H-, J-, and L-Frame Circuit Breakers

Circuit Breaker Mounting and Connections

148

Compression Lugs

Both copper and aluminum compression lug kits are available for the H-, J-, and L-frame circuit

breakers. Each kit contains required insulators and all mounting hardware. Compression lugs require

the long lug cover pack, see Figure 36 on page 177.

Table 133: Compression Lug Kits for Al/Cu Connectors

Circuit

Breaker Lug Kit Rating at 75°C Poles Wires

per Lug Wire Range Lugs per

Terminal

Lugs

per Kit

Al Cu

Al/Cu Connectors

H-Frame

YA060HD ≤ 60 A ≤ 60 A 3 1 6–2 AWG Cu or Al

(16–35 mm2)13

YA150HD ≤ 150 A ≤ 150 A 3 1 1/0–4/0 AWG Cu or Al

(50–95 mm2)13

J-Frame

YA150JD ≤ 200 A ≤ 200 A 3 1 1–3/0 AWG Cu or Al

(50–95 mm2)13

YA250J35 ≤ 250 A ≤ 250 A 3 1 3/0 AWG–350 kcmil Cu or Al

(95–185 mm2)13

L-Frame

YA400L31K3 230 A 285 A 3 1 4-300 kcmil Al/Cu

(25–150 mm2)13

YA600L32K3 460 A 570 A 3 2 4-300 kcmil A/Cu

(25–150 mm2)26

YA400L51K3 310 A 380 A 3 1 2/0-500 kcmil A/Cu

(70–240 mm2)13

YA600L52K3 620 A 760 A 3 2 2/0-500 kcmil Al/Cu

(70–240 mm2)26

YA400L71K3 385 A 380 A 3 1

500-750 kcmil Al

(240–400 mm2)

500 kcmil Cu

(240 mm2)

YA600L32K4 460 A 380 A 4 2 4-300 kcmil A/Cu

(25–150 mm2)18

YA400L51K4 310 A 380 A 4 1 2/0-500 kcmil Al/Cu

(70–240 mm2)24

YA600L52K4 620 A 760 A 4 2 2/0-500 kcmil Al/Cu

(70–240 mm2)18

YA400L71K4 385 A 475 A 4 1

500-750 kcmil Al

(240–400 mm2)

500 kcmil Cu

(240 mm2)

PowerPact H-, J-, and L-Frame Circuit Breakers

Circuit Breaker Mounting and Connections

149

02/2016

Terminal Shields

Table 134: Compression Lug Kits for Cu Connectors

Circuit

Breaker Lug Kit Rating at 75 C Poles Wires

per Lug Wire Range Lugs per

Terminal

Lugs

per Kit

Al Cu

H-Frame

CYA060HD —≤ 60 A 3 1 6–1/0 AWG Cu

(16–50 mm2)13

CYA150HD —≤ 150 A 3 1 4–2/0 AWG Cu

(25–70 mm2)13

J-Frame

CYA150JD —≤ 150 A 3 1 4–2/0 AWG Cu

(25–70 mm2)13

CYA250J3 —≤ 250 A 3 1 2/0 AWG–300 kcmil Cu

(70–185 mm2)13

L-Frame

CYA400L31K3 —285 A31 2/0-300 kcmil Cu

(70–150 mm2)13

CYA600L32K3 —570 A 32 2/0-300 kcmil Cu

(70–150 mm2)26

CYA400L51K3 —380 A 31 250-500 kcmil Cu

(150–240 mm2)13

CYA600L52K3 —760 A 32 250-500 kcmil Cu

(150–240 mm2)26

CYA400L31K4 —285 A 41 2/0-300 kcmil Cu

(70–150 mm2)14

CYA600L32K4 —570 A42 2/0-300 kcmil Cu

(70–150 mm2)28

CYA400L51K4 —380 A41 250-500 kcmil Cu

(150–240 mm2)14

CYA600L52K4 —760 A42 250-500 kcmil Cu

(150–240 mm2)28

Table 135: Terminal Shields and Phase Barriers

Used With Description Dimension B Cat. No. Qty Per Kit

H- and J-Frame

Mechanical Lugs

Short Lug

Shield

Frame Max. Wire Size

H-Frame 60 A 3 AWG 0.50 in. S37446 1

H-Frame 150 A 3/0 AWG 0.50 in. S37447 1

J-Frame 350 kcmil 0.24 in. S37448 1

H- and J-Frame Power

Distribution Connectors

and Compression Lugs

Compatible with:

PDC Compression Lugs

Aluminum Copper

H-Frame Long

Lug Shield

PDC6HD6 YA060HD CYA060HD 2.24 in. S37449 1

PDC3HD2 YA150HD CYA150HD

J-Frame Long

Lug Shield

PDC6JD4 YA150JD CYA150JD 1.68 in. S37450 1

PDC3JD2 —CYA250J3

H-Frame Short Lug Shield

J-Frame Short Lug Shield

Extremity

Molded Case

w/Mechanical

Lugs

“B” See Table

Phase barrier or

terminal shield

extension past end

of circuit breaker

“B” See Table

PowerPact H-, J-, and L-Frame Circuit Breakers

Installation Recommendations

150

Section 11—Installation Recommendations

Operating Conditions

Temperature Derating

•

PowerPact™ H-, J-, and L-frame circuit breakers may be used between -13°F and 158°F (-2°C and

+70°C). For temperatures higher than 104°F (40°C) inside the enclosure, devices must be derated.

•

Circuit breakers should be put into service under normal ambient, operating-temperature

conditions.

•

The permissible storage-temperature range for PowerPact H-, J-, and L-frame circuit breakers in

the original packing is -58°F

and 185°F (-50°C

and +85°C).

-40°F (-40°C) for Micrologic trip units with an LCD screen.

0lnlil

H-Frame Trip Curve

(ln) Fixed threshold thermal

protection against

overload

(li) Fixed threshold

instantaneous protection

against short circuits

Table 136: Temperature Derating for H-Frame Trip Unit Thermal Protection—Long-Time

Temperature

1Shaded areas indicate temperature rerated values, non-shaded areas inside an enclosure are standard circuit breaker ampere ratings

at 104°F (40°C).

Rating (A) I

°C °F

-10 14 23 30 38 46 53 60 68 76 88 103 112 123 137 160 180 221

032 21 28 36 43 49 56 63 71 83 97 107 117 131 151 171 207

10 50 20 26 33 40 46 52 59 66 77 90 101 111 126 141 161 194

20 68 18 24 31 37 42 48 54 62 72 84 96 105 120 132 152 180

30 86 17 22 28 34 39 44 50 56 66 77 88 98 110 121 139 165

40 104 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 60 70 80 90 100 110 125 150

50 122 12 17 21 25 30 34 38 43 53 62 72 80 86 95 109 131

60 140 914 17 20 24 28 31 35 46 53 63 70 72 80 93 111

0lnlml

J-Frame Trip Unit

(ln) Fixed threshold thermal

protection against

overload

(lm) Adjustable instantaneous

protection against short

circuits

Table 137: Temperature Derating for J-Frame Trip Unit Thermal Protection—Long-Time

Temperature

1Shaded areas indicate temperature rerated values, non-shaded areas are standard circuit breaker ampere ratings at 104°F (40°C).

Rating (A) I

°C °F

-10 14 221 264 289 330 377

032 207 247 273 310 354

10 50 194 230 256 290 330

20 68 180 213 240 270 307

30 86 165 194 220 248 279

40 104 150 175 200 225 250

50 122 131 150 176 193 214

60 140 111 124 151 160 177

PowerPact H-, J-, and L-Frame Circuit Breakers

Installation Recommendations

151

02/2016

PowerPact H-, J- and L-Frame Circuit Breakers Equipped with Electronic Trip Units

Electronic trip units are not affected by variations in temperature. If the trip units are used in high-

temperature environments, the Micrologic™ trip unit setting must nevertheless take into account the

temperature limits of the circuit breaker.

Changes in temperature do not affect measurements by electronic trip units.

•

The built-in CT sensors with Rogowski coils measure the current.

•

The control electronics compare the value of the current to the settings defined for 104°F (40°C).

Because temperature has no effect on the CT measurements, the tripping thresholds do not need to

be modified.

However, the temperature rise caused by the flow of current combined with the ambient temperature

increases the temperature of the device. To avoid reaching the thermal withstand value, it is necessary

to limit the current flowing through the device, that is the maximum I

setting as a function of the

temperature.

The table below indicates the maximum long-time (LT) protection setting I

(A) depending on the

ambient temperature.

Example. A unit-mount PowerPact L-frame circuit breaker equipped with a Micrologic can have a

maximum I

setting of:

•

400 A up to 122°F (50°C)

•

380 A up to 140°F (60°C)

Table 138: Derating Circuit Breakers with Micrologic Trip Units

Temperature

Type of Device Rating 104°F

(40°C)

113°F

(45°C)

122°F

(50°C)

131°F

(55°C)

140°F

(60°C)

149°F

(65°C)

158°F

(70°C)

H-Frame

Unit-mount, plug-in or drawout

60 A No derating

100 A No derating

150 A No derating

J-Frame

Unit-mount 250 A 250 250 250 245 237 230 225

Plug-in or drawout 250 A 250 245 237 230 225 220 215

L-Frame

Unit-mount 400 A 400 400 400 390 380 370 360

Plug-in or drawout 400 A 400 390 380 370 360 350 340

Unit-mount 600 A 600 600 600 585 570 550 535

Plug-in or drawout 600 A 570 550 535 520 505 490 475

PowerPact H-, J-, and L-Frame Circuit Breakers

Installation Recommendations

152

Altitude Derating

Altitude does not significantly affect the characteristics of PowerPact H-, J-, and L-frame circuit

breakers circuit breakers up to 6560 ft. (2000 m). Above this altitude, it is necessary to take into

account the decrease in the dielectric strength and cooling capacity of air.

The following table gives the corrections to be applied for altitudes above 6560 ft. (2000 m). The

breaking capacities remain unchanged.

Frequency Derating

Application of H- and J-frame circuit breakers at frequencies above 60 Hz requires that special

consideration be given to the effects of high frequency on the circuit breaker characteristics. Thermal

and instantaneous operations must be treated separately.

At frequencies below 60 Hz, the thermal derating of PowerPact H and J-frame circuit breakers is

negligible. However, at frequencies above 60 Hz, thermal derating is required.

One of the most common high frequency applications is at 400 Hz. For 400 Hz derating information,

see Page 27.

For more information, refer to Data Bulletin 0100DB0101, Determining Current Carrying Capacity in

Special Applications.

2000 M

Table 139: Altitude Derating

Altitude 6560 ft

(2000 m)

9840 ft

(3000 m)

13120 ft

(4000 m)

16400 ft

(5000 m)

Dielectric withstand voltage 3000 V 2500 V 2100 V 1800 V

Insulation voltage V

800 V 700 V 600 V 500 V

Maximum operational voltage V

690 V 590 V 520 V 460 V

Average current capacity (A) at 104°F (40°C) I

x 1 0. 0.96 0.93 0.9

PowerPact H-, J-, and L-Frame Circuit Breakers

Installation Recommendations

153

02/2016

Installation in Equipment

Power from the Top or Bottom

PowerPact H-, J-, and L-frame circuit breakers with factory-sealed trip units can be supplied from

either the top or the bottom without any reduction in performance. This capability facilitates connection

when installed in end-use equipment.

All connection and insulation accessories can be used on circuit breakers supplied either from the top

or bottom.

Weight

The table below presents the weights of the circuit breakers and the main accessories, which must be

summed to obtain the total weight. The values are valid for all performance categories.

Safety Clearances and Minimum Distances

General Rules

When installing a circuit breaker, minimum distances (safety clearances) must be maintained between

the device and panels, bars and other protection devices installed nearby. These distances, which

depend on the voltage, are defined by tests carried out in accordance with UL standards.

If installation is not checked by type tests, it is also necessary to:

•

use insulated bars for circuit-breaker connections

•

segregate the busbars using phase barriers

For PowerPact H-, J-, and L-frame devices, terminal shields and interphase barriers are recommended and

may be mandatory depending on the operating voltage of the device and type of installation (unit-mount,

drawout, etc.).

Power Connections

The table below indicates the connection requirements for PowerPact H-, J-, and L-frame devices to

ensure insulation of live parts for the various types of connection.

•

unit-mount devices with front connection or rear connection

•

plug-in or drawout devices.

Connection accessories such as crimp lugs, terminal extensions (straight, right-angle, double-L and

45°) and spreaders are supplied with interphase barriers. Long terminal shields provide a degree of

protection of IP40 (ingress).

3.2

Micrologic

Ird

(

Ir)

(

Table 140: Weights

Type of Device Poles Circuit Breakers Base Cradle Motor Operator

H-frame, 100 A 2 3.95 lbs. (1.79 kg) 1.75 lbs. (0.8 kg) 4.85 lbs. (2.2 kg) 2.65 lbs. (1.2 kg)

3 4.52 lbs. (2.05 kg) 1.75 lbs. (0.8 kg) 4.85 lbs. (2.2 kg) 2.65 lbs. (1.2 kg)

H-frame, 150 A 2 4.08 lbs. (1.85 kg) 1.75 lbs. (0.8 kg) 4.85 lbs. (2.2 kg) 2.65 lbs. (1.2 kg)

3 4.85 lbs. (2.2 kg) 1.75 lbs. (0.8 kg) 4.85 lbs. (2.2 kg) 2.65 lbs. (1.2 kg)

J-frame, 250 A 3 5.29 lbs. (2.4 kg) 1.75 lbs. (0.8 kg) 4.85 lbs. (2.2 kg) 2.65 lbs. (1.2 kg)

L-frame, 600 A 3 13.65 lbs. (6.19 kg) 5.29 lbs. (2.4 kg) 4.85 lbs. (2.2 kg) 6.17 lbs. (2.8 kg)

4 17.92 lbs. (8.13 kg) 6.17 lbs. (2.8 kg) 4.85 lbs. (2.2 kg) 6.17 lbs. (2.8 kg)

PowerPact H-, J-, and L-Frame Circuit Breakers

Installation Recommendations

154

Safety Clearance

Control Wiring

Remote Tripping by Undervoltage Trip (MN) or Shunt Trip (MX)

Power requirements are approximately:

•

30 VA for pick-up of the undervoltage trip (MN) and shunt trip (MX)

•

300–500 VA for the motor operator.

Safety Clearances

1.00

(25,4)

>1.00

(25,4)

4.00

(101,6)

4.00

(101,6)

If dimension A < 0.56 in. for H- and J-frame circuit breaker, attach

fiber insulating plate, not provided, to enclosure cover.

.50

(12,7)

.50

(12,7)

< .56

(14,2)

.03

(,8)

3.00

(76,2)

1.25

(31,8)

H- and J-Frame Fiber Insulating Plate

Dimensions: in.

(mm)

Table 141: Recommended Maximum Cable Lengths

Power Supply Voltage (Vdc) 12 Vdc 24 Vdc 48 Vdc

Cable cross-section 16 AWG (1.5 mm²) 14 AWG (2.5mm²) 16 AWG (1.5 mm²) 14 AWG (2.5mm²) 16 AWG (1.5 mm²) 14 AWG (2.5mm²)

Undervoltage

Trip (MN)

V source 100% 49 ft. (15 m) — 525 ft. (160 m) — 2100 ft. (640 m) —

V source 85% 23 ft. (7 m) — 131 ft. (40 m) — 525 ft. (160 m) —

Shunt Trip

(MX)

V source 100% 197 ft. (60 m) — 787 ft. (240 m) — 3150 ft. (960 m) —

V source 85% 98 ft. (30 m) — 394 ft. (120 m) — 1575 ft. (480 m) —

Motor

Operator

V source 100% — 33 ft. (10 m) 52 ft. (16 m) 213 ft. (65 m) 361 ft. (110 m)

V source 85% — — 6.6 ft. (2 m) 13 ft (4 m) 56 ft. (17 m) 82 ft. (25 m)

1The indicated length is that of each of the two wires.

PowerPact H-, J-, and L-Frame Circuit Breakers

Installation Recommendations

155

02/2016

External Neutral Voltage Tap (ENVT)

External Neutral Current Transformer (ENCT)

This connection is required for accurate power measurements on three-

pole circuit breakers equipped with Micrologic 5/6 E trip units in

installations with a distributed neutral. It can be used to measure phase-

neutral voltages and calculate power using the 3 wattmeter method.

PowerPact H-, J-, and L-frame three-pole circuit breakers come with a wire

installed on the device for the connection to the ENVT. This wire is

equipped with a connector for connection to an external wire with:

•

cross-sectional area of 18–14 AWG (1 mm² to 2.5 mm²)

•

maximum length of 32.8 ft. (10 m).

N A B C

ENVT

Wire

Ready for

Connection

External Wire

3P+N

External neutral voltage tap (ENVT)

This connection is required to protect the neutral on three-pole circuit

breakers equipped with Micrologic 5/6 A or E trip units in installations with a

distributed neutral. For Micrologic 6 A or E, it is required for ground-fault

protection.

The ENCT is connected in the same way for unit-mount, plug-in or drawout

devices:

•

unit-mount devices are connected using terminals T1 and T2 of the

internal terminal block.

•

plug-in and drawout devices are not connected using the auxiliary

terminals.

The wires must be connected/disconnected inside the devices using

terminals T1 and T2.

The ENCT must be connected to the Micrologic trip unit by a shielded

twisted pair. The shielding should be connected to the enclosure earth only

at the CT end, no more than 12 in. (30 cm) from the CT.

•

the power connections of the CT to the neutral (H2 and H1) must be

made in the same way for power supply from the top or the bottom (see

figure). Make sure they are not reversed for devices with power supply

from the bottom.

•

cross-sectional area of 22–16 AWG (0.4 mm² to 1.5 mm²)

•

maximum length of 32.8 ft. (10 m).

N A B C 3P+N: supply from the top

ENCT

PowerPact H-, J-, and L-Frame Circuit Breakers

Installation Recommendations

156

24 Vdc Power Supply Module

An external 24 Vdc power supply is required for installations with communication networks, regardless

of the type of trip unit.

On installations without communication networks, the power supply is available as an option for

Micrologic 5/6 to:

•

modify settings when the circuit breaker is open (OFF position)

•

display measurements when the current flowing through the circuit breaker is low

•

maintain the display of the cause of tripping

To determine power requirements of devices, see page 90.

24 Vdc 24 Vdc

Battery

Power supply, without the communication function,

using the terminal block with a backup battery.

Downstream ULP wiring

for 24 Vdc supply

24 Vdc Modbus

Power supply, with the communication function,

using the Modbus interface.

PowerPact H-, J-, and L-Frame Circuit Breakers

Wiring Diagrams

157

02/2016

Section 12—Wiring Diagrams

Unit-Mount Circuit Breakers

Power Micrologic Trip Unit

Remote Operation

Motor Operator

Communicating Motor Operator

Continued on next page

Upstream CB

Downstream CB

NLALBLC

NSX cord

3P or 4P

3P + N

NLALBLC

ENVT

ENCT

BPO BPF

MN MX

SDE

2848

Vac (-) manu

Vac (+) Vac (+)

Vac

(-)

or 0I

auto

manu

Vac (220/240 V)

Vac

auto

manu

NSX cord

BSCM

NOTE: Schematic of the communicating motor operator .

PowerPact H-, J-, and L-Frame Circuit Breakers

Wiring Diagrams

158

Indication Contacts

The diagram is shown with circuits de-energized, relays in normal position, and all devices open, connected, and charged.

Terminal connections shown as O must be connected by the customer.

Micrologic Trip Unit A or E Remote Operation

A/E

Communication

H (WH), L(BL): data

-(BK), +(RD): 24 Vdc power supply

Undervoltage Release

Shunt Release

A/E

ZSI (Zone Selective Interlocking) Motor Operator

Z1: ZSI OUT SOURCE

Z2: ZSI OUT

Z3: ZSI IN SOURCE

Z4: ZSI IN ST (short time)

Z5: ZSI IN GF (ground fault)

(Z3, Z4, and Z5 for L-frame circuit breaker only)

B4, A1

BPO

BPF

Opening Order

Closing Order

Power Supply to Motor Operator

Manual Position (manu)

Overcurrent Trip Switch Interlocking (mandatory for correct operation)

Opening Pushbutton

Closing Pushbutton

A/E

ENCT: External Neutral Current Transformer:

-Shielded cable with 1 twisted pair (T1, T2)

-Shielding earthed at CT end only

-Connection L = 12 in. (30 cm) max.

-Maximum length of 33 ft. (10 m)

-Cable size of 22 AWG

-Recommended cable: Belden 9451SB or equivalent

Communicating Motor Operator

B4, A1

BSCM

Motor Operator Power Supply

Breaker Status and Control Module

Indication Contacts

EENVT: External Neutral Voltage Tap for Connection

to the Neutral using a Three-Pole Circuit Breaker

OF2/OF1

OF3

SDE

CAF2/CAF1

CAO1

Device ON/OFF Auxiliary Switches

Device ON/OFF Auxiliary Switches (L-Frame)

Overcurrent Trip Switch

(short-circuit, overload, ground fault, earth leakage)

Alarm Switch

Early-Make Contact (rotary handle only)

Early-Break Contact (rotary handle only)

Color Code for Auxiliary Wiring

RD: Red

WH: White

YE: Yellow

BK: Black

GN: Green

VI: Violet

GY: Gray

OR: Orange

BL: Blue

Unit-Mount Circuit Breakers

(continued)

OF3

OF2

Open

OF1

Closed Closed

SDE

Fault

121

CAF2

131

CAF1

134

124

101

CAO1

Open

102

104

PowerPact H-, J-, and L-Frame Circuit Breakers

Wiring Diagrams

159

02/2016

Plug-In and Drawout Circuit Breakers

Power Micrologic Trip Unit Remote Operation

Motor Operator

Communicating Motor Operator

Continued on next page

NLALBLC

ENVT

ENCT

3P + N

22/32

24/34

Upstream CB

Downstream

NLALBLC

NSX cord

3P or 4P

BPO BPF

MN MX

D1/C1

SDE

Vac (-) manu

Vac (+)

Vac (-)

or 0I

auto

manu

B4 B4

Vac

auto

manu

Vac (220/240 V)

NSX cord

BSCM

PowerPact H-, J-, and L-Frame Circuit Breakers

Wiring Diagrams

160

Indication Contacts Carriage Switches

The diagram is shown with circuits de-energized, relays in normal position, and all devices open, connected, and charged.

Terminal connections shown as

and O must be connected by the customer.

Micrologic Trip Unit A or E Remote Operation

A/E

Communication

H (WH), L(BL): data

-(BK), +(RD): 24 Vdc power supply

Undervoltage Release

Shunt Release

A/E

ZSI (Zone Selective Interlocking) Motor Operator

Z1: ZSI OUT SOURCE

Z2: ZSI OUT

Z3: ZSI IN SOURCE

Z4: ZSI IN ST (short time)

Z5: ZSI IN GF (ground fault)

(Z3, Z4, and Z5 for L-frame circuit breaker only)

B4, A1

BPO

Opening Order

Closing Order

Power Supply to Motor Operator

Manual Position (manu)

Overcurrent Trip Switch Interlocking (mandatory for correct operation)

Opening Pushbutton

Closing Pushbutton

A/E

ENCT: External Neutral Current Transformer:

-Shielded cable with 1 twisted pair (T1, T2)

-Shielding earthed at CT end only

Connection L = 12 in. (30 cm) max.

-Maximum length of 33 ft. (10 m)

-Cable size of 22 AWG

-Recommended cable: Belden 9451SB or equivalent

Communicating Motor Operator

B4, A1

BSCM

Motor Operator Power Supply

Breaker Status and Control Module

Indication Contacts

EENVT: External Neutral Voltage Tap for Connection

to the Neutral using a Three-Pole Circuit Breaker

OF2/OF1

OF3

SDE

CAF2/CAF1

CAO1

Device ON/OFF Auxiliary Switches

Device ON/OFF Auxiliary Switches (L-Frame)

Overcurrent Trip Switch

(short-circuit, overload, ground fault, earth leakage)

Alarm Switch

Early-Make Contact (rotary handle only)

Early-Break Contact (rotary handle only)

Color Code for Auxiliary Wiring

RD: Red

WH: White

YE: Yellow

BK: Black

GN: Green

VI: Violet

GY: Gray

OR: Orange

BL: Blue

Plug-In and Drawout Circuit Breakers

(continued)

OF3

OF2

Open

OF1

Closed

SDE

Fault

121

CAF2

131

CAF1

Closed

134

124

101

CAO1

Open

102

104

314

312

352

354

CE CD

Connected Disconnected

311

351

PowerPact H-, J-, and L-Frame Circuit Breakers

Wiring Diagrams

161

02/2016

Motor Operator

NOTE: The diagram is shown with circuits de-energized, relays in normal position, and all devices open,

connected, and charged.

After tripping initiated by the “Push to trip” button, the undervoltage release (MN), or the shunt release

(MX), device can be reset automatically, remotely, or manually.

Following tripping due to an electrical fault, reset must be carried out manually.

Motor Operator with Automatic Reset Motor Operator with Remote Reset

Symbols Motor Operator with Manual Reset

A4:

A2:

B4, A1:

L1:

B2:

BPO:

BPF:

SDE:

Circuit Breaker

Opening Order

Closing Order

Motor Operator Power Supply

Manual Position (manu)

Overcurrent Trip Switch Interlocking (mandatory for correct operation)

Opening Pushbutton

Closing Pushbutton

Fault-Trip Indication Contact

(short-circuit, overload, ground fault, earth leakage)

BPO BPF

SDE

2848

manu

Vac

(+)

Vac

(-)

auto

manu

BPO BPF Reset

2848

manu

Vac

(+)

Vac

(-)

auto

manu

SDE

BPO BPF

SDE

2848

manu

Vac

(+)

Vac

(-)

auto

manu

PowerPact H-, J-, and L-Frame Circuit Breakers

Wiring Diagrams

162

Symbols Communicating Motor Operator

B4, A1:

BSCM:

Circuit Breaker

Motor Operator Power Supply

Breaker Status and Control Module

RSU Screen for Communicating Motor Operator

Single-line diagram of communicating motor operator

Opening, closing and reset orders are transmitted through the communication

network. The “Enable automatic reset” and “Enable reset even if SDE”

parameters must be set using the RSU software using the screen by clicking the

blue text.

“Auto/Manu” is a switch on the front of the motor operator.

Terminal connections shown as O must be connected by the customer.

Motor Operator

(continued)

Vac (220/240 V)

Vac

auto

manu

NSX cord

BSCM

NOTE: Schematic of the communicating motor operator .

Open motor

Open

command

220

VAC

OF OF

command

Reset

command

Enable

automatic

reset

Enable

reset

even if

SDE

Close motor Reset motor

Auto

Manu

RSU utility setup screen for the

communicating motor operator

PowerPact H-, J-, and L-Frame Circuit Breakers

Wiring Diagrams

163

02/2016

SDx Module with Micrologic™ Trip Unit

NOTE: The diagram is shown with circuits de-

energized, relays in normal position, and all

devices open, connected, and charged.

Connection

Symbols

SD1, SD3:

SD2:

SD4:

SDx Module Power Supply

Output 1 (80 mA max.)

Output 2 (80 mA max.)

SD2 SD4

Micrologic 3 SDT —

Micrologic 5 SDT or Output 1 PAL I

or Output 2

Micrologic 6 SDT or Output 1 SDG or Output 2

Terminal connections shown as O must be connected by the

customer.

Operation

PAL I

SDG:

SDT:

Charge Current

Thermal Overload Pre-Alarm

Ground-Fault Signal

Thermal-Fault Signal

Circuit Breaker

Vac (+) 24–415 V

Vac (-)

SD1

SD4

SD2

SD3

STD

or output 1

PAL Ir

or SDG

or output 2

SDx

Circuit breaker

trip order

Circuit breaker

reset

PAL Ir

SDG

SDT

> 90 % Ir

> 105 % Ir

tr at 6 Ir

PowerPact H-, J-, and L-Frame Circuit Breakers

Wiring Diagrams

164

SDTAM Module with Micrologic M Trip Unit

NOTE: The diagram is shown with circuits de-

energized, relays in normal position, and all

devices open, connected, and charged.

Connection

Symbols

SD1, SD3:

SD2:

SD4:

SDTAM Module Power Supply

Thermal Fault Signal (80 mA max.)

Contactor Control Output (80 mA max.)

SD2 SD4

Micrologic 2 M SDT KA1

Terminal connections shown as O must be connected by the

customer.

Operation

SDT:

KA1:

KM1:

Charge Current

Thermal Fault Signal

Auxiliary Relay (RBN or RTBT Relay)

Motor Contactor

Circuit Breaker

Vac (+) 24 to 415 V

Vac (-)

SD1

SD4

SD2

SD3

SDT

Manual

reset KA1

KA1

KM1

Closing

order

Opening

order

SDTAM

Auto reset (minutes)

KM1

OFF

114

212

410

Class (tr) at 7.2 Ir

400 ms

400 ms before

circuit-breaker

tripping order

Contactor

closing order

Manual or

automatic reset

SDT

KA1

KM1

< 95 % T°

> 95 % T°

%T°

PowerPact H-, J-, and L-Frame Circuit Breakers

Circuit Breaker Dimensions

165

02/2016

Section 13—Circuit Breaker Dimensions

Table 142:

Enclosure Dimensions

Standard (80%) Rated 100% Rated

HD/HG/HJ/HL

15–150 A

15.6 x 6.12 x 3.49 in.

(396 x 155 x 89 mm)

15.6 x 6.12 x 3.49 in.

(396 x 155 x 89 mm)

HR 18.13 x 8.63 x 4.13 in.

(461 x 219 x 105 mm)

62 x 22.5 x 14 in.

(1575 x 572 x 356 mm)

JD/JG/ JJ/JL1

1Minimum enclosure insulation required if circuit breaker side < 4.13 in. (105 mm) from metal.

150–250 A

18.72 x 6.12 x 3.49 in.

(476 x 155 x 89 mm)

18.72 x 6.12 x 3.49 in.

(476 x 155 x 89 mm)

JR 28.5 x 12.38 x 5.38 in.

(724 x 314 x 137 mm)

62 x 22.5 x 14 in.

(1575 x 572 x 356 mm)

LD/LG/LJ/

LL 250–600 A

35.48 x 12.00 x 4.45 in.

(901 x 305 x 113 mm)

35.48 x 12.00 x 4.45 in.

(901 x 305 x 113 mm)

LR 40.5 x 13.75 x 4.33 in.

(1030 x 350 x 110 mm)

40.5 x 13.75 x 4.33 in.

(1030 x 350 x 110 mm)

J-Frame Minimum Enclosure Insulation

L-Frame Minimum Enclosure Insulation for Rear Connection

H x W x D

18.72

(476)

6.12

(155)

3.49

(89)

3.1

(79) 3.25

(83)

12.5

[318)

0.03

(0.8)

in.

(mm)

Dimensions:

0.50

(12.7)

0.50

(12.7)

< 0.56

(14.2)

0.03

(0.8)

4.00

(101.6)

2.00

(50.8)

in.

(mm)

Dimensions:

PowerPact H-, J-, and L-Frame Circuit Breakers

Circuit Breaker Dimensions

166

PowerPact™ H-Frame Circuit Breakers

Figure 13: 15–150 A Bus Bar PowerPact H-Frame Two-Pole HD/HG Thermal-Magnetic Only Circuit Breaker

Ø.20

(5.1)

Mounting Hole

SEE DETAIL A

ISOMETRIC VIEW

SCALE 1:2

DETAIL A

SCALE 1:1

SECTION B-B

SCALE 1:1

Ø 0.20

(5.1)

1.37

34.8()

5.20

132.0()

5.66

143.8()

6.40

162.6()

0.44

11.3()

0.74

18.8()

1.20

30.5()

2.06

52.4() 5.01

127.3()

5.96

151.3()

1.38

35.0()

0.68

17.3()

2.74

69.7()

2.87

72.9()

3.24

82.4()

3.44

87.3()

3.69

93.8()

1.91

48.5()

3.74

95.1()

4.36

110.8()

OFF

17.9°

19.5°

TRIPPED

21.5°

0.62

15.9()

0.69

17.5()

0.08

2.0()

0.30

7.5()

0.49

12.3()

0.24

6.2()

1.06

27.0()

0.43

10.8()

0.37

9.5()

48996-018-01

in.

(mm)

Dimensions:

Figure 14: 15–150 A Unit Mount PowerPact H-Frame Two-Pole HD/HG Thermal-Magnetic Only Circuit Breaker

1.37

34.8()

5.20

132.0()

5.66

143.8()

6.40

162.6()

0.69

17.5()

1.38

35.0() 2.74

69.7()

0.44

11.3()

0.74

18.8()

1.20

30.5()

2.06

52.4() 5.01

127.3()

5.96

151.3()

2.87

72.9()

3.24

82.4()

3.44

87.3()

1.91

48.5()

OFF

17.9°

TRIPPED

21.5°

19.5°

3.74

95.1()

4.36

110.8()

3.69

93.8()

1.06

27.0()

0.3

10.8()

0.62

15.9()

0.69

17.5()

0.08

2.0()

Ø 0.20

(5.1)

MOUNTING HOLE

SEE DETAIL A

ISOMETRIC VIEW

SCALE 1:2

DETAIL A

SCALE 1:1

48996-016-01

in.

(mm)

Dimensions:

PowerPact H-, J-, and L-Frame Circuit Breakers

Circuit Breaker Dimensions

167

02/2016

Figure 15: 15–150 A Bus Bar PowerPact H-Frame Three-Pole Circuit Breaker

Figure 16: 15–150 A Lug-Lug PowerPact H-Frame Three-Pole Circuit Breaker

Ø 0.20

(5.1)

(Mounting Hole)

SEE DETAIL A

SCALE 1:2

DETAIL A

SCALE 1:1

SECTION B-B

SCALE 1:1

1.38

35.0()

1.37

34.8()

5.20

132.1()

5.66

143.8()

6.40

162.6()

2.04

51.9()

0.74

18.8()

0.44

11.3()

4.99

126.7()

5.96

151.3()

1.38

35.0()

1.38

35.0()

2.06

52.4() 4.12

104.7()

2.87

72.9()

3.24

82.4()

3.74

95.1()

4.36

110.8()

TRIPPED

21.5°

OFF

17.9°

19.5°

1.91

48.5()

3.69

93.8()

.08

2.0()

.62

15.9()

0.29

7.4()

0.47

12.0()

0.24

6.0()

0.29

7.4()

.73

18.6()

(1/4-20 Terminal Nut)

0.26

6.7()

0.40

10.3()

1.06

27.0()

Thermal-Magnetic

and MCP

Micrologic

Electronic Trip

Dim. “A”

Trip Unit

1.20

(30.5)

1.13

(28.8)

Dim. “B”

3.44

(87.4)

3.49

(88.6)

in.

(mm)

Dimensions:

Ø 0.20

(5.1)

(Mounting Hole)

SEE DETAIL A

ISOMETRIC VIEW

SCALE 1:2

DETAIL A

SCALE 1:1

5.20

132.1()

5.66

143.8()

6.40

162.6()

1.38

35.0()

1.37

34.8()

0.74

18.8()

0.44

11.3()

2.04

51.9() 4.99

126.7()

5.96

151.3()

2.06

52.4() 4.12

104.7()

2.87

72.9()

3.24

82.4() 1.91

48.5()

TRIPPED

21.5°

OFF

17.9°

19.5°

3.69

93.8()

3.74

95.1()

4.36

110.8()

1.06

27.0()

0.43

10.8()

0.62

15.9()

0.08

2.0()

0.73

18.6()

1.38

35.0()

1.38

35.0()

48996-012-01

Thermal-Magnetic

and MCP

Micrologic

Electronic Trip

Dim. “A”

Trip Unit

1.20

(30.5)

1.13

(28.8)

Dim. “B”

3.44

(87.4)

3.49

(88.6)

in.

(mm)

Dimensions:

PowerPact H-, J-, and L-Frame Circuit Breakers

Circuit Breaker Dimensions

168

Figure 17: 15–150 A Rear Connected PowerPact H-Frame Three-Pole Circuit Breaker

AThermal-Magnetic

and MCP

Micrologic

Electronic Trip

Dim. “A”

Trip Unit

1.70

(43.2)

1.63

(41.5)

Dim. “B”

3.44

(87.4)

3.49

(88.6)

1.24

(31.5)

2.06

(52.4)

7.40

(188.0)

6.16

(156.5)

0.20

(5.1)

(Mounting Hole

1.38

(35.0)

4.12

(104.7)

2.52

(63.9)

1.37

(34.8)

5.51

(140.0)

5.70

(144.7)

3.24

(82.4) 2.95

(74.9)

0.94

(23.9)

4.19

(106.4)

5.51

(140.0)

0.24

(6.1)

1.87

(47.5)

3.75

(95.1)

4.36

(110.8)

0.40

(10.2)

1.06

(27.0)

1.66

(42.1)

0.34

(8.6)

3.44

(87.3)

1.38

(35.0)

0.71

(18.0)

1.38

(35.0)

1.00

(25.4)

2.06

(52.4)

3.84

(97.4)

in.

(mm)

Dimensions:

Figure 18: Motor Operator Detail

(PowerPact H-Frame Circuit Breaker)

Figure 19: Rotary Handle Detail

(PowerPact H-Frame Circuit Breaker)

Ø 0.20

5.1()

(Mounting Hole)

6.40

162.6()

5.66

143.8()

0.74

18.8()

4.12

104.7()

1.38

35.0()

1.37

34.8()

5.04

128.0()

2.16

55.0()

1.89

48.1()

2.06

52.4()

1.38

35.0()

1.38

35.0()

7.01

178.1()

5.63

143.1()

2.87

72.9()

3.24

82.4()

4.00

101.7()

3.58

91.0()

0.27

6.8()

0.44

11.3()

5.96

151.3()

5.71

145.0()

Thermal-Magnetic

and MCP

Micrologic

Electronic Trip

Dim. “A”

Trip Unit

1.24

(31.5)

1.17

(29.7)

Dim. “B”

3.44

(87.4)

3.49

(88.6)

3.58

91.0()

0.27

(6.7)

4.82

122.4()

6.12

155.4()

2.87

72.9()

3.24

82.4()

3.54

(90.2)

6.40

(162.6)

0.74

18.8()

5.66

143.8()

0.44

(11.3)

2.02

(51.2) 5.00

(126.9)

5.27

(133.9)

5.96

(151.3)

1.37

34.8()

1.38

(35.0)

4.12

(104.7)

1.38

(35.0)

1.38

(35.0)

2.06

(52.4)

Ø 0.20

(5.1)

(MOUNTING HOLE)

Thermal-Magnetic

and MCP

Micrologic

Electronic Trip

Dim. “A”

Trip Unit

1.20

(30.5)

1.13

(28.8)

Dim. “B”

3.44

(87.4)

3.49

(88.6)

in.

(mm)

Dimensions:

PowerPact H-, J-, and L-Frame Circuit Breakers

Circuit Breaker Dimensions

169

02/2016

PowerPact J-Frame Circuit Breakers

Figure 20: 150–250 A Bus Bar PowerPact J-Frame Three-Pole Circuit Breaker

Ø 0.20

(5.1)

(Mounting Hole)

SEE DETAIL A

ISOMETRIC VIEW

SCALE 1:2

DETAIL A

SCALE 1:1

SECTION B-B

SCALE 1:1

1.37

34.8()

1.38

35.0()

1.00

25.5()

1.30

33.0()

2.60

66.1() 5.57

141.5()

6.52

165.5()

5.74

145.8()

6.22

158.0()

7.52

191.0()

1.38

35.0()

1.38

35.0()

2.06

52.4() 4.12

104.7()

3.24

82.4()

19.5°

TRIPPED

21.5°

1.91

48.5()

3.74

95.1()

5.00

127.0()

0.48

12.2()

OFF

17.9°

4.25

108.0()

0.35

8.9()

0.70

17.7()

0.57

14.4()

0.16

4.0()

0.37

9.4()

0.73

18.6()

(5/16-18 Terminal Nut)

0.35

8.9()

1.05

26.6()

0.99

25.2()

2.87

72.9()

48996-022-01

Thermal-Magnetic

and MCP

Micrologic

Electronic Trip

Dim. “A”

Trip Unit

1.76

(44.7)

1.69

(44.0)

Dim. “B”

3.44

(87.4)

3.49

(88.6)

Ø .26

(6.7]

(1/4-20 Terminal ut)

in.

(mm)

Dimensions:

Figure 21: 150–250 A Lug-Lug PowerPact J-Frame Three-Pole Circuit Breaker

Ø 0.20

(5.1)

(Mounting Hole)

SEE DETAIL A

ISOMETRIC VIEW

SCALE 1:2

DETAIL A

SCALE 1:1

1.30

33.0()

2.60

66.1() 5.57

141.5()

1.37

34.8()

1.38

35.0()

5.74

145.8()

6.22

158.0()

7.52

191.0()

1.38

35.0()

1.38

35.0()

2.06

52.4() 4.12

104.7()

2.87

72.9()

3.24

82.4()

4.25

108.0()

1.91

48.5()

3.24

82.4()

3.74

95.1()

5.00

127.0()

TRIPPED

21.5°

OFF

17.9°

19.5°

1.06

27.0()

0.53

13.4()

0.99

25.2()

0.16

4.0()

0.73

18.6()

0.86

21.9()

6.66

169.2()

48996-014-01

Thermal-Magnetic

and MCP

Micrologic

Electronic Trip

Dim. “A”

Trip Unit

1.76

(44.7)

1.69

(43.0)

Dim. “B”

3.44

(87.4)

3.49

(88.6)

in.

(mm)

Dimensions:

PowerPact H-, J-, and L-Frame Circuit Breakers

Circuit Breaker Dimensions

170

Figure 22: 150–250 A Rear Connected PowerPact J-Frame Three-Pole Circuit Breaker

Figure 23: Motor Operator Detail

(PowerPact J-Frame Circuit Breaker)

Figure 24: Rotary Handle Detail

(PowerPact J-Frame Circuit Breaker)

Ø 0.20

5.1()

(Mounting Hole)

ISOMETRIC VIEW

SCALE 1:2

8.00

203.2()

6.46

164.1()

6.02

152.9()

4.12

104.7()

1.38

35.0()

1.37

34.8()

5.81

147.6()

2.84

72.2()

1.54

39.1()

2.06

52.4()

5.00

126.9()

0.24

6.0()

5.51

(140.0)

1.24

31.6()

3.24

82.4()

4.49

114.2()

0.48

12.2()

1.04

26.5()

2.06

52.3()

3.84

97.5()

0.71

18.0()

1.00

25.3()

1.66

42.1()

3.44

87.3()

1.38

35.0()

1.38

35.0()

Ø 0.34

8.6()

2.95

74.9()

3.74

(95.1)

48996-023-01

Thermal-Magnetic

and MCP

Micrologic

Electronic Trip

Dim. “A”

Trip Unit

2.04

(51.8)

1.97

(50.1)

Dim. “B”

3.44

(87.4)

3.49

(88.6)

in.

(mm)

Dimensions:

Ø 0.20

5.1()

(Mounting Hole)

7.52

191.0()

5.50

139.8()

2.63

66.8()

4.12

104.7()

1.38

35.0()

1.37

34.8()

1.30

33.0()

2.36

59.9()

6.22

158.0()

2.06

52.4()

1.38

35.0()

1.38

35.0()

2.87

72.9()

3.24

82.4()

4.01

101.7()

5.63

143.1()

7.01

178.1()

3.58

91.0()

0.27

6.8()

0.86

22.0()

6.65

169.0()

6.17

156.7()

Thermal-Magnetic

and MCP

Micrologic

Electronic Trip

Dim. “A”

Trip Unit

1.80

(45.7)

1.73

(44.0)

Dim. “B”

3.44

(87.4)

3.49

(88.6)

Ø 0.20

5.1()

(Mounting Hole)

7.52

191.0()

6.22

158.0()

1.30

33.0()

4.12

104.7()

1.38

35.0()

1.37

34.8()

5.83

148.0()

5.55

141.0()

2.06

52.4()

1.38

35.0()

1.38

35.0()

6.12

155.4()

4.82

122.4()

2.87

72.9()

3.24

82.4()

4.11

104.5()

3.58

91.0()

0.27

6.7()

6.66

169.0()

0.86

21.8()

2.68

68.1()

Thermal-Magnetic

and MCP

Micrologic

Electronic Trip

Dim. “A”

Trip Unit

1.76

(44.7)

1.69

(43.0)

Dim. “B”

3.44

(87.4)

3.49

(88.6)

in.

(mm)

Dimensions:

PowerPact H-, J-, and L-Frame Circuit Breakers

Circuit Breaker Dimensions

171

02/2016

PowerPact H- and J-Frame Plug-In Circuit Breakers

Figure 25: 15–250 A PowerPact H- and J-Frame Three-Pole Circuit Breaker Plug-In Base

48996-045-01

8.07

(205.0)

2.26

(57.5)

2.95

(75.0)

2.07

(52.5)

0.24

(6.0)

0.69

(17.5)

1.38

(35.0) 4.12

(104.7)

1.37

(34.9)

0.30

(7.5)

7.48

(190.0)

5.92

(150.5)

4.51

(114.5)

2.97

(75.5) 1.56

(39.5)

0.97

(24.7)

0.71

(18.1)

0.47

(12.0)

2.64

(67.1)

1.89

(48.0)

0.46

(11.8)

0.17

(4.3)

0.16

(4.1)

0.65

(16.6)

1.32

(33.5)

4.20

(106.6)

6.17

(156.7)

Upper Limit Posiiton

4.84

(123.0)

Lower Limit Position

1.38

(35.0)

1.38

(35.0)

2.98

(75.6)

4.53

(115.1)

0.71

(18.0)

0.33

(8.5)

in.

(mm)

Dimensions:

Figure 26: 15–250 A PowerPact H- and J-Frame Plug-In Three-Pole Circuit Breaker

2.00

(50.8)

1.93

(49.1)

Thermal-Magnetic

and MCP

Micrologic

Electronic Trip

Dim. “A”

Trip Unit Dim. “B”

4.43

(112.4)

4.48

(113.6)

48996-024-01

4.86

(123.4)

4.53

(115.1)

0.53

(13.5)

1.06

(27.0)

0.33

(8.5)

2.98

(75.6)

0.71

(18.0)

1.38

(35.0)

1.38

(35.0)

2.64

(67.1)

5.75

(146.1)

4.73

(120.2)

3.93

(99.9)

4.23

(107.4)

1.32

(33.5) 4.84

(123.0)

0.16

(4.0)

0.47

(12.0) 0.71

(18.1) 1.89

(48.0)

0.26

(6.6)

8.00

(203.1) 0.20

(5.1)

Mounting Hole

4.12

(104.7)

2.81

(71.4) 5.79

(147.0)

6.00

(151.3)

in.

(mm)

Dimensions:

PowerPact H-, J-, and L-Frame Circuit Breakers

Circuit Breaker Dimensions

172

PowerPact H- and J-Frame Drawout Circuit Breakers

Figure 27: 15–250 A PowerPact H- and J-Frame Three-Pole Circuit Breaker Cradle

48996-046-01

2.26

(57.5)

7.48

(190.0)

2.95

(75.0)

0.24

(6.0)

0.69

(17.5) 2.12

(54.0)

7.25

(184.1)

2.93

(74.5)

2.07

(52.5)

6.83

(173.5)

5.63

(142.9)

1.38

(35.0)

2.60

(66.0)

8.27

(210.0)

4.50

(114.2)

.71

(18.1)

0.16

(4.0)

0.67

(17.0)

1.61

(41.0)

0.47

(12.0)

1.89

(48.0)

4.53

(115.1)

0.46

(11.8)

4.84

(123.0)

Lower Limit Position

6.18

(157.0)

Upper Limit Position

2.64

(67.1)

4.20

(106.6)

1.38

(35.0)

2.98

(75.6)

1.38

(35.0)

0.71

(18.0)

0.33

(8.5)

in.

(mm)

Dimensions:

Figure 28: 15–250 A PowerPact H- and J-Frame Drawout Three-Pole Circuit Breaker

48996-025-01

7.25

(184.1) 6.83

(173.5)

8.27

(210.0)

5.63

(142.9)

8.00

(203.1)

4.50

(114.2)

0.65

(16.5)

6.18

(157.0)

0.16

(4.0)

4.73

(120.0)

5.74

(145.9)

0.47

(12.0)

1.89

(48.0)

4.20

(106.6)

2.64

(67.1)

1.38

(35.0) 1.38

(35.0)

1.25

(31.8)

2.98

(75.6) 4.53

(115.1)

0.71

(18.0)

0.33

(8.5)

Handle rotated into unlatched position.

in.

(mm)

Dimensions:

PowerPact H-, J-, and L-Frame Circuit Breakers

Circuit Breaker Dimensions

173

02/2016

PowerPact H- and J-Frame Circuit Breaker Mounting

Figure 29: PowerPact H-Frame Two-Pole HD/HG Thermal-Magnetic Only Circuit Breaker

6.40

(162.6)

0.74

(18.8)

2.74

(69.6)

4.92

(125.0)

Mounting Hole

in.

(mm)

Dimensions:

Figure 30: PowerPact H- and J-Frame Three-Pole Circuit Breaker

0.86

(21.8)

Cutout for Rear Connections

1.38

(35.1)

1.30

(33.0)

1.38

(35.1)

0.69

(17.5)

7.52

(191.0)

J-Frame Circuit Breaker 4.92

(125.0)

0.74

(18.8)

0.30

(7.6)

6.40

(162.6)

H-Frame Circuit Breaker

5.51

(140.0)

Mounting Hole

1.38

(35.1)

4.12

(104.6)

4.92

(125.0)

1.38

(35.0)

1.25

(31.8)Max.

Without Secondary

Disconnect Block

.78

(20)Max.

With Secondary

Disconnect Block

Mounting on Backplate Mounting on Rails

in.

(mm)

Dimensions:

PowerPact H-, J-, and L-Frame Circuit Breakers

Circuit Breaker Dimensions

174

PowerPact H- and J-Frame Circuit Breaker Door Cutouts

Figure 31: PowerPact H- and J-Frame Circuit Breaker Toggle Handle Door Cutout

Thermal-Magnetic

and MCP

Electronic with

Micrologic

Dim. “A”

Trip Unit

4.10

(104.1)

4.17

(106.0)

Dim. “B”

0.41

(10.4)

0.34

(8.6)

2.94

(74.4)

3.30

(83.8)

3.50

(88.9)

1.38

(35.0)

4.92

(125.0) 3.00

(76.2)

1.29

(32.8)

0.12

(3.0)

1.14

(29.0)

1.38

(35.0)

4.92

(125.0)

1.44

(36.6)

4.25

(108.0)

1.38

(35.0)

5.02

(127.5)

4.92

(125.0)

0.05

(1.3)

Circuit Breaker

Mounting Hole

in.

(mm)

Dimensions:

Figure 32: PowerPact H- and J-Frame Circuit Breaker Toggle Handle With Escutcheon Door Cutout

3.50

(88.9)

0.45

(11.4) 2.28

(57.9)

0.75

(19.1)

4.92

(125.0)

4.09

(103.9)

1.38

(35.0)

Circuit Breaker

Mounting Hole

in.

(mm)

Dimensions:

PowerPact H-, J-, and L-Frame Circuit Breakers

Circuit Breaker Dimensions

175

02/2016

Figure 33: PowerPact H- and J-Frame Circuit Breaker Fixed Rotary Handle Cutout

3.44

(87.4)

4.82

122.4)

0.79

(20.0)

4.02

(102.9)

With

Escutcheon

5.82

(147.9)

With

Escutcheon

Circuit Breaker

Mounting Hole

1.22

(30.9) 1.38

(35.0)

3.81

(96.8)

Without

Escutcheon

1.32

(33.5)

2.99

(75.9)

Without

Escutcheon

4.92

(125.0)

0.13

(3.3)

0.25

(6.4)

4.48

(113.8)

6.18

(157.0)

in.

(mm)

Dimensions:

Figure 34: PowerPact H- and J-Frame Circuit Breaker Door Mounted Rotary Handle Cutout

7.3

(185)

Min.

Max. 23.5

(600)

1.38

(35.0)

0.16

(4.2)

2.8

(72)

1.05

(26.7)

2.0

(50)

2.813

(71.5)

4.92

(125.0)

Circuit Breaker

Mounting Hole

in.

(mm)

Dimensions:

PowerPact H-, J-, and L-Frame Circuit Breakers

Circuit Breaker Dimensions

176

Figure 35: PowerPact H- and J-Frame Circuit Breaker Motor Operator Cutout

5.63

(143.1)

7.01

(178.1)

1.22

(30.9) 1.38

(35.0)

4.09

(103.9)

With

Escutcheon

3.81

(96.8)

Without

Escutcheon

2.99

(75.9)

Without

Escutcheon

1.27

(32.3)

4.92

(125.0)

0.13

(3.3)

0.25

(6.4)

4.48

(113.8)

5.79

(147.1)

With Escutcheon

6.18

(157.0)

in.

(mm)

Dimensions:

PowerPact H-, J-, and L-Frame Circuit Breakers

Circuit Breaker Dimensions

177

02/2016

PowerPact L-Frame Circuit Breakers

Figure 36: PowerPact L-Frame Fixed Mounted Circuit Breaker

A A2 A3 A4 B B1 B2 C1 C2 C3

inch 6.69 5.65 7.87 9.53 2.76 5.51 7.28 3.76 4.33 6.61

mm 170 143.5 200 242 70 140 185 105 110 168

A2 = Short Lug Pack

AL400L61K3

CU400L61K3

AL600LF52K3

CU600LF5283

A = Medium Lug Pack

AL400L61K4

CU400L61K4

AL600LS52K3

AL600LS52K4

CU600LS52K3

CU600LS52K4

push

trip

A3 = Long Lug Pack

Compression Lug Kits

A4 = 500 Vdc Lug Pack

Figure 37: PowerPact L-Frame Circuit Breaker Mounting

G G1G4G5K

K1 K2 T T4

inch 3.93 7.87 4.46 8.93 0.88 1.77 3.54 0.23 1.25 1.38

mm 100 200 113.5 227 22.5 45 90 6 32 35

1For 2 pole circuit breaker, the middle holes are not required.

2For rear connected circuit breakers only.

3V is ≤78 in. (20 mm) on C-frame circuit breakers with secondary disconnecting blocks.

K1 K1 K1

K1 K1

Ø T

Ø T4

3P 4P

V K

3P 4P

Mounting on Backplate Mounting on Rails

PowerPact H-, J-, and L-Frame Circuit Breakers

Circuit Breaker Dimensions

178

Figure 38: Front Panel Cutouts for PowerPact L-Frame Fixed or Plug-In Circuit Breakers

C C1 C2 C3 P5 P6 R R1 R2 R4 R5 Δ

inch 1.63 4.56 3.64 7.24 4.21 4.40 1.24 2.48 2.81 5.62 7.40 3.93 + (5 x h)

mm 41.5 116 92.5 184 107 112 31.5 63 71.5 143 188 100 + (5 x h)

B/C

Cutout A

R4(3P)

R5(4P)

Cutout B

Cutout C

Figure 39: PowerPact L-Frame Circuit Breaker Front Panel Cutouts for Toggle Boot and Escutcheon

C6 C7 C20 C21 P6 R6 R7 R12 R13 Δ

inch 2.2 6 1.83 5.00 4.40 3.5 7 2.48 4.96 3.93 + (5 x h)

mm 56.5 155 46.5 126 112 90 180 63 126 100 + (5 x h)

C20

C21

R13

R12

With Toggle Boot With Escutcheon Door Hinge Point

PowerPact H-, J-, and L-Frame Circuit Breakers

Circuit Breaker Dimensions

179

02/2016

PowerPact L-Frame Plug-In and Drawout Mounting

Figure 40: PowerPact L-Frame Plug-In Circuit Breaker (On Base)

G10G11H16H17K1L L1L2P4P7P8P9

inch 5.90 11.8 6.20 12.40 1.77 2.75 5.51 7.28 6.61 1.06 1.77 3.93

mm 150 300 157.5 315 45 70 140 185 168 27 45 100

H16

H17

(

)

(*)

K1 K1

G10

G11

3P 4P

A = Terminal shields

M = Through front panel

Figure 41: PowerPact L-Frame Drawout Circuit Breaker (on Cradle)

H18 H19 L6 L7 L8 L10 P2 P4 P7 P8 P9 P12 L9

inch 5.51 11.02 4.33 8.66 98.46 11.61 4.33 6.61 1.06 1.77 3.93 1.25 10.43

mm 140 280 110 220 250 295 110 168 27 45 100 32 265

H19

P2 P12

H18

(

L10

(

)

3P 4P

M = Through front panel

PowerPact H-, J-, and L-Frame Circuit Breakers

Circuit Breaker Dimensions

180

Figure 42: PowerPact L-Frame Circuit Breaker Mounting Through a Backplate

G10 G11 G12 G13 K K1 K2 K5 K6 K7 K11 K12 K13

inch 5.90 11.8 5.39 10.7 0.88 1.77 3.54 2.81 2.81 7.4 7.40 3.60 8.98

mm 150 300 137 274 22.5 45 90 71.5 143 188 91.5 183 228

3P 4P

G10

G11

G12

G13

3P 4P

G10

G11

G12

G13

K11

K12

K11

K13

Plug-In Base Cradle

Figure 43: PowerPact L-Frame Circuit Breaker Mounting on Rails (Plug-In Base or Cradle)

G20 G21 K20 K21 K22 T

inch 2.95 5.90 8.97 1.96 5.71 0.24

mm 75 150 50 100 145 6

K20

K22

K20

K21

G20

G21

3P 4P

Figure 44: PowerPact L-Frame Circuit Breaker Front-Panel Cutouts

C11 C17 P44 R8 R9

inch 6.10 2.22 5.78 3.54 7.08

mm 155 56.5 147 90 180

P44

C17

C11

Plug-in Mounting

Drawout with Extended

Front-Panel Escutcheons

PowerPact H-, J-, and L-Frame Circuit Breakers

Circuit Breaker Dimensions

181

02/2016

PowerPact L-Frame Circuit Breaker Handles and Handle Operators

Figure 45: PowerPact L-Frame Circuit Breaker Motor Operators

A14A15A16A17B B1B2B8B9C4C5C6D1

inch 1.57 4.84 2.05 3.94 2.76 5.51 7.28 2.42 4.84 8.46 10.08 10.16 3.94

mm 40 123 52 100 70 140 185 61.5 123 215 256 258 100

C5/C6

A17

A15

A14 A16

C5: without keylock

C6: with keylock

Figure 46: PowerPact L-Frame Circuit Breaker Motor Operator Front-Panel Cutouts

C22 C23 P45 R14 R15 Δ

inch 1.63 4.96 8.54 2.53 5.08 3.93 + (5 x h)

mm 41.5 126 217 64.5 129 100 + (5 x h)

P45

PowerPact H-, J-, and L-Frame Circuit Breakers

Circuit Breaker Dimensions

182

Figure 47: PowerPact L-Frame Circuit Breaker Cable-Operating Handles

11.32

(287)

7.01

(178)

4.31

(184)

13.5

(34.3)

4.29

(109)

9.38

(238)

10.38

(264)

7.996

(203)

0.31

(8)

1.06

(27)

Dimensions: in.

(mm)

Figure 48: PowerPact L-Frame Circuit Breaker Rotary-Operating Handles

A14 A15 A18 B B1 B2 B8 B9 B10 C7 C8 C9 D1

inch 1.57 4.84 0.97 2.76 5.51 7.28 2.42 4.84 0.20 5.71 7.05 7.40 3.94

mm 40 123 24.6 70 140 185 61.5 123 5 145 179 188 100

A18

B10

60°

C8/C9

A14

A15 X

C8: without keylock

C9: with keylock

PowerPact H-, J-, and L-Frame Circuit Breakers

Circuit Breaker Dimensions

183

02/2016

Figure 49: PowerPact L-Frame Motor-Control Center Circuit Breaker Direct Rotary-Operating Handle

A18 A19 A20 B10 B11 B12 P1 S1 S2 S3 S4 S5

inch 0.97 3.27 6.30 0.20 3.35 6.30 5.87 5.71 2.95 5.71 2.01 0.04–0.12

mm 24.6 83 160 5 85 160 149 145 75 145 51 1–3

A18

A19

A20

B10

B12

B11

S5 max.

Front-Panel Cutout Operating Handle

Figure 50: PowerPact L-Frame Circuit Breaker Extended Rotary Handle Mounting

R1 min R1 max R2 min R2 max A18 B10 D1

inch 7.68 23.62 10.71 23.62 0.97 0.20 3.94

mm 195 600 272 600 24.6 5 100

1.06 (27)

1.77 (45)

D1 R1 1.85

(47)

2 Ø

A18

B10

1.42

(36)

2.83

(72)

45°

A18

1.48

(37.5)

B10

60°

2.95

(75)

2.95

(75)

0.39

(10)

1.48

(37.5)

0.17

(4.2)

1.97

(50)

1.77 (45) 1.85

(47)

Fixed or Plug-In Mounted Drawout Mounting

Dimensions: in.

(mm)

PowerPact H-, J-, and L-Frame Circuit Breakers

Circuit Breaker Dimensions

184

L-Frame Circuit Breaker Front Accessories

Figure 51: PowerPact L-Frame Circuit Breaker Extended Escutcheons

A4 A5 B2 B3 C S6

inch 4.82 5.43 4.82 5.43 2.36 1.38

mm 122.5 134 122.5 134 60 35

For toggle

IP43 toggle cover

Figure 52: PowerPact L-Frame Circuit Breaker Front-Panel Escutcheons

A1 A2 D1 D2 M2 M3 M6 M7

inch 4.01 7.44 0.13 0.25 6.10 5.59 6.45 5.94

mm 102 189 3.5 6.5 115 142 164 151

D2D1

06153175

D2D1

For Toggle For Extended Escutcheon, Motor Operator Module or Rotary Handle

PowerPact H-, J-, and L-Frame Circuit Breakers

Circuit Breaker Dimensions

185

02/2016

PowerPact L-Frame Circuit Breaker Interlocking Systems

Figure 53: PowerPact L-Frame Circuit Breaker Interlocking Systems with Rotary-Operating Handles

ABCDFGHJ KLMN

inch 16.38 4.53 3.94 7.87 8.27 6.18 0.20 0.97 15.20 3.94 6.89 2.93

mm 416 115 100 200 210 157 5 24.6 386 100 175 74.5

Figure 54: PowerPact L-Frame Circuit Breaker Interlocking Systems with Toggle Handles

C2 C3 L L16 L17 R2 R19 P5

inch 3.64 7.24 2.75 7.28 12.79 2.81 7.28 4.21

mm 92.5 184 70 185 325 71.5 185 107

L16

L17

R19 R2R2 Y

PowerPact H-, J-, and L-Frame Circuit Breakers

Circuit Breaker Dimensions

186

PowerPact L-Frame Circuit Breaker Connectors

Figure 55: PowerPact L-Frame Circuit Breaker Fixed-Mounted Connections

G4 G5 K1 P13

inch 4.46 8.93 1.77 1.02

mm 113.5 227 45 526

P13

K1K1

Figure 56: PowerPact L-Frame Circuit Breaker Front Connections

4.46

(113.5)

0.55

(14)

4.46

(113.5)

1.83

(46.5)

0.55

(14)

4.46

(113.5)

Front Connections Bus Bar Connection

M10 Screws

Dimensions: in.

(mm)

Figure 57: PowerPact L-Frame Circuit Breaker Rear Connections

(*) Short RC : 1.96 (50)

(**) Long RC : 4.52 (115)

1.99 (50) (*)

4.52 (115)(**)

1.18

(30)

0.59

(15) 0.33

(13)

0.31

(8)

4.46

(113.5)

0.55

(14)

0.91

(23.2)

Dimensions: in.

(mm)

PowerPact H-, J-, and L-Frame Circuit Breakers

Circuit Breaker Dimensions

187

02/2016

Figure 58: PowerPact L-Frame Circuit Breaker Plug-In or Drawout Mounting Connections

inch 1.77

mm 45

3P 4P

Figure 59: PowerPact L-Frame Circuit Breaker Rear Connections Fitted at Lower Limit

E G33 P22 P23

inch 0.23 4.09 4.50–7.14 3.93–6.57

mm 6 104 114.5–181.5 100–167

G33

P23

P22

Figure 60: PowerPact L-Frame Circuit Breaker Rear Connections Fitted at Upper Limit

E G35 P22 P23

inch 0.23 5.07 4.50–7.14 3.93–6.57

mm 6 129 114.5–181.5 100–167

P23

P22

G35

PowerPact H-, J-, and L-Frame Circuit Breakers

Accessory Dimensional Drawings

188

Section 14—Accessory Dimensional Drawings

Accessory Dimensions

Figure 61: IFE Ethernet Interface

Figure 62: I/O (Input/Output) Application Module

Figure 63: IFM Modbus-SL Interface

ETH1 ETH2

Modbus-SL

LV434011

ETH1 LK/10-100/ACT

ETH2 LK/10-100/ACT

Module Status

Network Status

IFE

IFE-XX.YY.ZZ (factory set)

Modbus-

LV4

011

ETH1 LK/10-100/ACT

ETH2 LK/10-100/ACT

Module Status

Status

IFE

FE-XX.YY.ZZ (factory set)

2.83

(72)

2.80

(71)

2.50

(63,6)

1.77

(45)3.34

(84,8)

3.62

(92) 4.13

(105)

Dimensions: in.

(mm)

O1 O2 O3 A1

14 23 24 33 34 T1 T2

I1 A1

I1 I2 I3 I4 I5 I6CCC

24VDC

LV434063

2.83

(72)

3.62

(92)

2.50

(63,6)

1.77

(45) 3.34

(84,8)

4.53

(115)

2.80

(71)

Dimensions: in.

(mm)

0.71

(18)

3.62

(92)

1.77

(45) 3.35

(85)

4.13

(105)

2.60

(66)

2.87

(73)

Dimensions: in.

(mm)

PowerPact H-, J-, and L-Frame Circuit Breakers

Accessory Dimensional Drawings

189

02/2016

Figure 64: FDM121 Switchboard Display Dimensions

Figure 65: FDM121 Switchboard Display Mounting Through Panel

Figure 66: FDM121 Switchboard Display Mounting On Panel

3.78

(96)

3.78

(96)

Dimensions: in.

(mm)

0.81

(20,7)

0.42

(10,6) 0.91

(23)

3.62+0.03/-0

(92+0.8/-0)

3.62+0.03/-0

(92+0.8/-0)

Dimensions: in.

(mm)

0.59

(15)

1.46

(37)

99.3

2 Ø

0.75

(19)

1.26+/-0.02

(32+/-0.5)

3.91

(99,3)

0.65

(16,5)

0.89

(22,5)

0.51

(13)

0.67

(17)

0.79

(20)

1.30

(99.3)

3.91+/-0.06

(33+/-1.5)

0.23+/-0.01

(22,5+/-0,3)

Dimensions: in.

(mm)

PowerPact H-, J-, and L-Frame Circuit Breakers

Accessory Dimensional Drawings

190

Figure 67: FDM128 Switchboard Display Dimensions

Figure 68: FDM128 Switchboard Display Mounting on Panel

5.08

(129)

6.42

(163)

Dimensions: in.

(mm)

(1.5–6)

1.54

(39)

0.69

(17.5)

1.20

(30.6)

3.94

(100)

3.94

(100)

3.94

(100)

3.94

(100)

3.94

(100)

0.89+0/-0.01

(22,4+0/-0,30)

1.18+0/-0.008

(30+0/-0,20)

Dimensions: in.

(mm)

PowerPact H-, J-, and L-Frame Circuit Breakers

Accessory Dimensional Drawings

191

02/2016

Figure 69: Circuit Breaker Communication

A. FDM121 (TRV00121) E. IO application module (LV434063) I. ULP termination (TRV00880)

J. FDM128 (LV434128)

B. IFE master (LV434011)

C. IFE (LV434010)

D. IFM (TRV00210)

F. Masterpact NT/NW

G. PowerPact P/R

H. PowerPact H/J/L

H H

I1 I2 I5 I6

14 23 24 T1 T2

O2 A1

IO Module

24VDC

I1 I2 I3 I4 I5 I6

CCC

I1 I2 I3 I5 I6

14 23 24 T1 T2

O2 A1

24VDC

I1 I2 I3 I6

I2 I3 I4 I5 I6

CCC

14 23 24 33 34 T1 T2

O2 O3 A1

IO Module

24VDC

I1 I2 I3 I4 I5 I6

CCC

Eth1 Eth2

+24V

Modbus

Eth1 Eth2

+24V

Eth1 Eth2

+24V

24 V DC

K. ULP cable

L. Circuit breaker ULP cord

M. NSX cord

Ethernet

AAA

CKI

PowerPact H-, J-, and L-Frame Circuit Breakers

Trip Curves

192

Section 15—Trip Curves

PowerPact H- and J-Frame Thermal-Magnetic Trip Circuit Breakers

Figure 70:H-Frame 15–35 A (HD, HG, HJ, and HL) Thermal-Magnetic Trip

1.5

700

150

200

300

400

600

800

900

2000

3000

4000

5000

7000

8000

9000

10000

100

6000

1500

1000

500

.005

.006

.007

.008

.009

.01

.015

.02

.03

.04

.05

.06

.07

.08

.09

.15

1.5

100

200

300

400

500

600

700

800

900

1000

1500

2000

3000

4000

6000

7000

8000

9000

5000

10000

1.5

100

MULTIPLES OF RATED CURRENT

TIME IN SECONDS

.005

.006

.007

.008

.009

.01

.015

.02

.03

.04

.05

.06

.07

.08

.09

.15

1.5

100

150

200

300

400

500

600

700

800

900

1000

1500

2000

3000

4000

5000

6000

7000

8000

9000

10000

TIME IN SECONDS

CYCLE

(60 Hz)

CYCLE

(50 Hz)

150

200

300

400

500

600

700

800

900

1000

1500

2000

3000

4000

5000

6000

7000

8000

9000

10000

150

MULTIPLES OF RATED CURRENT

1 CYCLE

(60 Hz)

1 CYCLE

(50 Hz)

MAXIMUM SINGLE-POLE TRIP TIMES

AT 25°C BASED ON NEMA AB-4 2003

25 A

30 A, 35 A

20 A

15 A

MAXIMUM CLEARING TIME

(AT 50 Hz) (AT 60 Hz)

2535

2030

HD, HG, HJ, HL MOLDED CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS

CHARACTERISTIC TRIP CURVE NO. 50-1

CIRCUIT BREAKER INFORMATION

Circuit Breaker Continuous Maximum Number

Prefix Ampere Rating AC Voltage of Poles

HD, HG, HJ, HL 15–35 600 2, 3

This curve is to be used for application and coordination purposes only. The

EZ-AMP overlay feature at the bottom of the page should be used during

coordination studies.

All time/current characteristic curve data is based on 40°C ambient cold start.

Terminations are made with conductors of appropriate length and ratings.

Curve No. 0050TC0401

June 2004

D i N 48095 050 01

PowerPact H-, J-, and L-Frame Circuit Breakers

Trip Curves

193

02/2016

Figure 71:H-Frame 40–60 A (HD, HG, HJ, and HL) Thermal-Magnetic Trip

1.5

700

150

200

300

400

600

800

900

2000

3000

4000

5000

7000

8000

9000

10000

100

6000

1500

1000

500

.005

.006

.007

.008

.009

.01

.015

.02

.03

.04

.05

.06

.07

.08

.09

.15

1.5

100

200

300

400

500

600

700

800

900

1000

1500

2000

3000

4000

6000

7000

8000

9000

5000

10000

1.5

100

MULTIPLES OF RATED CURRENT

TIME IN SECONDS

.005

.006

.007

.008

.009

.01

.015

.02

.03

.04

.05

.06

.07

.08

.09

.15

1.5

100

150

200

300

400

500

600

700

800

900

1000

1500

2000

3000

4000

5000

6000

7000

8000

9000

10000

TIME IN SECONDS

1/2 CYCLE

(60 Hz)

1/2 CYCLE

(50 Hz)

150

200

300

400

500

600

700

800

900

1000

1500

2000

3000

4000

5000

6000

7000

8000

9000

10000

150

MULTIPLES OF RATED CURRENT

1 CYCLE

(60 Hz)

1 CYCLE

(50 Hz)

MAXIMUM SINGLE-POLE TRIP TIMES

AT 25°C BASED ON NEMA AB-4 2003

45 A

50 A

40 A

60 A

MAXIMUM CLEARING TIME

(AT 50 Hz) (AT 60 Hz)

60 45

HD, HG, HJ, HL MOLDED CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS

CHARACTERISTIC TRIP CURVE NO. 50-2

CIRCUIT BREAKER INFORMATION

Circuit Breaker Continuous Maximum Number

Prefix Ampere Rating AC Voltage of Poles

HD, HG, HJ, HL 40–60 600 2, 3

This curve is to be used for application and coordination purposes only. The

EZ-AMP overlay feature at the bottom of the page should be used during

coordination studies.

All time/current characteristic curve data is based on 40°C ambient cold start.

Terminations are made with conductors of appropriate length and ratings.

Curve No. 0050TC0402

June 2004

Drawing No. 48095-050-02

PowerPact H-, J-, and L-Frame Circuit Breakers

Trip Curves

194

Figure 72:H-Frame 70–100 A (HD, HG, HJ, and HL) Thermal-Magnetic Trip

1.5

700

150

200

300

400

600

800

900

2000

3000

4000

5000

7000

8000

9000

10000

100

6000

1500

1000

500

.005

.006

.007

.008

.009

.01

.015

.02

.03

.04

.05

.06

.07

.08

.09

.15

1.5

100

200

300

400

500

600

700

800

900

1000

1500

2000

3000

4000

6000

7000

8000

9000

5000

10000

1.5

100

MULTIPLES OF RATED CURRENT

TIME IN SECONDS

.005

.006

.007

.008

.009

.01

.015

.02

.03

.04

.05

.06

.07

.08

.09

.15

1.5

100

150

200

300

400

500

600

700

800

900

1000

1500

2000

3000

4000

5000

6000

7000

8000

9000

10000

TIME IN SECONDS

1/2 CYCLE

(60 Hz)

1/2 CYCLE

(50 Hz)

150

200

300

400

500

600

700

800

900

1000

1500

2000

3000

4000

5000

6000

7000

8000

9000

10000

150

MULTIPLES OF RATED CURRENT

1 CYCLE

(60 Hz)

1 CYCLE

(50 Hz)

MAXIMUM CLEARING TIME

(AT 50 Hz) (AT 60 Hz)

80100

MAXIMUM SINGLE-POLE TRIP TIMES

AT 25°C BASED ON NEMA AB-4 2003

90 A, 100 A

70 A, 80 A

HD, HG, HJ, HL MOLDED CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS

CHARACTERISTIC TRIP CURVE NO. 50-3

CIRCUIT BREAKER INFORMATION

Circuit Breaker Continuous Maximum Number

Prefix Ampere Rating AC Voltage of Poles

HD, HG, HJ, HL 70–100 600 2, 3

This curve is to be used for application and coordination purposes only. The

EZ-AMP overlay feature at the bottom of the page should be used during

coordination studies.

All time/current characteristic curve data is based on 40°C ambient cold start.

Terminations are made with conductors of appropriate length and ratings.

Curve No. 0050TC0403

June 2004

Drawing No. 48095-050-03

PowerPact H-, J-, and L-Frame Circuit Breakers

Trip Curves

195

02/2016

Figure 73:H-Frame 110–150 A (HD, HG, HJ, and HL) Thermal-Magnetic Trip

1.5

700

150

200

300

400

600

800

900

2000

3000

4000

5000

7000

8000

9000

10000

100

6000

1500

1000

500

.005

.006

.007

.008

.009

.01

.015

.02

.03

.04

.05

.06

.07

.08

.09

.15

1.5

100

200

300

400

500

600

700

800

900

1000

1500

2000

3000

4000

6000

7000

8000

9000

5000

10000

1.5

100

MULTIPLES OF RATED CURRENT

TIME IN SECONDS

.005

.006

.007

.008

.009

.01

.015

.02

.03

.04

.05

.06

.07

.08

.09

.15

1.5

100

150

200

300

400

500

600

700

800

900

1000

1500

2000

3000

4000

5000

6000

7000

8000

9000

10000

TIME IN SECONDS

1/2 CYCLE

(60 Hz)

1/2 CYCLE

(50 Hz)

150

200

300

400

500

600

700

800

900

1000

1500

2000

3000

4000

5000

6000

7000

8000

9000

10000

150

MULTIPLES OF RATED CURRENT

1 CYCLE

(60 Hz)

1 CYCLE

(50 Hz)

MAXIMUM CLEARING TIME

(AT 50 Hz) (AT 60 Hz)

110

125

150

MAXIMUM SINGLE-POLE TRIP TIMES

AT 25°C BASED ON NEMA AB-4 2003

150 A

125 A

110 A

HD, HG, HJ, HL MOLDED CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS

CHARACTERISTIC TRIP CURVE NO. 50-4

CIRCUIT BREAKER INFORMATION

Circuit Breaker Continuous Maximum Number

Prefix Ampere Rating AC Voltage of Poles

HD, HG, HJ, HL 110–150 600 2, 3

This curve is to be used for application and coordination purposes only. The

EZ-AMP overlay feature at the bottom of the page should be used during

coordination studies.

All time/current characteristic curve data is based on 40°C ambient cold start.

Terminations are made with conductors of appropriate length and ratings.

Curve No. 0050TC0404

June 2004

Drawing No. 48095-050-04

PowerPact H-, J-, and L-Frame Circuit Breakers

Trip Curves

196

Figure 74:HG and HL 30 A 500Vdc Thermal-Magnetic Trip

500 Vdc HG and HL MOLDED CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS

CHARACTERISTIC TRIP CURVE NO. 50-21

CIRCUIT BREAKER INFORMATION

Circuit Breaker Continuous Maximum Number

Prefix Ampere Rating DC Voltage of Poles

HG, HL 30 600 3 in series

This curve is to be used for application and coordination purposes only. The

EZ-AMP overlay feature at the bottom of the page should be used during

coordination studies.

All time/current characteristic curve data is based on 40°C ambient cold start.

Terminations are made with conductors of appropriate length and ratings.

Curve No. 0050TC1421

December 2014

Drawing No. 48095-050-21

PowerPact H-, J-, and L-Frame Circuit Breakers

Trip Curves

197

02/2016

Figure 75:HG and HL 50 A 500Vdc Thermal-Magnetic Trip

500 Vdc HG and HL MOLDED CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS

CHARACTERISTIC TRIP CURVE NO. 50-22

CIRCUIT BREAKER INFORMATION

Circuit Breaker Continuous Maximum Number

Prefix Ampere Rating DC Voltage of Poles

HG, HL 50 600 3 in series

This curve is to be used for application and coordination purposes only. The

EZ-AMP overlay feature at the bottom of the page should be used during

coordination studies.

All time/current characteristic curve data is based on 40°C ambient cold start.

Terminations are made with conductors of appropriate length and ratings.

Curve No. 0050TC1422

December 2014

Drawing No. 48095-050-22

PowerPact H-, J-, and L-Frame Circuit Breakers

Trip Curves

198

Figure 76:HG and HL 370 A 500Vdc Thermal-Magnetic Trip

500 Vdc HG and HL MOLDED CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS

CHARACTERISTIC TRIP CURVE NO. 50-23

CIRCUIT BREAKER INFORMATION

Circuit Breaker Continuous Maximum Number

Prefix Ampere Rating DC Voltage of Poles

HG, HL 70 600 3 in series

This curve is to be used for application and coordination purposes only. The

EZ-AMP overlay feature at the bottom of the page should be used during

coordination studies.

All time/current characteristic curve data is based on 40°C ambient cold start.

Terminations are made with conductors of appropriate length and ratings.

Curve No. 0050TC1423

December 2014

Drawing No. 48095-050-23

PowerPact H-, J-, and L-Frame Circuit Breakers

Trip Curves

199

02/2016

Figure 77:J-Frame 150–250 A (JD, JG, JJ, JL, and JR) Thermal-Magnetic Trip

1.5

700

150

200

300

400

600

800

900

2000

3000

4000

5000

7000

8000

9000

10000

100

6000

1500

1000

500

.005

.006

.007

.008

.009

.01

.015

.02

.03

.04

.05

.06

.07

.08

.09

.15

1.5

100

200

300

400

500

600

700

800

900

1000

1500

2000

3000

4000

6000

7000

8000

9000

5000

10000

1.5

100

TIME IN SECONDS

.005

.006

.007

.008

.009

.01

.015

.02

.03

.04

.05

.06

.07

.08

.09

.15

1.5

100

150

200

300

400

500

600

700

800

900

1000

1500

2000

3000

4000

5000

6000

7000

8000

9000

10000

TIME IN SECONDS

CYCLE

(60 Hz)

CYCLE

(50 Hz)

150

200

300

400

500

600

700

800

900

1000

1500

2000

3000

4000

5000

6000

7000

8000

9000

10000

150

MULTIPLES OF RATED CURRENT

1 CYCLE

(60 Hz)

1 CYCLE

(50 Hz)

LIMITS HIGH

SETTING

LIMITS LOW

SETTING

MAGNETIC TRIP

ADJUSTMENT RANGE

MAXIMUM CLEARING TIME

(AT 50 Hz) (AT 60 Hz)

225

200

150

250

175

MAXIMUM SINGLE-POLE TRIP TIMES

AT 25°C BASED ON NEMA AB-4 2003

JD, JG, JJ, JL, JR MOLDED CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS

CHARACTERISTIC TRIP CURVE NO. 50-5

CIRCUIT BREAKER INFORMATION

Circuit Breaker Continuous Maximum Number

Prefix Ampere Rating AC Voltage of Poles

JD, JG, JJ, JL, JR 150–250 600 2, 3

This curve is to be used for application and coordination purposes only.

The EZ-AMP overlay feature at the bottom of the page should be used

during coordination studies.

All time/current characteristic curve data is based on 40°C ambient cold

start. Terminations are made with conductors of appropriate length and rat-

ings.

Curve No. 0050TC0405

August 2012

Drawing No. 48095-050-05

Rev. 01

™

PowerPact H-, J-, and L-Frame Circuit Breakers

Trip Curves

200

Figure 78:J-Frame 100 A (JG) 500 Vdc Thermal-Magnetic 500 Trip

500 Vdc JG MOLDED CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS

CHARACTERISTIC TRIP CURVE NO. 50-14

CIRCUIT BREAKER INFORMATION

Circuit Breaker Continuous Maximum Number

Prefix Ampere Rating DC Voltage of Poles

JG 100 600 3 in series

This curve is to be used for application and coordination purposes only. The

EZ-AMP overlay feature at the bottom of the page should be used during

coordination studies.

All time/current characteristic curve data is based on 40°C ambient cold start.

Terminations are made with conductors of appropriate length and ratings.

Curve No. 0050TC0914

September 2009

Drawing No. 48095-050-14

PowerPact H-, J-, and L-Frame Circuit Breakers

Trip Curves

201

02/2016

Figure 79:J-Frame 125 A (JG) 500 Vdc Thermal-Magnetic Trip

500 Vdc JG MOLDED CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS

CHARACTERISTIC TRIP CURVE NO. 50-15

CIRCUIT BREAKER INFORMATION

Circuit Breaker Continuous Maximum Number

Prefix Ampere Rating DC Voltage of Poles

JG 125 600 2, 3

This curve is to be used for application and coordination purposes only. The

EZ-AMP overlay feature at the bottom of the page should be used during

coordination studies.

All time/current characteristic curve data is based on 40°C ambient cold start.

Terminations are made with conductors of appropriate length and ratings.

Curve No. 0050TC0915

September 2009

Drawing No. 48095-050-15

PowerPact H-, J-, and L-Frame Circuit Breakers

Trip Curves

202

Figure 80:J-Frame 150 A (JG) 500 Vdc Thermal-Magnetic Trip

500 Vdc JG MOLDED CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS

CHARACTERISTIC TRIP CURVE NO. 50-16

CIRCUIT BREAKER INFORMATION

Circuit Breaker Continuous Maximum Number

Prefix Ampere Rating DC Voltage of Poles

JG 150 600 2, 3

This curve is to be used for application and coordination purposes only. The

EZ-AMP overlay feature at the bottom of the page should be used during

coordination studies.

All time/current characteristic curve data is based on 40°C ambient cold start.

Terminations are made with conductors of appropriate length and ratings.

Curve No. 0050TC0916

September 2009

Drawing No. 48095-050-16

PowerPact H-, J-, and L-Frame Circuit Breakers

Trip Curves

203

02/2016

Figure 81:J-Frame 175 A (JG) 500 Vdc Thermal-Magnetic Trip

500 Vdc JG MOLDED CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS

CHARACTERISTIC TRIP CURVE NO. 50-17

CIRCUIT BREAKER INFORMATION

Circuit Breaker Continuous Maximum Number

Prefix Ampere Rating DC Voltage of Poles

JG 175 600 2, 3

This curve is to be used for application and coordination purposes only. The

EZ-AMP overlay feature at the bottom of the page should be used during

coordination studies.

All time/current characteristic curve data is based on 40°C ambient cold start.

Terminations are made with conductors of appropriate length and ratings.

Curve No. 0050TC0917

September 2009

Drawing No. 48095-050-17

PowerPact H-, J-, and L-Frame Circuit Breakers

Trip Curves

204

Figure 82:J-Frame 200 A (JG) 500 Vdc Thermal-Magnetic Trip

500 Vdc JG MOLDED CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS

CHARACTERISTIC TRIP CURVE NO. 50-18

CIRCUIT BREAKER INFORMATION

Circuit Breaker Continuous Maximum Number

Prefix Ampere Rating DC Voltage of Poles

JG 200 600 2, 3

This curve is to be used for application and coordination purposes only. The

EZ-AMP overlay feature at the bottom of the page should be used during

coordination studies.

All time/current characteristic curve data is based on 40°C ambient cold start.

Terminations are made with conductors of appropriate length and ratings.

Curve No. 0050TC0918

September 2009

Drawing No. 48095-050-18

PowerPact H-, J-, and L-Frame Circuit Breakers

Trip Curves

205

02/2016

Figure 83:J-Frame 225 A (JG) 500 Vdc Thermal-Magnetic Trip

500 Vdc JG MOLDED CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS

CHARACTERISTIC TRIP CURVE NO. 50-19

CIRCUIT BREAKER INFORMATION

Circuit Breaker Continuous Maximum Number

Prefix Ampere Rating DC Voltage of Poles

JG 225 600 2, 3

This curve is to be used for application and coordination purposes only. The

EZ-AMP overlay feature at the bottom of the page should be used during

coordination studies.

All time/current characteristic curve data is based on 40°C ambient cold start.

Terminations are made with conductors of appropriate length and ratings.

Curve No. 0050TC0919

September 2009

Drawing No. 48095-050-19

PowerPact H-, J-, and L-Frame Circuit Breakers

Trip Curves

206

Figure 84:J-Frame 250 A (JG) 500 Vdc Thermal-Magnetic Trip

500 Vdc JG MOLDED CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS

CHARACTERISTIC TRIP CURVE NO. 50-20

CIRCUIT BREAKER INFORMATION

Circuit Breaker Continuous Maximum Number

Prefix Ampere Rating DC Voltage of Poles

JG 250 600 2, 3

This curve is to be used for application and coordination purposes only. The

EZ-AMP overlay feature at the bottom of the page should be used during

coordination studies.

All time/current characteristic curve data is based on 40°C ambient cold start.

Terminations are made with conductors of appropriate length and ratings.

Curve No. 0050TC0920

September 2009

Drawing No. 48095-050-20

PowerPact H-, J-, and L-Frame Circuit Breakers

Trip Curves

207

02/2016

Figure 85:L-Frame 300–450 A (LG and LL) 500 Vdc Thermal-Magnetic Trip

L-Frame 400A

Im=875A...1750A / DC

DB413324.eps

L-Frame 450A

'%

Reflex tripping

Im=1125A ...2500A/ DC

L-Frame 350A

Im=750A...1500A / DC

DB413324.eps

t<20ms t<20ms

t<20ms

L-Frame 300A

DB413326.eps

Reflex tripping

Im=1000A...2000A / DC

t<20ms

Reflex tripping Reflex tripping

PowerPact H-, J-, and L-Frame Circuit Breakers

Trip Curves

208

Figure 86:L-Frame 500–800 A (LG and LL) 500 Vdc Thermal-Magnetic Trip

L-Frame 600A

L-Frame 500A

L-Frame 700A L-Frame 800A

DB413326.eps

Reflex tripping

Im=1250A...2500A / DC

t<20ms

DB413326.eps

Reflex tripping

Im=1500A...3000A / DC

t<20ms

DB413326.eps

Reflex tripping

Im=1750A...3500A / DC

t<20ms

DB413326.eps

Reflex tripping

Im=2000A...4000A / DC

t<20ms

PowerPact H-, J-, and L-Frame Circuit Breakers

Trip Curves

209

02/2016

Figure 87:L-Frame 900–1200 A (LG and LL) 500 Vdc Thermal-Magnetic Trip

L-Frame 1000A

L-Frame 900A

L-Frame 1200A

DB413326.eps

Reflex tripping

Im=2250A...4500A / DC

t<20ms

DB413326.eps

Reflex tripping

Im=2500A...5000A / DC

t<20ms

DB413326.eps

Reflex tripping

Im=3000A...6000A / DC

t<20ms

PowerPact H-, J-, and L-Frame Circuit Breakers

Trip Curves

210

Figure 88:H-Frame 150 A Typical Peak Let-Through Curves

20 30 40 50 60 70 80 9010

200100

Available Short Circuit Current (RMS Symmetrical Amperes x 103)

Typical* Peak Let-Through Current (Amperes x 103)

*Based on typical values obtained throughout the circuit breaker development and UL test programs.

480 V

240 V

600 V

Maximum

Available

Peak Current

at 25% Power Factor

Maximum

Available

Peak Current

at 15% Power Factor

(/(&7521,&02/'('&$6(&,5&8,7%5($.(56

32:(53$&7+²)5$0(&855(17/,0,7,1*&,5&8,7%5($.(56

$)5$0($7$1'9

³$

3($./(77+528*+&855(17OS

'UDZLQJ1R

$SULO

5HY

6FKQHLGHU(OHFWULFDOOULJKWVUHVHUYHG

PowerPact H-, J-, and L-Frame Circuit Breakers

Trip Curves

211

02/2016

Figure 89:H-Frame 150 A Typical I

t Let-Through Curves

20 30 40 50 60 70 80 9010

200100

Available Short Circuit Current (RMS Symmetrical Amperes x 103)

Typical* Let-Through I2t (Amperes2 Seconds x 106)

*Based on typical values obtained throughout the circuit breaker development and UL test programs.

I2t

240 V

480 V

600 V

(/(&7521,&02/'('&$6(&,5&8,7%5($.(56

32:(53$&7+²)5$0(&855(17/,0,7,1*&,5&8,7%5($.(56

$)5$0($7$1'9

³$

/(77+528*+&855(17OW

'UDZLQJ1R

$SULO

5HY

6FKQHLGHU(OHFWULFDOOULJKWVUHVHUYHG

PowerPact H-, J-, and L-Frame Circuit Breakers

Trip Curves

212

Figure 90:J-Frame 250 A Typical Peak Let-Through Curves

20 30 40 50 60 70 80 9010

200100

Available Short Circuit Current (RMS Symmetrical Amperes x 103)

Typical* Peak Let-Through Current (Amperes x 103)

*Based on typical values obtained throughout the circuit breaker development and UL test programs.

Maximum

Available

Peak Current

at 25% Power Factor

Maximum

Available

Peak Current

at 15% Power Factor

240 V

JLR

480 V

600 V

(/(&7521,&02/'('&$6(&,5&8,7%5($.(56

32:(53$&7-²)5$0(&855(17/,0,7,1*&,5&8,7%5($.(56

$)5$0($7$1'9

³$

3($./(77+528*+&855(17OS

'UDZLQJ1R

$SULO

5HY

6FKQHLGHU(OHFWULFDOOULJKWVUHVHUYHG

PowerPact H-, J-, and L-Frame Circuit Breakers

Trip Curves

213

02/2016

Figure 91:J-Frame 250 A Typical I

t Let-Through Curves

20 30 40 50 60 70 80 9010

200100

Available Short Circuit Current (RMS Symmetrical Amperes x 103)

Typical* Let-Through I2t (Amperes2 Seconds x 106)

*Based on typical values obtained throughout the circuit breaker development and UL test programs.

I2t

240 V

480 V

600 V

(/(&7521,&02/'('&$6(&,5&8,7%5($.(56

32:(53$&7-²)5$0(&855(17/,0,7,1*&,5&8,7%5($.(56

$)5$0($7$1'9

³$

/(77+528*+&855(17OW

'UDZLQJ1R

$SULO

5HY

6FKQHLGHU(OHFWULFDOOULJKWVUHVHUYHG

PowerPact H-, J-, and L-Frame Circuit Breakers

Trip Curves

214

Figure 92:H- and J-Frame Motor Circuit Protector































































































































































































































































































































































































































!"



!"















































!"



!"

#

#

#

#

#

#

$&'$+,::;&<=



































;





K#

## # #

 #

#

#



K

&=:$&:$&,?'=Q;Z?;&:









POWERPACT H/J FRAME MOTOR CIRCUIT PROTECTOR

WITH MANUAL SETTINGS

CHARACTERISTIC TRIP CURVE NO. 045-1

The time-current curve information represents the typical response and is to

be used for application and coordination purposes only.

Curves apply from -30C to +60C ambient temperature.

Notes:

• The MCP is an instantaneous only breaker that detects the peaks of the

current. In order to trip within the specified time-current levels, consecutive

peaks of the current must exceed the selected setting’s threshold.

• Total clearing times shown include the response times of the trip unit, the

circuit breaker opening, and the extinction of the current.

• The time-current curve represents single-phase to three-phase fault currents.

MOTOR CIRCUIT PROTECTOR INFORMATION

Suffix # FLA Adjustments

M71 1.5 3 6 8 11 14 17 20 25

M72 14 17 21 24 27 29 32 36 42

M73 30 35 41 46 51 56 63 71 80

M74 58 71 79 86 91 97 110 119 130

M75 114 137 145 155 163 172 181 210 217

Suffix Lowest Highest IM

# Setting Setting Adjustment

M71 12 325 8x 9x 10x 11x 12x 13x

M72 112 546 8x 9x 10x 11x 12x 13x

M73 240 1040 8x 9x 10x 11x 12x 13x

M74 464 1690 8x 9x 10x 11x 12x 13x

M75 912 2500 8x 9x 10x 11x 12x 13x

Suffix # Nominal Fault Current Level Maximum Clearing Time

M71 670

M72 1150

M73 2150 1/2-1 Cycle

M74 3450

M75 3600



Curve No. 0045TC0601

August 2006

Drawing No. 48095-045-01

PowerPact H-, J-, and L-Frame Circuit Breakers

Trip Curves

215

02/2016

Figure 93:H- and J-Frame Motor Circuit Protector



















































































































































































































































































































































































































!"



!"















































!"



!"

#

':?

':?































K#

###  #

 #

#

#

':?K$:;[,::;&<=









?:?Q\Z,;Z?],?:?Q\Z,],?:,'Q



':?,::;&<

$KZ,&;&<^?Q

?:?Q&_`'=f

':?\Z,;Z?

jqjj:$&]$Q]

qj&,Q<\^^;[;,&:

&,Q<;,^^;[$[,

&,Q<;$^;[;,&:,









;



POWERPACT H/J FRAME MOTOR CIRCUIT PROTECTOR

WITH AUTO SETTINGS

CHARACTERISTIC TRIP CURVE NO. 045-2

The time-current curve information represents the typical response and is to

be used for application and coordination purposes only.

Curves apply from -30C to +60C ambient temperature.

Notes:

• The MCP is an instantaneous only breaker that detects the peaks of the

current. In order to trip within the specified time-current levels, consecutive

peaks of the current must exceed the selected setting’s threshold.

• Total clearing times shown include the response times of the trip unit, the

circuit breaker opening, and the extinction of the current.

• The time-current curve represents single-phase to three-phase fault currents.

MOTOR CIRCUIT PROTECTOR INFORMATION

Suffix # FLA Adjustments

M71 1.5 3 6 8 11 14 17 20 25

M72 14 17 21 24 27 29 32 36 42

M73 30 35 41 46 51 56 63 71 80

M74 58 71 79 86 91 97 110 119 130

M75 114 137 145 155 163 172 181 210 217

Suffix # Auto Instantanious Trip Dampening For Motor

Setting Point % FLA In-Rush % FLA

M71, M72 Auto 1 800 1300

M73, M74 Auto 2 1100 1700

6x 600 1300

Auto 1 800 1300

M75 Auto 2 1100 1100 – 1700

6x 600 1100 – 1300

Suffix # Nominal Fault Current Level Maximum Clearing Time

M71 670

M72 1150

M73 2150 1/2-1 Cycle

M74 3450

M75 3600



Curve No. 0045TC0602

August 2006

Drawing No. 48095-045-02

PowerPact H-, J-, and L-Frame Circuit Breakers

Trip Curves

216

Figure 94:H-Frame UL Listed Current-Limiting Circuit Breaker

20000

30000

40000

50000

60000

70000

80000

90000

100000

5000

6000

7000

8000

9000

150000

200000

10000

6000

7000

8000

9000

10000

20000

30000

40000

50000

60000

Availability (RMS Symmetrical Amperes)

Maximum* Peak Let-Through Current (Amperes)

*Based on maximum values obtained throughout the circuit breaker development and UL test programs.

Maximum

Available

Peak Current

at 15% Power Factor 600 V 3Ø

480 V 3Ø

240 V 3Ø

7+(50$/0$*1(7,&02/'('&$6(&,5&8,7%5($.(56

+²)5$0(&855(17/,0,7,1*&,5&8,7%5($.(56

+$)5$0($7$1'9

+-+/$1'+5³$

3($./(77+528*+&855(17OS

'UDZLQJ1R

$SULO

5HY

6FKQHLGHU(OHFWULFDOOULJKWVUHVHUYHG

PowerPact H-, J-, and L-Frame Circuit Breakers

Trip Curves

217

02/2016

Figure 95:H-Frame UL Listed Current-Limiting Circuit Breaker

20000

30000

40000

50000

60000

70000

80000

90000

5000

6000

7000

8000

9000

100000

150000

200000

10000

1.0

2.0

Availability (RMS Symmetrical Amperes)

*Based on maximum values obtained throughout the circuit breaker development and UL test programs.

Maximum* Let-Through I

t (Amperes

Seconds x 10

)

600 V 3Ø

480 V 3Ø

240 V 3Ø

7+(50$/0$*1(7,&02/'('&$6(&,5&8,7%5($.(56

+²)5$0(&855(17/,0,7,1*&,5&8,7%5($.(56

+$)5$0($7$1'9

+-+/$1'+5³$

/(77+528*+&855(17O



'UDZLQJ1R

$SULO

5HY

6FKQHLGHU(OHFWULFDOOULJKWVUHVHUYHG

PowerPact H-, J-, and L-Frame Circuit Breakers

Trip Curves

218

Figure 96:J-Frame UL Listed Current -Limiting Circuit Breaker

20000

30000

40000

50000

60000

70000

80000

90000

100000

5000

6000

7000

8000

9000

150000

200000

10000

6000

7000

8000

9000

10000

20000

30000

40000

50000

60000

Availability (RMS Symmetrical Amperes)

Maximum* Peak Let-Through Current (Amperes)

*Based on maximum values obtained throughout the circuit breaker development and UL test programs.

Maximum

Available

Peak Current

at 15% Power Factor

600 V 3Ø

480 V 3Ø

240 V 3Ø

7+(50$/0$*1(7,&02/'('&$6(&,5&8,7%5($.(56

-²)5$0(&855(17/,0,7,1*&,5&8,7%5($.(56

-$)5$0($7$1'9

---/$1'-5³$

3($./(77+528*+&855(17OS

'UDZLQJ1R

$SULO

5HY

6FKQHLGHU(OHFWULFDOOULJKWVUHVHUYHG

PowerPact H-, J-, and L-Frame Circuit Breakers

Trip Curves

219

02/2016

Figure 97:J-Frame UL Listed Current-Limiting Circuit Breaker

20000

30000

40000

50000

60000

70000

80000

90000

5000

6000

7000

8000

9000

100000

150000

200000

10000

1.0

2.0

Availability (RMS Symmetrical Amperes)

I2t

*Based on maximum values obtained throughout the circuit breaker development and UL test programs.

Maximum* Let-Through I2t (Amperes2 Seconds x 106)

600 V 3Ø

480 V 3Ø

240 V 3Ø

7+(50$/0$*1(7,&02/'('&$6(&,5&8,7%5($.(56

-²)5$0(&855(17/,0,7,1*&,5&8,7%5($.(56

-$)5$0($7$1'9

---/$1'-5³$

/(77+528*+&855(17O



'UDZLQJ1R

$SULO

5HY

6FKQHLGHU(OHFWULFDOOULJKWVUHVHUYHG

PowerPact H-, J-, and L-Frame Circuit Breakers

Trip Curves

220

Figure 98:Ground Fault Module GFM150HD Trip Curve

Pickup Levels ±10% Curve 980-1

Time in Seconds

Current in Amperes

Circuit Breaker Will

Instantaneous Trip

Above 1200 A

Delay Band

09603011

Figure 99:Ground Fault Module GFM250JD Trip Curve

Pickup Levels ±10% Curve 980-2

Time in Seconds

Current in Amperes

Circuit Breaker Will

Instantaneous Trip Above

2500 A

Delay Band

09603012

PowerPact H-, J-, and L-Frame Circuit Breakers

Trip Curves

221

02/2016

Figure 100:Earth Leakage Module Trip Curve

.015

.005

.006

.007

.008

.009

.01

.02

.03

.04

.05

.06

.07

.08

.09

.15

.015

.005

.006

.007

.008

.009

.01

.02

.03

.04

.05

.06

.07

.08

.09

.15

.005

.006

.007

.008

.009

.01

.015

.02

.03

.04

.05

.06

.07

.08

.09

.15

1.5

100

1500

2000

3000

4000

6000

7000

8000

9000

5000

10000

TRIP THRESHOLD CURRENT (AMPERES)

TIME IN SECONDS

.005

.006

.007

.008

.009

.01

.015

.02

.03

.04

.05

.06

.07

.08

.09

.15

1.5

100

150

200

300

400

500

600

700

800

900

1000

150

200

300

400

500

600

700

800

900

1000

1500

2000

3000

4000

5000

6000

7000

8000

9000

10000

TIME IN SECONDS

1/2 CYCLE

(60 Hz)

1/2 CYCLE

(50 Hz)

1.5

100

1.5

100

TRIP THRESHOLD CURRENT (AMPERES)

1 CYCLE

(60 Hz)

1 CYCLE

(50 Hz)

3.0 A

1.0 A

300 MA

0.50 SECONDS

0.10 SECONDS

0.06 SECONDS

INSTANTANEOUS

100 MA

30 MA

EARTH LEAKAGE MODULES (ELM) FOR

POWERPACT TM H AND J-FRAME

MOLDED CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS

CHARACTERISTIC TRIP CURVE NO. 961-1

Catalog Number Circuit Breaker CB Amps CB Voltage Number Of Poles

ELM150HD PowerPact H-Frame 15–150 600 3

ELM250JD PowerPact J-Frame 150–250 600 3

Total clearing times shown include the response times of the ELM,

the circuit breaker shunt trip, the circuit breaker opening, and the

extinction of the current. Curves apply from -30°C to +60°C ambient

temperature. Refer also to the circuit breaker trip curves for

PowerPact H- and J-Frame Circuit Breakers.

Note: Trip curves dene the performance under normal conditions.

Add 0.030 seconds for closing breaker/module on an existing fault.

PowerPact H-, J-, and L-Frame Circuit Breakers

Trip Curves

222

PowerPact H- and J-Frame Thermal-Magnetic Trip MCP Instantaneous Trip Points

Table 143:M71 Instantaneous Trip Points

Automatic Setting (A) Manual Adjustment (A)

Im Setting 1 2 6x 8x 9x 10x 11x 12x 13x

Motor Type NEMA A, B, C, D B, E (FLA) x (Im)

IEC N H

FLA

1.5 12 16.5 9 12 13.5 15 16.5 18 19.5

3 24 33 18 242730333639

6 48 66 36 485460667278

8 64 88 48 6472808896104

11 88 121 66 88 99 110 121 132 143

14 112 154 84 112 126 140 154 168 182

17 136 187 102 136 153 170 187 204 221

20 160 220 120 160 180 200 220 240 260

25 200 275 150 200 225 250 275 300 325

Dampening for motor in-rush (% FLA) 1300% 1700% 1300% —

Table 144:M72 Instantaneous Trip Points

Automatic Setting (A)

1± 5% of nominal amperage shown above.

Manual Adjustment (A)

Im Setting 1 2 6x 8x 9x 10x 11x 12x 13x

Motor Type NEMA A, B, C, D B, E (FLA) x (Im)

IEC N H

FLA

14 112 154 84 112 126 140 154 168 182

17 136 187 102 136 153 170 187 204 221

21 168 231 126 168 189 210 231 252 273

24 192 264 144 192 216 240 264 288 312

27 216 297 162 216 243 270 297 324 351

29 232 319 174 232 261 290 319 348 377

32 256 352 192 256 288 320 352 384 416

36 288 396 216 288 324 360 396 432 468

42 336 462 252 336 378 420 462 504 546

Dampening for motor in-rush (% FLA) 1300% 1700% 1300% —

PowerPact H-, J-, and L-Frame Circuit Breakers

Trip Curves

223

02/2016

Table 145:M73 Instantaneous Trip Points

Automatic Setting (A)

1± 5% of nominal amperage shown above.

Manual Adjustment (A)

Im Setting 1 2 6x 8x 9x 10x 11x 12x 13x

Motor Type NEMA A, B, C, D B, E (FLA) x (Im)

IEC N H

FLA

30 240 330 180 240 270 300 330 360 390

35 280 385 210 280 315 350 385 420 455

41 328 451 246 328 369 410 451 492 533

46 368 506 276 368 414 460 506 552 598

51 408 561 306 408 459 510 561 612 663

56 448 616 336 448 504 560 616 672 728

63 504 693 378 504 567 630 693 756 819

71 568 781 426 568 639 710 781 852 923

80 640 880 480 640 720 800 880 960 1040

Dampening for motor in-rush (% FLA) 1300% 1700% 1300% —

Table 146:M74 Instantaneous Trip Points

Automatic Setting (A)

1± 5% of nominal amperage shown above.

Manual Adjustment (A)

Im Setting 1 2 6x 8x 9x 10x 11x 12x 13x

Motor Type NEMA A, B, C, D B, E (FLA) x (Im)

IEC N H

FLA

58 464 638 348 464 522 580 638 696 754

71 568 781 426 568 639 710 781 852 923

79 632 869 474 632 711 790 869 948 1027

86 688 946 516 688 774 860 946 1032 1118

91 728 1001 546 728 819 910 1001 1092 1183

97 776 1067 582 776 873 970 1067 1164 1261

110 880 1210 660 880 990 1100 1210 1320 1430

119 952 1309 714 952 1071 1190 1309 1428 1547

130 1040 1430 780 1040 1170 1300 1430 1560 1690

Dampening for motor in-rush (% FLA) 1300% 1700% 1300% —

Table 147:M75 Instantaneous Trip Points

Automatic Setting (A)

1± 5% of nominal amperage shown above.

Manual Adjustment (A)

Im Setting 1 2 6x 8x 9x 10x 11x 12x 13x

Motor Type NEMA A, B, C, D B, E (FLA) x (Im)

IEC N H

FLA

114 912 1254 684 912 1026 1140 1254 1368 1482

137 1096 1507 822 1096 1233 1370 1507 1644 1781

145 1160 1595 870 1160 1305 1450 1595 1740 1885

155 1240 1705 930 1240 1395 1550 1705 1860 2015

163 1304 1793 978 1304 1467 1630 1793 1956 2119

172 1376 1892 1032 1376 1548 1720 1892 2064 2236

181 1448 1991 1086 1448 1629 1810 1991 2172 2353

210 1680 2310 1260 1680 1890 2100 2310 2500 2

22500 A maximum instantaneous trip point.

2500 2

217 1736 2387 1302 1736 1953 2170 2387 2500 22500 2

Dampening for motor in-rush (% FLA) 1100–1300% 1100–1700% 1100–

1300% —

PowerPact H-, J-, and L-Frame Circuit Breakers

Trip Curves

224

PowerPact H-Frame Electronic Trip Circuit Breakers—

60/100/150 A Frame

Figure 101:Micrologic 3.2 Electronic Trip Unit Long Time Trip Curve

MICROLOGIC™ ELECTRONIC TRIP UNITS

Micrologic™ 3.2 Long Time Trip Curve

60A, 100A, 150A H-Frame

The time-current curve information is to be used

for application and coordination purposes only.

Notes:

1. There is a thermal-imaging effect that can act

to shorten the long-time delay. The thermal

imaging effect comes into play if a current

above the long-time delay pickup value exists

for a time and then is cleared by the tripping of

a downstream device or the circuit breaker

itself. A subsequent overload will cause the

circuit breaker to trip in a shorter time than

normal. The amount of time delay reduction is

inverse to the amount of time that has elapsed

since the previous overload. Approximately 20

minutes is required between overloads to

completely reset thermal-imaging.

2. Total clearing times shown include the

response times of the trip unit, the circuit

breaker opening, and the extinction of the

current.

Curves apply from -35ºC to +70ºC (-31ºF to

+158ºF) ambient temperature.

PowerPact H-, J-, and L-Frame Circuit Breakers

Trip Curves

225

02/2016

Figure 102:Micrologic 3.2S Electronic Trip Unit Long Time / Short Time Trip Curve

MICROLOGIC™ ELECTRONIC TRIP UNITS

Micrologic™ 3.2S Long Time/

Short Time Trip Curve

60A, 100A, 150A H-Frame

The time-current curve information is to be used

for application and coordination purposes only.

Notes:

1. There is a thermal-imaging effect that can act

to shorten the long-time delay. The thermal

imaging effect comes into play if a current

above the long-time delay pickup value exists

for a time and then is cleared by the tripping of

a downstream device or the circuit breaker

itself. A subsequent overload will cause the

circuit breaker to trip in a shorter time than

normal. The amount of time delay reduction is

inverse to the amount of time that has elapsed

since the previous overload. Approximately 20

minutes is required between overloads to

completely reset thermal-imaging.

2. Total clearing times shown include the

response times of the trip unit, the circuit

breaker opening, and the extinction of the

current.

Curves apply from -35ºC to +70ºC (-31ºF to

+158ºF) ambient temperature.

PowerPact H-, J-, and L-Frame Circuit Breakers

Trip Curves

226

Figure 103:Micrologic 3.2/3.2S/5.2A/5.2E/6.2A/6.2E Electronic Trip Unit Instantaneous Trip Curve

MICROLOGIC™ ELECTRONIC TRIP UNITS

Micrologic™ 3.2/3.2S/5.2A or E/6.2A or E

Instantaneous Trip Curve

60A, 100A, 150A H-Frame

The time-current curve information is to be used

for application and coordination purposes only.

Notes:

1. There is a thermal-imaging effect that can act

to shorten the long-time delay. The thermal

imaging effect comes into play if a current

above the long-time delay pickup value exists

for a time and then is cleared by the tripping of

a downstream device or the circuit breaker

itself. A subsequent overload will cause the

circuit breaker to trip in a shorter time than

normal. The amount of time delay reduction is

inverse to the amount of time that has elapsed

since the previous overload. Approximately 20

minutes is required between overloads to

completely reset thermal-imaging.

2. Total clearing times shown include the

response times of the trip unit, the circuit

breaker opening, and the extinction of the

current.

3. In = Maximum dial setting of Ir.

60A H-Frame: In = 60A = Max Ir setting

100A H-Frame: In = 100A = Max Ir setting

150A H-Frame: In = 150A = Max Ir setting

Curves apply from -35ºC to +70ºC (-31ºF to

+158ºF) ambient temperature.

PowerPact H-, J-, and L-Frame Circuit Breakers

Trip Curves

227

02/2016

Figure 104:Micrologic 5.2A/5.2E/6.2A/6.2E Electronic Trip Unit Long Time Trip Curve

MICROLOGIC™ ELECTRONIC TRIP UNITS

Micrologic™ 5.2A or E/6.2A or E

Long Time Trip Curve

60A, 100A, 150A H-Frame

The time-current curve information is to be used

for application and coordination purposes only.

Notes:

1. There is a thermal-imaging effect that can act

to shorten the long-time delay. The thermal

imaging effect comes into play if a current

above the long-time delay pickup value exists

for a time and then is cleared by the tripping of

a downstream device or the circuit breaker

itself. A subsequent overload will cause the

circuit breaker to trip in a shorter time than

normal. The amount of time delay reduction is

inverse to the amount of time that has elapsed

since the previous overload. Approximately 20

minutes is required between overloads to

completely reset thermal-imaging.

2. Total clearing times shown include the

response times of the trip unit, the circuit

breaker opening, and the extinction of the

current.

Curves apply from -35ºC to +70ºC (-31ºF to

+158ºF) ambient temperature.

PowerPact H-, J-, and L-Frame Circuit Breakers

Trip Curves

228

Figure 105:Micrologic 5.2A/5.2E/6.2A/6.2E Electronic Trip Unit Short Time Trip Curve

MICROLOGIC™ ELECTRONIC TRIP UNITS

Micrologic™ 5.2A or E/6.2A or E

Short Time Trip Curve

60A, 100A, 150A H-Frame

The time-current curve information is to be used

for application and coordination purposes only.

Notes:

1. There is a thermal-imaging effect that can act

to shorten the long-time delay. The thermal

imaging effect comes into play if a current

above the long-time delay pickup value exists

for a time and then is cleared by the tripping of

a downstream device or the circuit breaker

itself. A subsequent overload will cause the

circuit breaker to trip in a shorter time than

normal. The amount of time delay reduction is

inverse to the amount of time that has elapsed

since the previous overload. Approximately 20

minutes is required between overloads to

completely reset thermal-imaging.

2. Total clearing times shown include the

response times of the trip unit, the circuit

breaker opening, and the extinction of the

current.

Curves apply from -35ºC to +70ºC (-31ºF to

+158ºF) ambient temperature.

PowerPact H-, J-, and L-Frame Circuit Breakers

Trip Curves

229

02/2016

Figure 106:Micrologic 6.2A/6.2E Electronic Trip Unit Ground Fault Trip Curve

MICROLOGIC™ ELECTRONIC TRIP UNITS

Micrologic™ 6.2A or E

Ground Fault Trip Curve

100A, 150A H-Frame

The time-current curve information is to be used

for application and coordination purposes only.

1. Total clearing times shown include the

response times of the trip unit, the circuit

breaker opening, and the extinction of the

current.

Curves apply from -35ºC to +70ºC (-31ºF to

+158ºF) ambient temperature.

PowerPact H-, J-, and L-Frame Circuit Breakers

Trip Curves

230

Figure 107:Micrologic 6.2A/6.2E Electronic Trip Unit Ground Fault Trip Curve

0.4 OFF

0.3 OFF

MICROLOGIC™ ELECTRONIC TRIP UNITS

Micrologic™ 6.2A or E

Ground Fault Trip Curve

60A H-Frame

The time-current curve information is to be used

for application and coordination purposes only.

1. Total clearing times shown include the

response times of the trip unit, the circuit

breaker opening, and the extinction of the

current.

Curves apply from -35ºC to +70ºC (-31ºF to

+158ºF) ambient temperature.

PowerPact H-, J-, and L-Frame Circuit Breakers

Trip Curves

231

02/2016

Figure 108:Micrologic 2.2 M Electronic Trip Unit Overload Trip Curve

MICROLOGIC™ ELECTRONIC TRIP UNITS

Micrologic™ 2.2M Overload Trip Curve

30A, 50A, 100A, 150A H-Frame, 250A J-Frame

The time-current curve information is to be used

for application and coordination purposes only.

Notes:

1. If overload still exists past overload relay delay,

MCP will open 0.4 seconds later.

2. Total clearing times shown include the

response times of the trip unit, the circuit

breaker opening, and the extinction of the

current.

3. Isd minimum and maximum only shown.

4. li = 15 x In

In = 30A, 50A, 100A, 150A, 250A

MCP will trip <30ms at 15 x In

Curves apply from -35ºC to +70ºC (-31ºF to

+158ºF) ambient temperature.

PowerPact H-, J-, and L-Frame Circuit Breakers

Trip Curves

232

J-Frame Electronic Trip Circuit Breakers—250 A Frame

Figure 109:Micrologic 3.2 and 3.2-W Electronic Trip Unit Long-Time Trip Curve

MICROLOGIC™ ELECTRONIC TRIP UNITS

Micrologic™ 3.2 and 3.2-W

Long Time Trip Curve

250A J-Frame

The time-current curve information is to be used

for application and coordination purposes only.

Notes:

1. There is a thermal-imaging effect that can act

to shorten the long-time delay. The thermal

imaging effect comes into play if a current

above the long-time delay pickup value exists

for a time and then is cleared by the tripping of

a downstream device or the circuit breaker

itself. A subsequent overload will cause the

circuit breaker to trip in a shorter time than

normal. The amount of time delay reduction is

inverse to the amount of time that has elapsed

since the previous overload. Approximately 20

minutes is required between overloads to

completely reset thermal-imaging.

2. Total clearing times shown include the

response times of the trip unit, the circuit

breaker opening, and the extinction of the

current.

Curves apply from -35ºC to +70ºC (-31ºF to

+158ºF) ambient temperature.

PowerPact H-, J-, and L-Frame Circuit Breakers

Trip Curves

233

02/2016

Figure 110:Micrologic 3.2S and 3.2S-W Electronic Trip Unit Long Time / Short Time Trip Curve

MICROLOGIC™ ELECTRONIC TRIP UNITS

Micrologic™ 3.2S and 3.2S-W

Long Time/Short Time Trip Curve

250A J-Frame

The time-current curve information is to be used

for application and coordination purposes only.

Notes:

1. There is a thermal-imaging effect that can act

to shorten the long-time delay. The thermal

imaging effect comes into play if a current

above the long-time delay pickup value exists

for a time and then is cleared by the tripping of

a downstream device or the circuit breaker

itself. A subsequent overload will cause the

circuit breaker to trip in a shorter time than

normal. The amount of time delay reduction is

inverse to the amount of time that has elapsed

since the previous overload. Approximately 20

minutes is required between overloads to

completely reset thermal-imaging.

2. Total clearing times shown include the

response times of the trip unit, the circuit

breaker opening, and the extinction of the

current.

Curves apply from -35ºC to +70ºC (-31ºF to

+158ºF) ambient temperature.

PowerPact H-, J-, and L-Frame Circuit Breakers

Trip Curves

234

Figure 111:Micrologic 3.2, 3.2-W, 3.2S, 3.2S-W, 5.2A, 5.2A-W, 5.2E, 5.2E-W, 6.2A, 6.2A-W, 6.2E, and 6.2E-W Electronic

Trip Curve Instantaneous Trip Curve

MICROLOGIC™ ELECTRONIC TRIP UNITS

Micrologic™ 3.2, 3.2-W, 3.2S, 3.2S-W, 5.2A,

5.2A-W, 5.2E, 5.2E-W, 6.2A, 6.2A-W,

6.2E, and 6.2E-W

Instantaneous Trip Curve

250A J-Frame

The time-current curve information is to be used

for application and coordination purposes only.

Notes:

1. There is a thermal-imaging effect that can act

to shorten the long-time delay. The thermal

imaging effect comes into play if a current

above the long-time delay pickup value exists

for a time and then is cleared by the tripping of

a downstream device or the circuit breaker

itself. A subsequent overload will cause the

circuit breaker to trip in a shorter time than

normal. The amount of time delay reduction is

inverse to the amount of time that has elapsed

since the previous overload. Approximately 20

minutes is required between overloads to

completely reset thermal-imaging.

2. Total clearing times shown include the

response times of the trip unit, the circuit

breaker opening, and the extinction of the

current.

3. In = Maximum dial setting of Ir.

250A J-Frame: In = 250A = Max Ir setting

Curves apply from -35ºC to +70ºC (-31ºF to

+158ºF) ambient temperature.

PowerPact H-, J-, and L-Frame Circuit Breakers

Trip Curves

235

02/2016

Figure 112:Micrologic 5.2A, 5.2A-W, 5.2E, 5.2E-W, 6.2A, 6.2A-W, 6.2E, and 6.2E-W Electronic Trip Unit Long Time Trip Curve

MICROLOGIC™ ELECTRONIC TRIP UNITS

Micrologic™ 5.2A, 5.2A-W, 5.2E, 5.2E-W, 6.2A,

6.2A-W, 6.2E, and 6.2E-W

Long Time Trip Curve

250A J-Frame

The time-current curve information is to be used

for application and coordination purposes only.

Notes:

1. There is a thermal-imaging effect that can act

to shorten the long-time delay. The thermal

imaging effect comes into play if a current

above the long-time delay pickup value exists

for a time and then is cleared by the tripping of

a downstream device or the circuit breaker

itself. A subsequent overload will cause the

circuit breaker to trip in a shorter time than

normal. The amount of time delay reduction is

inverse to the amount of time that has elapsed

since the previous overload. Approximately 20

minutes is required between overloads to

completely reset thermal-imaging.

2. Total clearing times shown include the

response times of the trip unit, the circuit

breaker opening, and the extinction of the

current.

Curves apply from -35ºC to +70ºC (-31ºF to

+158ºF) ambient temperature.

PowerPact H-, J-, and L-Frame Circuit Breakers

Trip Curves

236

Figure 113:Micrologic 5.2A, 5.2A-W, 5.2E, 5.2E-W, 6.2A, 6.2A-W, 6.2E, and 6.2E-W Electronic Trip Unit Short Time Trip Curve

MICROLOGIC™ ELECTRONIC TRIP UNITS

Micrologic™ 5.2A, 5.2A-W, 5.2E, 5.2E-W, 6.2A,

6.2A-W, 6.2E, and 6.2E-W

Short Time Trip Curve

250A J-Frame

The time-current curve information is to be used

for application and coordination purposes only.

Notes:

1. There is a thermal-imaging effect that can act

to shorten the long-time delay. The thermal

imaging effect comes into play if a current

above the long-time delay pickup value exists

for a time and then is cleared by the tripping of

a downstream device or the circuit breaker

itself. A subsequent overload will cause the

circuit breaker to trip in a shorter time than

normal. The amount of time delay reduction is

inverse to the amount of time that has elapsed

since the previous overload. Approximately 20

minutes is required between overloads to

completely reset thermal-imaging.

2. Total clearing times shown include the

response times of the trip unit, the circuit

breaker opening, and the extinction of the

current.

Curves apply from -35ºC to +70ºC (-31ºF to

+158ºF) ambient temperature.

PowerPact H-, J-, and L-Frame Circuit Breakers

Trip Curves

237

02/2016

Figure 114:Micrologic 6.2A, 6.2A-W, 6.2E, and 6.2E-W Electronic Trip Unit Ground Fault Trip Curve

MICROLOGIC™ ELECTRONIC TRIP UNITS

Micrologic™ 6.2A, 6.2A-W, 6.2E, and 6.2E-W

Ground Fault Trip Curve

250A J-Frame

The time-current curve information is to be used

for application and coordination purposes only.

1. Total clearing times shown include the

response times of the trip unit, the circuit

breaker opening, and the extinction of the

current.

Curves apply from -35ºC to +70ºC (-31ºF to

+158ºF) ambient temperature.

PowerPact H-, J-, and L-Frame Circuit Breakers

Trip Curves

238

Figure 115:Micrologic 2.2 M Electronic Trip Unit Overload Trip Curve

MICROLOGIC™ ELECTRONIC TRIP UNITS

Micrologic™ 2.2M Overload Trip Curve

30A, 50A, 100A, 150A H-Frame, 250A J-Frame

The time-current curve information is to be used

for application and coordination purposes only.

Notes:

1. If overload still exists past overload relay delay,

MCP will open 0.4 seconds later.

2. Total clearing times shown include the

response times of the trip unit, the circuit

breaker opening, and the extinction of the

current.

3. Isd minimum and maximum only shown.

4. li = 15 x In

In = 30A, 50A, 100A, 150A, 250A

MCP will trip <30ms at 15 x In

Curves apply from -35ºC to +70ºC (-31ºF to

+158ºF) ambient temperature.

PowerPact H-, J-, and L-Frame Circuit Breakers

Trip Curves

239

02/2016

PowerPact L-Frame Electronic Trip Circuit Breakers—

250 A/400 A/600 A Frame

Figure 116:Micrologic 3.3 and 3.3-W Electronic Trip Unit Long Time Trip Curve

MICROLOGIC™ ELECTRONIC TRIP UNITS

Micrologic™ 3.3 and 3.3-W

Long Time Trip Curve

250A, 400A L-Frame

The time-current curve information is to be used

for application and coordination purposes only.

Notes:

1. There is a thermal-imaging effect that can act

to shorten the long-time delay. The thermal

imaging effect comes into play if a current

above the long-time delay pickup value exists

for a time and then is cleared by the tripping of

a downstream device or the circuit breaker

itself. A subsequent overload will cause the

circuit breaker to trip in a shorter time than

normal. The amount of time delay reduction is

inverse to the amount of time that has elapsed

since the previous overload. Approximately 20

minutes is required between overloads to

completely reset thermal-imaging.

2. Total clearing times shown include the

response times of the trip unit, the circuit

breaker opening, and the extinction of the

current.

Curves apply from -35ºC to +70ºC (-31ºF to

+158ºF) ambient temperature.

PowerPact H-, J-, and L-Frame Circuit Breakers

Trip Curves

240

Figure 117:Micrologic 3.3S and 3.3S-W Electronic Trip Unit Long Time/Short Time Trip Curve

MICROLOGIC™ ELECTRONIC TRIP UNITS

Micrologic™ 3.3S and 3.3S-W

Long Time/Short Time Trip Curve

250A, 400A L-Frame

The time-current curve information is to be used

for application and coordination purposes only.

Notes:

1. There is a thermal-imaging effect that can act

to shorten the long-time delay. The thermal

imaging effect comes into play if a current

above the long-time delay pickup value exists

for a time and then is cleared by the tripping of

a downstream device or the circuit breaker

itself. A subsequent overload will cause the

circuit breaker to trip in a shorter time than

normal. The amount of time delay reduction is

inverse to the amount of time that has elapsed

since the previous overload. Approximately 20

minutes is required between overloads to

completely reset thermal-imaging.

2. Total clearing times shown include the

response times of the trip unit, the circuit

breaker opening, and the extinction of the

current.

Curves apply from -35ºC to +70ºC (-31ºF to

+158ºF) ambient temperature.

PowerPact H-, J-, and L-Frame Circuit Breakers

Trip Curves

241

02/2016

Figure 118:Micrologic 3.3, 3.3-W, 3.3S, and 3.3S-W Electronic Trip Unit Instantaneous Trip Curve

MICROLOGIC™ ELECTRONIC TRIP UNITS

Micrologic™ 3.3, 3.3-W, 3.3S, and 3.3S-W

Instantaneous Trip Curve

250A L-Frame

The time-current curve information is to be used

for application and coordination purposes only.

Notes:

1. There is a thermal-imaging effect that can act

to shorten the long-time delay. The thermal

imaging effect comes into play if a current

above the long-time delay pickup value exists

for a time and then is cleared by the tripping of

a downstream device or the circuit breaker

itself. A subsequent overload will cause the

circuit breaker to trip in a shorter time than

normal. The amount of time delay reduction is

inverse to the amount of time that has elapsed

since the previous overload. Approximately 20

minutes is required between overloads to

completely reset thermal-imaging.

2. Total clearing times shown include the

response times of the trip unit, the circuit

breaker opening, and the extinction of the

current.

3. In = Maximum dial setting of Ir.

250A L-Frame: In = 250A = Max Ir setting

Curves apply from -35ºC to +70ºC (-31ºF to

+158ºF) ambient temperature.

PowerPact H-, J-, and L-Frame Circuit Breakers

Trip Curves

242

Figure 119:Micrologic 3.3, 3.3-W, 3.3S, 3.3S-W, 5.3A, 5.3A-W, 5.3E, 5.3E-W, 6.3A, 6.3A-W, 6.3E, and 6.3E-W Electronic

Trip Unit Instantaneous Trip Curve

MICROLOGIC™ ELECTRONIC TRIP UNITS

Micrologic™ 3.3, 3.3-W, 3.3S, 3.3S-W,

5.3A, 5.3A-W, 5.3E, 5.3E-W, 6.3A, 6.3A-W,

6.3E, and 6.3E-W

Instantaneous Trip Curve

400A L-Frame

The time-current curve information is to be used

for application and coordination purposes only.

Notes:

1. There is a thermal-imaging effect that can act

to shorten the long-time delay. The thermal

imaging effect comes into play if a current

above the long-time delay pickup value exists

for a time and then is cleared by the tripping of

a downstream device or the circuit breaker

itself. A subsequent overload will cause the

circuit breaker to trip in a shorter time than

normal. The amount of time delay reduction is

inverse to the amount of time that has elapsed

since the previous overload. Approximately 20

minutes is required between overloads to

completely reset thermal-imaging.

2. Total clearing times shown include the

response times of the trip unit, the circuit

breaker opening, and the extinction of the

current.

3. In = Maximum dial setting of Ir.

400A L-Frame: In = 400A = Max Ir setting

Curves apply from -35ºC to +70ºC (-31ºF to

+158ºF) ambient temperature.

PowerPact H-, J-, and L-Frame Circuit Breakers

Trip Curves

243

02/2016

Figure 120:Micrologic 5.3A, 5.3A-W, 5.3E, 5.3E-W, 6.3A, 6.3A-W, 6.3E, and 6.3E-W Electronic Trip Unit Long Time Trip Curve

MICROLOGIC™ ELECTRONIC TRIP UNITS

Micrologic™ 5.3A, 5.3A-W, 5.3E, 5.3E-W, 6.3A,

6.3A-W, 6.3E, and 6.3E-W

Long Time Trip Curve

400A L-Frame

The time-current curve information is to be used

for application and coordination purposes only.

Notes:

1. There is a thermal-imaging effect that can act

to shorten the long-time delay. The thermal

imaging effect comes into play if a current

above the long-time delay pickup value exists

for a time and then is cleared by the tripping of

a downstream device or the circuit breaker

itself. A subsequent overload will cause the

circuit breaker to trip in a shorter time than

normal. The amount of time delay reduction is

inverse to the amount of time that has elapsed

since the previous overload. Approximately 20

minutes is required between overloads to

completely reset thermal-imaging.

2. Total clearing times shown include the

response times of the trip unit, the circuit

breaker opening, and the extinction of the

current.

Curves apply from -35ºC to +70ºC (-31ºF to

+158ºF) ambient temperature.

PowerPact H-, J-, and L-Frame Circuit Breakers

Trip Curves

244

Figure 121:Micrologic 5.3, 5.3A-W, 5.3E, 5.3E-W, 6.3A, 6.3A-W, 6.3E, and 6.3E-W Electronic Trip Unit Short Time Trip Curve

MICROLOGIC™ ELECTRONIC TRIP UNITS

Micrologic™ 5.3A, 5.3A-W, 5.3E, 5.3E-W, 6.3A,

6.3A-W, 6.3E, and 6.3E-W

Short Time Trip Curve

400A L-Frame

The time-current curve information is to be used

for application and coordination purposes only.

Notes:

1. There is a thermal-imaging effect that can act

to shorten the long-time delay. The thermal

imaging effect comes into play if a current

above the long-time delay pickup value exists

for a time and then is cleared by the tripping of

a downstream device or the circuit breaker

itself. A subsequent overload will cause the

circuit breaker to trip in a shorter time than

normal. The amount of time delay reduction is

inverse to the amount of time that has elapsed

since the previous overload. Approximately 20

minutes is required between overloads to

completely reset thermal-imaging.

2. Total clearing times shown include the

response times of the trip unit, the circuit

breaker opening, and the extinction of the

current.

Curves apply from -35ºC to +70ºC (-31ºF to

+158ºF) ambient temperature.

PowerPact H-, J-, and L-Frame Circuit Breakers

Trip Curves

245

02/2016

Figure 122:Micrologic 1.3 M Electronic Trip Unit Instantaneous Trip Curve

MICROLOGIC™ ELECTRONIC TRIP UNITS

Micrologic™ 1.3M Instantaneous Trip Curve

400A L-Frame

The time-current curve information is to be used

for application and coordination purposes only.

Notes:

1. Total clearing times shown include the

response times of the trip unit, the circuit

breaker opening, and the extinction of the

current.

Curves apply from -35ºC to +70ºC (-31ºF to

+158ºF) ambient temperature.

PowerPact H-, J-, and L-Frame Circuit Breakers

Trip Curves

246

Figure 123:Micrologic 2.3 M Electronic Trip Unit Overload Trip Curve

MICROLOGIC™ ELECTRONIC TRIP UNITS

Micrologic™ 2.3M Overload Trip Curve

400A, 600A L-Frame

The time-current curve information is to be used

for application and coordination purposes only.

Notes:

1. If overload still exists past overload relay delay,

MCP will open 0.4 seconds later.

2. Total clearing times shown include the

response times of the trip unit, the circuit

breaker opening, and the extinction of the

current.

3. Isd minimum and maximum only shown.

4. li = 12 x In

In = 400A, 600A

MCP will trip <30ms at 12 x In

Curves apply from -35ºC to +70ºC (-31ºF to

+158ºF) ambient temperature.

PowerPact H-, J-, and L-Frame Circuit Breakers

Trip Curves

247

02/2016

Figure 124:Micrologic 3.3 and 3.3W Electronic Trip Unit Long Time Trip Curve

MICROLOGIC™ ELECTRONIC TRIP UNITS

Micrologic™ 3.3 and 3.3-W

Long Time Trip Curve

600A L-Frame

The time-current curve information is to be used

for application and coordination purposes only.

Notes:

1. There is a thermal-imaging effect that can act

to shorten the long-time delay. The thermal

imaging effect comes into play if a current

above the long-time delay pickup value exists

for a time and then is cleared by the tripping of

a downstream device or the circuit breaker

itself. A subsequent overload will cause the

circuit breaker to trip in a shorter time than

normal. The amount of time delay reduction is

inverse to the amount of time that has elapsed

since the previous overload. Approximately 20

minutes is required between overloads to

completely reset thermal-imaging.

2. Total clearing times shown include the

response times of the trip unit, the circuit

breaker opening, and the extinction of the

current.

Curves apply from -35ºC to +70ºC (-31ºF to

+158ºF) ambient temperature.

PowerPact H-, J-, and L-Frame Circuit Breakers

Trip Curves

248

Figure 125:Micrologic 3.3S and 3.3S-W Electronic Trip Unit Long Time/Short Time Trip Curve

MICROLOGIC™ ELECTRONIC TRIP UNITS

Micrologic™ 3.3S and 3.3S-W

Long Time/Short Time Trip Curve

600A L-Frame

The time-current curve information is to be used

for application and coordination purposes only.

Notes:

1. There is a thermal-imaging effect that can act

to shorten the long-time delay. The thermal

imaging effect comes into play if a current

above the long-time delay pickup value exists

for a time and then is cleared by the tripping of

a downstream device or the circuit breaker

itself. A subsequent overload will cause the

circuit breaker to trip in a shorter time than

normal. The amount of time delay reduction is

inverse to the amount of time that has elapsed

since the previous overload. Approximately 20

minutes is required between overloads to

completely reset thermal-imaging.

2. Total clearing times shown include the

response times of the trip unit, the circuit

breaker opening, and the extinction of the

current.

Curves apply from -35ºC to +70ºC (-31ºF to

+158ºF) ambient temperature.

PowerPact H-, J-, and L-Frame Circuit Breakers

Trip Curves

249

02/2016

Figure 126:Micrologic 3.3, 3.3-W, 3.3S, 3.3S-W, 5.3A, 5.3A-W, 5.3E, 5.3E-W, 6.3A, 6.3A-W, 6.3E, and 6.3E-W Electronic

Trip Unit Instantaneous Trip Curve

MICROLOGIC™ ELECTRONIC TRIP UNITS

Micrologic™ 3.3, 3.3-W, 3.3S, 3.3S-W,

5.3A, 5.3A-W, 5.3E, 5.3E-W, 6.3A, 6.3A-W,

6.3E, and 6.3E-W

Instantaneous Trip Curve

600A L-Frame

The time-current curve information is to be used

for application and coordination purposes only.

Notes:

1. There is a thermal-imaging effect that can act

to shorten the long-time delay. The thermal

imaging effect comes into play if a current

above the long-time delay pickup value exists

for a time and then is cleared by the tripping of

a downstream device or the circuit breaker

itself. A subsequent overload will cause the

circuit breaker to trip in a shorter time than

normal. The amount of time delay reduction is

inverse to the amount of time that has elapsed

since the previous overload. Approximately 20

minutes is required between overloads to

completely reset thermal-imaging.

2. Total clearing times shown include the

response times of the trip unit, the circuit

breaker opening, and the extinction of the

current.

3. In = Maximum dial setting of Ir.

600A L-Frame: In = 600A = Max Ir setting

Curves apply from -35ºC to +70ºC (-31ºF to

+158ºF) ambient temperature.

PowerPact H-, J-, and L-Frame Circuit Breakers

Trip Curves

250

Figure 127:Micrologic 5.3A, 5.3A-W, 5.3E, 5.3E-W, 6.3A, 6.3A-W, 6.3E, and 6.3E-W Electronic Trip Unit Long Time Trip Curve

MICROLOGIC™ ELECTRONIC TRIP UNITS

Micrologic™ 5.3A, 5.3A-W, 5.3E, 5.3E-W, 6.3A,

6.3A-W, 6.3E, and 6.3E-W

Long Time Trip Curve

600A L-Frame

The time-current curve information is to be used

for application and coordination purposes only.

Notes:

1. There is a thermal-imaging effect that can act

to shorten the long-time delay. The thermal

imaging effect comes into play if a current

above the long-time delay pickup value exists

for a time and then is cleared by the tripping of

a downstream device or the circuit breaker

itself. A subsequent overload will cause the

circuit breaker to trip in a shorter time than

normal. The amount of time delay reduction is

inverse to the amount of time that has elapsed

since the previous overload. Approximately 20

minutes is required between overloads to

completely reset thermal-imaging.

2. Total clearing times shown include the

response times of the trip unit, the circuit

breaker opening, and the extinction of the

current.

Curves apply from -35ºC to +70ºC (-31ºF to

+158ºF) ambient temperature.

PowerPact H-, J-, and L-Frame Circuit Breakers

Trip Curves

251

02/2016

Figure 128:Micrologic 5.3A, 5.3A-W, 5.3E, 5.3E-W, 6.3A, 6.3A-W, 6.3E, and 6.3E-W Electronic Trip Unit Short Time Trip

Curve

MICROLOGIC™ ELECTRONIC TRIP UNITS

Micrologic™ 5.3A, 5.3A-W, 5.3E, 5.3E-W, 6.3A,

6.3A-W, 6.3E, and 6.3E-W

Short Time Trip Curve

600A L-Frame

The time-current curve information is to be used

for application and coordination purposes only.

Notes:

1. There is a thermal-imaging effect that can act

to shorten the long-time delay. The thermal

imaging effect comes into play if a current

above the long-time delay pickup value exists

for a time and then is cleared by the tripping of

a downstream device or the circuit breaker

itself. A subsequent overload will cause the

circuit breaker to trip in a shorter time than

normal. The amount of time delay reduction is

inverse to the amount of time that has elapsed

since the previous overload. Approximately 20

minutes is required between overloads to

completely reset thermal-imaging.

2. Total clearing times shown include the

response times of the trip unit, the circuit

breaker opening, and the extinction of the

current.

Curves apply from -35ºC to +70ºC (-31ºF to

+158ºF) ambient temperature.

PowerPact H-, J-, and L-Frame Circuit Breakers

Trip Curves

252

Figure 129:Micrologic 6.3A, 6.3A-W, 6.3E, and 6.3E-W Ground-Fault Trip Curve

MICROLOGIC™ ELECTRONIC TRIP UNITS

Micrologic™ 6.3A, 6.3A-W, 6.3E, and 6.3E-W

Ground Fault Trip Curve

400A, 600A L-Frame

The time-current curve information is to be used

for application and coordination purposes only.

1. Total clearing times shown include the

response times of the trip unit, the circuit

breaker opening, and the extinction of the

current.

Curves apply from -35ºC to +70ºC (-31ºF to

+158ºF) ambient temperature.

PowerPact H-, J-, and L-Frame Circuit Breakers

Trip Curves

253

02/2016

Figure 130:Micrologic 1.3 M Electronic Trip Unit Instantaneous Trip Curve

MICROLOGIC™ ELECTRONIC TRIP UNITS

Micrologic™ 1.3M Instantaneous Trip Curve

600A L-Frame

The time-current curve information is to be used

for application and coordination purposes only.

Notes:

1. Total clearing times shown include the

response times of the trip unit, the circuit

breaker opening, and the extinction of the

current.

Curves apply from -35ºC to +70ºC (-31ºF to

+158ºF) ambient temperature.

PowerPact H-, J-, and L-Frame Circuit Breakers

Trip Curves

254

)

Figure 131:L-Frame 600 A Typical Peak Let-Through Curves

20000

30000

40000

50000

60000

70000

80000

90000

100000

150000

200000

10000

15000

20000

30000

40000

50000

60000

70000

Available Short Circuit Current (RMS Symmetrical Amperes)

Typical* Peak Let-Through Current (Amperes)

*Based on typical values obtained throughout the circuit breaker development and UL test programs.

Maximum

Available

Peak Current

at 15% Power Factor

Maximum

Available

Peak Current

at 25% Power Factor

600 V 3Ø 480 V 3Ø

240 V 3Ø

(/(&7521,&02/'('&$6(&,5&8,7%5($.(56

32:(53$&7/²)5$0(&855(17/,0,7,1*&,5&8,7%5($.(56

$)5$0($7$1'9

/'/*/-//$1'/5³$

3($./(77+528*+&855(17OS

PowerPact H-, J-, and L-Frame Circuit Breakers

Trip Curves

255

02/2016

Figure 132:L-Frame 600 A Typical I

t Let-Through Curves

20000

30000

40000

50000

60000

70000

80000

90000

100000

150000

200000

10000

Available Short Circuit Current (RMS Symmetrical Amperes)

*Based on typical values obtained throughout the circuit breaker development and UL test programs.

Typical* Let-Through I

t (Amperes

Seconds x 10

)

600 V 3Ø

480 V 3Ø

240 V 3Ø

(/(&7521,&02/'('&$6(&,5&8,7%5($.(56

32:(53$&7/²)5$0(&855(17/,0,7,1*&,5&8,7%5($.(56

$)5$0($7$1'9

/'/*/-//$1'/5³$

/(77+528*+O



PowerPact H-, J-, and L-Frame Circuit Breakers

Trip Curves

256

Figure 133:L-Frame UL Listed Current-Limiting Circuit Breaker

20000

30000

40000

50000

60000

70000

80000

90000

100000

150000

200000

10000

15000

20000

30000

40000

50000

60000

70000

Availability (RMS Symmetrical Amperes)

Maximum* Peak Let-Through Current (Amperes)

*Based on maximum values obtained throughout the circuit breaker development and UL test programs.

Maximum

Available

Peak Current

at 15% Power Factor

600 V 3Ø

480 V 3Ø

240 V 3Ø

(/(&7521,&02/'('&$6(&,5&8,7%5($.(56

32:(53$&7/²)5$0(&855(17/,0,7,1*&,5&8,7%5($.(56

$)5$0($7$1'9

/-//$1'/5³$

3($./(77+528*+&855(17OS

PowerPact H-, J-, and L-Frame Circuit Breakers

Trip Curves

257

02/2016

Figure 134:L-Frame UL Listed Current-Limiting Circuit Breaker

20000

30000

40000

50000

60000

70000

80000

90000

100000

150000

200000

10000

Availability (RMS Symmetrical Amperes)

*Based on maximum values obtained throughout the circuit breaker development and UL test programs.

Maximum* Let-Through I

t (Amperes

Seconds x 10

)

240 V 3Ø

600 V 3Ø

480 V 3Ø

(/(&7521,&02/'('&$6(&,5&8,7%5($.(56

32:(53$&7/²)5$0(&855(17/,0,7,1*&,5&8,7%5($.(56

$)5$0($7$1'9

/-//$1'/5³$

/(77+528*+O



Figure 135:L-Frame Circuit Breaker Reflex Tripping

2 3 4 6 10 20 30 40 60 100 200

(ms)

L-Frame 600 A

L-Frame 400 A

I (kA RMS)

PowerPact H-, J-, and L-Frame Circuit Breakers

Catalog Numbers

258

29271 .......................... 143

32521 .......................... 143

32556 .......................... 134

32595 .......................... 135

685823 ........................ 109

685824 ........................ 109

685825 ........................ 109

685826 ........................ 109

685827 ........................ 109

685829 ........................ 109

685831 ........................ 110

9421LC46 ................... 129

9421LD1 ..................... 129

9421LD4 ..................... 129

9421LH46 ................... 129

9421LH6 ..................... 129

9421LJ1 ...................... 128

9421LJ4 ...................... 128

9421LJ7 ...................... 129

9421LS13 ................... 129

9421LS8 ..................... 129

9422A1 ....................... 129

9422CSF10 ................. 129

9422CSF30 ................. 129

9422CSF50 ................. 129

9422CSF70 ................. 129

9422CSJ10 ................. 129

9422CSJ30 ................. 129

9422CSJ50 ................. 129

9422RSI ...................... 129

9422RSI ...................... 130

AL150HD .................... 145

AL175JD ..................... 145

AL250JD ..................... 145

AL400L61K3 ............... 145

AL400L61K4 ............... 145

AL600LF52K34 ........... 145

AL600LS52K3 ............. 145

AL600LS52K44 ........... 145

CU150HD ................... 145

CU250JD .................... 145

CU400L61K3 .............. 145

CU400L61K4 .............. 145

CU600LF52K34 .......... 145

CU600LS52K34 .......... 145

CU600LS52K44 .......... 145

CYA060HD ................. 149

CYA150HD ................. 149

CYA150JD .................. 149

CYA250J3 ................... 149

CYA400L31K3 ............ 149

CYA400L31K4 ............ 149

CYA400L51K3 ............ 149

CYA400L51K4 ............ 149

CYA600L32K3 ............ 149

CYA600L32K4 ............ 149

CYA600L52K3 ............ 149

CYA600L52K4 ............ 149

ELM150HD ................. 126

ELM250JD .................. 126

GFM150HD ................. 125

GFM250JD ................. 125

HDA26015( ) ................. 33

HDA26020( ) ................. 33

HDA26025( ) ................. 33

HDA26030( ) ................. 33

HDA26035( ) ................. 33

HDA26040( ) ................. 33

HDA26045( ) ................. 33

HDA26050( ) ................. 33

HDA26060( ) ................. 33

HDA26070( ) ................. 33

HDA26080( ) ................. 33

HDA26090( ) ................. 33

HDA26100( ) ................ 33

HDA26110( ) ................ 33

HDA26125( ) ................ 33

HDA26150( ) ................ 33

HDA261501 ................ 140

HDA261502 ................ 140

HDA261503 ................ 140

HDA261504 ................ 140

HDA261505 ................ 140

HDA261506 ................ 140

HDA36015 .................... 33

HDA36020 .................... 33

HDA36025 .................... 33

HDA36030 .................... 33

HDA36035 .................... 33

HDA36040 .................... 33

HDA36045 .................... 33

HDA36050 .................... 33

HDA36060 .................... 33

HDA36060U31X ........... 35

HDA36060U33X ........... 35

HDA36060U43X ........... 35

HDA36060U44X ........... 35

HDA36060U53X ........... 35

HDA36060U54X ........... 35

HDA36070 .................... 33

HDA36080 .................... 33

HDA36090 .................... 33

HDA36100 .................... 33

HDA36100U31X ........... 35

HDA36100U33X ........... 35

HDA36100U43X ........... 35

HDA36100U44X ........... 35

HDA36100U53X ........... 35

HDA36100U54X ........... 35

HDA36110 .................... 33

HDA36125 .................... 33

HDA36150 .................. 140

HDA36150 .................... 33

HDA361506 ................ 140

HDA36150U31X ........... 35

HDA36150U33X ........... 35

HDA36150U43X ........... 35

HDA36150U44X ........... 35

HDA36150U53X ........... 35

HDA36150U54X ........... 35

HDF36000F06 .............. 38

HDF36000F15 .............. 38

HDL26015 .................... 29

HDL26015C .................. 29

HDL26020 .................... 29

HDL26020C .................. 29

HDL26025 .................... 29

HDL26025C .................. 29

HDL26030 .................... 29

HDL26030C .................. 29

HDL26035 .................... 29

HDL26035C .................. 29

HDL26040 .................... 29

HDL26040C .................. 29

HDL26045 .................... 29

HDL26045C .................. 29

HDL26050 .................... 29

HDL26050C .................. 29

HDL26060 .................... 29

HDL26060C .................. 29

HDL26070 .................... 29

HDL26070C .................. 29

HDL26080 .................... 29

HDL26080C .................. 29

HDL26090 .................... 29

HDL26090C .................. 29

HDL26100 .................... 29

HDL26100C .................. 29

HDL26110 .................... 29

HDL26110C .................. 29

HDL26125 .................... 29

HDL26125C .................. 29

HDL26150 .....................29

HDL26150C ..................29

HDL36015 .....................29

HDL36015C ..................29

HDL36015T ...................36

HDL36020 .....................29

HDL36020C ..................29

HDL36020T ...................36

HDL36025 .....................29

HDL36025C ..................29

HDL36025T ...................36

HDL36030 .....................29

HDL36030C ..................29

HDL36030T ...................36

HDL36035 .....................29

HDL36035C ..................29

HDL36035T ...................36

HDL36040 .....................29

HDL36040C ..................29

HDL36040T ...................36

HDL36045 .....................29

HDL36045C ..................29

HDL36045T ...................36

HDL36050 .....................29

HDL36050C ..................29

HDL36050T ...................36

HDL36060 .....................29

HDL36060C ..................29

HDL36060CU31X .........31

HDL36060CU33X .........31

HDL36060CU43X .........31

HDL36060CU53X .........31

HDL36060T ...................36

HDL36060TU31X ..........37

HDL36060TU33X ..........37

HDL36060TU43X ..........37

HDL36060TU44X ..........37

HDL36060TU53X ..........37

HDL36060TU54X ..........37

HDL36060U31X ............31

HDL36060U33X ............31

HDL36060U43X ............31

HDL36060U44X ............31

HDL36060U53X ............31

HDL36060U54X ............31

HDL36070 .....................29

HDL36070C ..................29

HDL36070T ...................36

HDL36080 .....................29

HDL36080C ..................29

HDL36080T ...................36

HDL36090 .....................29

HDL36090C ..................29

HDL36090T ...................36

HDL36100 .....................29

HDL36100C ..................29

HDL36100CU31X .........31

HDL36100CU33X .........31

HDL36100CU43X .........31

HDL36100CU53X .........31

HDL36100T ...................36

HDL36100TU31X ..........37

HDL36100TU33X ..........37

HDL36100TU43X ..........37

HDL36100TU44X ..........37

HDL36100TU53X ..........37

HDL36100TU54X ..........37

HDL36100U31X ............31

HDL36100U33X ............31

HDL36100U43X ............31

HDL36100U44X ............31

HDL36100U53X ............31

HDL36100U54X ............31

HDL36110 .....................29

HDL36110C ..................29

HDL36110T ...................36

HDL36125 .....................29

HDL36125C ..................29

HDL36125T .................. 36

HDL36150 .................... 29

HDL36150C .................. 29

HDL36150CU31X ......... 31

HDL36150CU33X ......... 31

HDL36150CU43X ......... 31

HDL36150CU53X ......... 31

HDL36150T .................. 36

HDL36150TU31X ......... 37

HDL36150TU33X ......... 37

HDL36150TU43X ......... 37

HDL36150TU44X ......... 37

HDL36150TU53X ......... 37

HDL36150TU54X ......... 37

HDL36150U31X ........... 31

HDL36150U33X ........... 31

HDL36150U43X ........... 31

HDL36150U44X ........... 31

HDL36150U53X ........... 31

HDL36150U54X ........... 31

HE3060U31X ................ 38

HE3060U31X ................ 93

HE3060U33X ................ 38

HE3060U33X ................ 93

HE3060U43X ................ 38

HE3060U43X ................ 94

HE3060U44X ................ 38

HE3060U44X ................ 94

HE3060U53X ................ 38

HE3060U53X ................ 94

HE3060U54X ................ 38

HE3060U54X ................ 94

HE3100U31X ................ 38

HE3100U31X ................ 93

HE3100U33X ................ 38

HE3100U33X ................ 93

HE3100U43X ................ 38

HE3100U44X ................ 38

HE3100U44X ................ 94

HE3100U53X ................ 38

HE3100U53X ................ 94

HE3100U54X ................ 38

HE3100U54X ................ 94

HE3150U31X ................ 38

HE3150U31X ................ 93

HE3150U33X ................ 38

HE3150U33X ................ 93

HE3150U43X ................ 38

HE3150U43X ................ 94

HE3150U44X ................ 38

HE3150U44X ................ 94

HE3150U53X ................ 38

HE3150U53X ................ 94

HE3150U54X ................ 38

HE3150U54X ................ 94

HGA26015( ) ................ 33

HGA26020( ) ................ 33

HGA26025( ) ................ 33

HGA26030( ) ................ 33

HGA26035( ) ................ 33

HGA26040( ) ................ 33

HGA26045( ) ................ 33

HGA26050( ) ................ 33

HGA26060( ) ................ 33

HGA26070( ) ................ 33

HGA26080( ) ................ 33

HGA26090( ) ................ 33

HGA26100( ) ................ 33

HGA26110( ) ................ 33

HGA26125( ) ................ 33

HGA26150( ) ................ 33

HGA36000S15 ............. 47

HGA36015 .................... 33

HGA36020 .................... 33

HGA36025 .................... 33

HGA36030 .................... 33

HGA36035 .................... 33

HGA36040 ....................33

HGA36045 ....................33

HGA36050 ....................33

HGA36060 ....................33

HGA36060U31X ...........35

HGA36060U33X ...........35

HGA36060U43X( ..........35

HGA36060U44X ...........35

HGA36060U53X ...........35

HGA36060U54X ...........35

HGA36070 ....................33

HGA36080 ....................33

HGA36090 ....................33

HGA36100 ....................33

HGA36100U31X ...........35

HGA36100U33X ...........35

HGA36100U43X ...........35

HGA36100U44X ...........35

HGA36100U53X ...........35

HGA36100U54X ...........35

HGA36110 ....................33

HGA36125 ....................33

HGA36150 ....................33

HGA36150U31X ...........35

HGA36150U33X ...........35

HGA36150U43X ...........35

HGA36150U44X ...........35

HGA36150U53X ...........35

HGA36150U54X ...........35

HGF36000F06 ..............38

HGF36000F15 ..............38

HGL26000S15 ..............47

HGL26015 .....................29

HGL26015C ..................29

HGL26020 .....................29

HGL26020C ..................29

HGL26025 .....................29

HGL26025C ..................29

HGL26030 .....................29

HGL26030C ..................29

HGL26035 .....................29

HGL26035C ..................29

HGL26040 .....................29

HGL26040C ..................29

HGL26045 .....................29

HGL26045C ..................29

HGL26050 .....................29

HGL26050C ..................29

HGL26060 .....................29

HGL26060C ..................29

HGL26070 .....................29

HGL26070C ..................29

HGL26080 .....................29

HGL26080C ..................29

HGL26090 .....................29

HGL26090C ..................29

HGL26100 .....................29

HGL26100C ..................29

HGL26110 .....................29

HGL26110C ..................29

HGL26125 .....................29

HGL26125C ..................29

HGL26150 .....................29

HGL26150C ..................29

HGL36000S15 ..............47

HGL36015 .....................29

HGL36015C ..................29

HGL36015T ...................36

HGL36020 .....................29

HGL36020C ..................29

HGL36020T ...................36

HGL36025 .....................29

HGL36025C ..................29

HGL36025T ...................36

HGL36030 .....................29

HGL36030C ..................29

HGL36030T ...................36

HGL36035 .....................29

Catalog Numbers

PowerPact H-, J-, and L-Frame Circuit Breakers

Catalog Numbers

259

HGL36035C .................. 29

HGL36035T .................. 36

HGL36040 .................... 29

HGL36040C .................. 29

HGL36040T .................. 36

HGL36045 .................... 29

HGL36045C .................. 29

HGL36045T .................. 36

HGL36050 .................... 29

HGL36050C .................. 29

HGL36050T .................. 36

HGL36060 .................... 29

HGL36060C .................. 29

HGL36060CU31X ......... 31

HGL36060CU33X ......... 31

HGL36060CU43X ......... 31

HGL36060CU53X ......... 31

HGL36060T .................. 36

HGL36060TU31X ......... 37

HGL36060TU33X ......... 37

HGL36060TU43X ......... 37

HGL36060TU44X ......... 37

HGL36060TU53X ......... 37

HGL36060TU54X ......... 37

HGL36060U31X ........... 31

HGL36060U33X ........... 31

HGL36060U43X ........... 31

HGL36060U44X ........... 31

HGL36060U53X ........... 31

HGL36060U54X ........... 31

HGL36070 .................... 29

HGL36070C .................. 29

HGL36070T .................. 36

HGL36080 .................... 29

HGL36080C .................. 29

HGL36080T .................. 36

HGL36090 .................... 29

HGL36090C .................. 29

HGL36090T .................. 36

HGL36100 .................... 29

HGL36100C .................. 29

HGL36100CU31X ......... 31

HGL36100CU33X ......... 31

HGL36100CU43X ......... 31

HGL36100CU53X ......... 31

HGL36100T .................. 36

HGL36100TU31X ......... 37

HGL36100TU33X ......... 37

HGL36100TU43X ......... 37

HGL36100TU44X ......... 37

HGL36100TU53X ......... 37

HGL36100TU54X ......... 37

HGL36100U31X ........... 31

HGL36100U33X ........... 31

HGL36100U43X ........... 31

HGL36100U44X ........... 31

HGL36100U53X ........... 31

HGL36100U54X ........... 31

HGL36110 .................... 29

HGL36110C .................. 29

HGL36110T .................. 36

HGL36125 .................... 29

HGL36125C .................. 29

HGL36125T .................. 36

HGL36150 .................... 29

HGL36150C .................. 29

HGL36150CU31X ......... 31

HGL36150CU33X ......... 31

HGL36150CU43X ......... 31

HGL36150CU53X ......... 31

HGL36150T .................. 36

HGL36150TU31X ......... 37

HGL36150TU33X ......... 37

HGL36150TU43X ......... 37

HGL36150TU44X ......... 37

HGL36150TU53X ......... 37

HGL36150TU54X ......... 37

HGL36150U31X ........... 31

HGL36150U33X ........... 31

HGL36150U43X ........... 31

HGL36150U44X ........... 31

HGL36150U53X ........... 31

HGL36150U54X ........... 31

HGL37030D87 .............. 20

HGL37050D87 .............. 20

HGL37070D87 .............. 20

HJA26015( ) .................. 33

HJA26020( ) .................. 33

HJA26025( ) .................. 33

HJA26030( ) .................. 33

HJA26035( ) .................. 33

HJA26040( ) .................. 33

HJA26045( ) .................. 33

HJA26050( ) .................. 33

HJA26060( ) .................. 33

HJA26070( ) .................. 33

HJA26080( ) .................. 33

HJA26090( ) .................. 33

HJA26100( ) .................. 33

HJA26110( ) .................. 33

HJA26125( ) .................. 33

HJA26150( ) .................. 33

HJA36015 ..................... 33

HJA36020 ..................... 33

HJA36025 ..................... 33

HJA36030 ..................... 33

HJA36035 ..................... 33

HJA36040 ..................... 33

HJA36045 ..................... 33

HJA36050 ..................... 33

HJA36060 ..................... 33

HJA36060U31X ............ 35

HJA36060U33X ............ 35

HJA36060U43X ............ 35

HJA36060U44X ............ 35

HJA36060U53X ............ 35

HJA36060U54X ............ 35

HJA36070 ..................... 33

HJA36080 ..................... 33

HJA36090 ..................... 33

HJA36100 ..................... 33

HJA36100U31X ............ 35

HJA36100U33X ............ 35

HJA36100U43X ............ 35

HJA36100U44X ............ 35

HJA36100U53X ............ 35

HJA36100U54X ............ 35

HJA36110 ..................... 33

HJA36125 ..................... 33

HJA36150 ..................... 33

HJA36150U31X ............ 35

HJA36150U33X ............ 35

HJA36150U43X ............ 35

HJA36150U44X ............ 35

HJA36150U53X ............ 35

HJA36150U54X( ........... 35

HJF36000F06 ............... 38

HJF36000F15 ............... 38

HJL26015 ..................... 29

HJL26015C ................... 29

HJL26020 ..................... 29

HJL26020C ................... 29

HJL26025 ..................... 29

HJL26025C ................... 29

HJL26030 ..................... 29

HJL26030C ................... 29

HJL26035 ..................... 29

HJL26035C ................... 29

HJL26040 ..................... 29

HJL26040C ................... 29

HJL26045 ..................... 29

HJL26045C ................... 29

HJL26050 ..................... 29

HJL26050C ................... 29

HJL26060 ..................... 29

HJL26060C ................... 29

HJL26070 ..................... 29

HJL26070C ................... 29

HJL26080 ..................... 29

HJL26080C ................... 29

HJL26090 ..................... 29

HJL26090C ................... 29

HJL26100 ..................... 29

HJL26100C ................... 29

HJL26110 ..................... 29

HJL26110C ................... 29

HJL26125 ..................... 29

HJL26125C ................... 29

HJL26150 ..................... 29

HJL26150C ................... 29

HJL36015 ..................... 29

HJL36015C ................... 29

HJL36015T ................... 36

HJL36020 ..................... 29

HJL36020C ................... 29

HJL36020T ................... 36

HJL36025 ..................... 29

HJL36025C ................... 29

HJL36025T ................... 36

HJL36030 ..................... 29

HJL36030C ................... 29

HJL36030M71 .............. 53

HJL36030T ................... 36

HJL36035 ..................... 29

HJL36035C ................... 29

HJL36035T ................... 36

HJL36040 ..................... 29

HJL36040C ................... 29

HJL36040T ................... 36

HJL36045 ..................... 29

HJL36045C ................... 29

HJL36045T ................... 36

HJL36050 ..................... 29

HJL36050C ................... 29

HJL36050M72 .............. 53

HJL36050T ................... 36

HJL36060 ..................... 29

HJL36060C ................... 29

HJL36060CU31X .......... 31

HJL36060CU33X .......... 31

HJL36060CU43X .......... 31

HJL36060CU53X .......... 31

HJL36060T ................... 36

HJL36060TU31X .......... 37

HJL36060TU33X .......... 37

HJL36060TU43X .......... 37

HJL36060TU44X .......... 37

HJL36060TU53X .......... 37

HJL36060TU54X .......... 37

HJL36060U31X ............ 31

HJL36060U33X ............ 31

HJL36060U43X ............ 31

HJL36060U44X ............ 31

HJL36060U53X ............ 31

HJL36060U54X ............ 31

HJL36070 ..................... 29

HJL36070C ................... 29

HJL36070T ................... 36

HJL36080 ..................... 29

HJL36080C ................... 29

HJL36080T ................... 36

HJL36090 ..................... 29

HJL36090C ................... 29

HJL36090T ................... 36

HJL36100 ..................... 29

HJL36100C ................... 29

HJL36100CU31X .......... 31

HJL36100CU33X .......... 31

HJL36100CU43X .......... 31

HJL36100CU53X .......... 31

HJL36100M73 .............. 53

HJL36100T ................... 36

HJL36100TU31X .......... 37

HJL36100TU33X .......... 37

HJL36100TU43X .......... 37

HJL36100TU44X .......... 37

HJL36100TU53X .......... 37

HJL36100TU54X .......... 37

HJL36100U31X ............ 31

HJL36100U33X ............ 31

HJL36100U43X ............ 31

HJL36100U44X ............ 31

HJL36100U53X ............ 31

HJL36100U54X ............ 31

HJL36110 ..................... 29

HJL36110C ................... 29

HJL36110T ................... 36

HJL36125 ..................... 29

HJL36125C ................... 29

HJL36125T ................... 36

HJL36150 ..................... 29

HJL36150C ................... 29

HJL36150CU31X .......... 31

HJL36150CU33X .......... 31

HJL36150CU43X .......... 31

HJL36150CU53X .......... 31

HJL36150M74 .............. 53

HJL36150T ................... 36

HJL36150TU31X .......... 37

HJL36150TU33X .......... 37

HJL36150TU43X .......... 37

HJL36150TU44X .......... 37

HJL36150TU53X .......... 37

HJL36150TU54X .......... 37

HJL36150U31X ............ 31

HJL36150U33X ............ 31

HJL36150U43X ............ 31

HJL36150U44X ............ 31

HJL36150U53X ............ 31

HJL36150U54X ............ 31

HLA26015( ) ................. 33

HLA26020( ) ................. 33

HLA26025( ) ................. 33

HLA26030( ) ................. 33

HLA26035( ) ................. 33

HLA26040( ) ................. 33

HLA26045( ) ................. 33

HLA26050( ) ................. 33

HLA26060( ) ................. 33

HLA26070( ) ................. 33

HLA26080( ) ................. 33

HLA26090( ) ................. 33

HLA26100( ) ................. 33

HLA26110( ) ................. 33

HLA26125( ) ................. 33

HLA26150( ) ................. 33

HLA36000S15 .............. 47

HLA36015 ..................... 33

HLA36020 ..................... 33

HLA36025 ..................... 33

HLA36030 ..................... 33

HLA36035 ..................... 33

HLA36040 ..................... 33

HLA36045 ..................... 33

HLA36050 ..................... 33

HLA36060 ..................... 33

HLA36060U31X ............ 35

HLA36060U33X ............ 35

HLA36060U43X ............ 35

HLA36060U44X ............ 35

HLA36060U53X ............ 35

HLA36060U54X ............ 35

HLA36070 ..................... 33

HLA36080 ..................... 33

HLA36090 ..................... 33

HLA36100 ..................... 33

HLA36100U31X ............ 35

HLA36100U33X ............ 35

HLA36100U43X ............ 35

HLA36100U44X ............ 35

HLA36100U53X ............ 35

HLA36100U54X ............ 35

HLA36110 ..................... 33

HLA36125 ..................... 33

HLA36150 ..................... 33

HLA36150U31 .............. 35

HLA36150U33X ............ 35

HLA36150U43X ............ 35

HLA36150U44X ............ 35

HLA36150U53X ............ 35

HLA36150U54X ............ 35

HLF36000F06 ............... 38

HLF36000F15 ............... 38

HLL26000S15 ............... 47

HLL26015 ..................... 29

HLL26015C ................... 29

HLL26020 ..................... 29

HLL26020C ................... 29

HLL26025 ..................... 29

HLL26025C ................... 29

HLL26030 ..................... 29

HLL26030C ................... 29

HLL26035 ..................... 29

HLL26035C ................... 29

HLL26040 ..................... 29

HLL26040C ................... 29

HLL26045 ..................... 29

HLL26045C ................... 29

HLL26050 ..................... 29

HLL26050C ................... 29

HLL26060 ..................... 29

HLL26060C ................... 29

HLL26070 ..................... 29

HLL26070C ................... 29

HLL26080 ..................... 29

HLL26080C ................... 29

HLL26090 ..................... 29

HLL26090C ................... 29

HLL26100 ..................... 29

HLL26100C ................... 29

HLL26110 ..................... 29

HLL26110C ................... 29

HLL26125 ..................... 29

HLL26125C ................... 29

HLL26150 ..................... 29

HLL26150C ................... 29

HLL36000S15 ............... 47

HLL36015 ..................... 29

HLL36015C ................... 29

HLL36015T ................... 36

HLL36020 ..................... 29

HLL36020C ................... 29

HLL36020T ................... 36

HLL36025 ..................... 29

HLL36025C ................... 29

HLL36025T ................... 36

HLL36030 ..................... 29

HLL36030C ................... 29

HLL36030M71 .............. 53

HLL36030T ................... 36

HLL36035 ..................... 29

HLL36035C ................... 29

HLL36035T ................... 36

HLL36040 ..................... 29

HLL36040C ................... 29

HLL36040T ................... 36

HLL36045 ..................... 29

HLL36045C ................... 29

HLL36045T ................... 36

HLL36050 ..................... 29

HLL36050C ................... 29

HLL36050M72 .............. 53

HLL36050T ................... 36

HLL36060 ..................... 29

HLL36060C ................... 29

HLL36060CU31X .......... 31

HLL36060CU33X .......... 31

HLL36060CU43X .......... 31

HLL36060CU53X .......... 31

HLL36060T ................... 36

HLL36060TU31X .......... 37

HLL36060TU33X .......... 37

HLL36060TU43X .......... 37

HLL36060TU44X .......... 37

HLL36060TU53X .......... 37

HLL36060TU54X .......... 37

HLL36060U31X ............ 31

HLL36060U33X ............ 31

HLL36060U43X ............ 31

HLL36060U44X ............ 31

PowerPact H-, J-, and L-Frame Circuit Breakers

Catalog Numbers

260

02/2016

HLL36060U53X ............ 31

HLL36060U54X ............ 31

HLL36070 ..................... 29

HLL36070C ................... 29

HLL36070T ................... 36

HLL36080 ..................... 29

HLL36080C ................... 29

HLL36080T ................... 36

HLL36090 ..................... 29

HLL36090C ................... 29

HLL36090T ................... 36

HLL36100 ..................... 29

HLL36100C ................... 29

HLL36100CU31X .......... 31

HLL36100CU33X .......... 31

HLL36100CU43X .......... 31

HLL36100CU53X .......... 31

HLL36100M73 .............. 53

HLL36100T ................... 36

HLL36100TU31X .......... 37

HLL36100TU33X .......... 37

HLL36100TU43X .......... 37

HLL36100TU44X .......... 37

HLL36100TU53X .......... 37

HLL36100TU54X .......... 37

HLL36100U31X ............ 31

HLL36100U33X ............ 31

HLL36100U43X ............ 31

HLL36100U44X ............ 31

HLL36100U53X ............ 31

HLL36100U54X ............ 31

HLL36110 ..................... 29

HLL36110C ................... 29

HLL36110T ................... 36

HLL36125 ..................... 29

HLL36125C ................... 29

HLL36125T ................... 36

HLL36150 ..................... 29

HLL36150C ................... 29

HLL36150CU31X .......... 31

HLL36150CU33X .......... 31

HLL36150CU43X .......... 31

HLL36150CU53X .......... 31

HLL36150M74 .............. 53

HLL36150T ................... 36

HLL36150TU31X .......... 37

HLL36150TU33X .......... 37

HLL36150TU43X .......... 37

HLL36150TU44X .......... 37

HLL36150TU53X .......... 37

HLL36150TU54X .......... 37

HLL36150U31X ............ 31

HLL36150U33X ............ 31

HLL36150U43X ............ 31

HLL36150U44X ............ 31

HLL36150U53X ............ 31

HLL36150U54X ............ 31

HLL37030D87 ............... 20

HLL37050D87 ............... 20

HLL37070D87 ............... 20

HRA36060U31X ........... 35

HRA36060U33X ........... 35

HRA36060U43X ........... 35

HRA36060U44X ........... 35

HRA36060U53X ........... 35

HRA36060U54X ........... 35

HRA36100U31X ........... 35

HRA36100U33X ........... 35

HRA36100U43X ........... 35

HRA36100U44X ........... 35

HRA36100U53X ........... 35

HRA36100U54X ........... 35

HRA36150U31X ........... 35

HRA36150U33X ........... 35

HRA36150U43X ........... 35

HRA36150U44X ........... 35

HRA36150U53X ........... 35

HRA36150U54X ........... 35

HRL36030M71 .............. 53

HRL36050M72 .............. 53

HRL36060CU31X ......... 31

HRL36060CU33X ......... 31

HRL36060CU43X ......... 31

HRL36060CU53X ......... 31

HRL36060U31X ............ 31

HRL36060U33X ............ 31

HRL36060U43X ............ 31

HRL36060U44X ............ 31

HRL36060U53X ............ 31

HRL36060U54X ............ 31

HRL36100CU31X ......... 31

HRL36100CU33X ......... 31

HRL36100CU43X ......... 31

HRL36100CU53X ......... 31

HRL36100M73 .............. 53

HRL36100U31X ............ 31

HRL36100U33X ............ 31

HRL36100U43X ............ 31

HRL36100U44X ............ 31

HRL36100U53X ............ 31

HRL36100U54X ............ 31

HRL36150CU31X ......... 31

HRL36150CU33X ......... 31

HRL36150CU43X ......... 31

HRL36150CU53X ......... 31

HRL36150M74 .............. 53

HRL36150U31X ............ 31

HRL36150U33X ............ 31

HRL36150U43X ............ 31

HRL36150U44X ............ 31

HRL36150U53X ............ 31

HRL36150U54X ............ 31

HT3015 ......................... 37

HT3015 ......................... 86

HT3020 ......................... 37

HT3020 ......................... 86

HT3025 ......................... 37

HT3025 ......................... 86

HT3030 ......................... 37

HT3030 ......................... 86

HT3035 ......................... 37

HT3035 ......................... 86

HT3040 ......................... 37

HT3040 ......................... 86

HT3045 ......................... 37

HT3045 ......................... 86

HT3050 ......................... 37

HT3050 ......................... 86

HT3060 ......................... 37

HT3060 ......................... 86

HT3070 ......................... 37

HT3070 ......................... 86

HT3080 ......................... 37

HT3080 ......................... 86

HT3090 ......................... 37

HT3090 ......................... 86

HT3100 ......................... 37

HT3100 ......................... 86

HT3110 ......................... 37

HT3110 ......................... 86

HT3125 ......................... 37

HT3125 ......................... 86

HT3150 ......................... 37

HT3150 ......................... 86

JDA26150( ) .................. 34

JDA26175( ) .................. 34

JDA26200( ) .................. 34

JDA26225( ) .................. 34

JDA26250( ) .................. 34

JDA34250WU31X ......... 35

JDA34250WU33X ......... 35

JDA34250WU43X ......... 35

JDA34250WU44X ......... 35

JDA34250WU53X ......... 35

JDA34250WU54X ......... 35

JDA36150 ..................... 34

JDA36175 ..................... 34

JDA36200 ..................... 34

JDA36225 ..................... 34

JDA36250 ..................... 34

JDA36250U31X ............ 35

JDA36250U33X ............ 35

JDA36250U43X ............ 35

JDA36250U44X ............ 35

JDA36250U53X ............ 35

JDA36250U54X ............ 35

JDF36000F25 ............... 38

JDL26150 ..................... 30

JDL26150C ................... 30

JDL26175 ..................... 30

JDL26175C ................... 30

JDL26200 ..................... 30

JDL26200C ................... 30

JDL26225 ..................... 30

JDL26225C ................... 30

JDL26250 ..................... 30

JDL26250C ................... 30

JDL34250WU31X ......... 32

JDL34250WU33X ......... 32

JDL34250WU43X ......... 32

JDL34250WU44X ......... 32

JDL34250WU53X ......... 32

JDL34250WU54X ......... 32

JDL36150 ..................... 30

JDL36150C ................... 30

JDL36150T ................... 36

JDL36175 ..................... 30

JDL36175C ................... 30

JDL36175T ................... 36

JDL36200 ..................... 30

JDL36200C ................... 30

JDL36200T ................... 36

JDL36225 ..................... 30

JDL36225C ................... 30

JDL36225T ................... 36

JDL36250 ..................... 30

JDL36250C ................... 30

JDL36250CU31X .......... 31

JDL36250CU33X .......... 31

JDL36250CU43X .......... 31

JDL36250CU53X .......... 31

JDL36250T ................... 36

JDL36250TU31X .......... 37

JDL36250TU33X .......... 37

JDL36250TU43X .......... 37

JDL36250TU44X .......... 37

JDL36250TU53X .......... 37

JDL36250TU54X .......... 37

JDL36250U31X ............ 31

JDL36250U33X ............ 31

JDL36250U43X ............ 31

JDL36250U44X ............ 31

JDL36250U53X ............ 31

JDL36250U54X ............ 31

JE3250U31X ................. 38

JE3250U31X ................. 93

JE3250U33X ................. 38

JE3250U33X ................. 93

JE3250U43X ................. 38

JE3250U43X ................. 94

JE3250U44X ................. 38

JE3250U44X ................. 94

JE3250U53X ................. 38

JE3250U53X ................. 94

JE3250U54X ................. 38

JE3250U54X ................. 94

JGA26150( ) ................. 34

JGA26175( ) ................. 34

JGA26200( ) ................. 34

JGA26225( ) ................. 34

JGA26250( ) ................. 34

JGA34250WU31X ........ 35

JGA34250WU33X ........ 35

JGA34250WU43X ........ 35

JGA34250WU44X ........ 35

JGA34250WU53X ........ 35

JGA34250WU54X ........ 35

JGA36000S17 .............. 47

JGA36000S25 .............. 47

JGA36150 ..................... 34

JGA36175 ..................... 34

JGA36200 ..................... 34

JGA36225 ..................... 34

JGA36250 ..................... 34

JGA36250U31X ............ 35

JGA36250U33X ............ 35

JGA36250U43X ............ 35

JGA36250U44X ............ 35

JGA36250U53X ............ 35

JGA36250U54X ............ 35

JGF36000F25 ............... 38

JGL26000S17 ............... 47

JGL26000S25 ............... 47

JGL26150 ..................... 30

JGL26150C ................... 30

JGL26175 ..................... 30

JGL26175C ................... 30

JGL26200 ..................... 30

JGL26200C ................... 30

JGL26225 ..................... 30

JGL26225C ................... 30

JGL26250 ..................... 30

JGL26250C ................... 30

JGL34250WU31X ......... 32

JGL34250WU33X ......... 32

JGL34250WU43X ......... 32

JGL34250WU44X ......... 32

JGL34250WU53X ......... 32

JGL34250WU54X ......... 32

JGL36000S17 ............... 47

JGL36000S25 ............... 47

JGL36150 ..................... 30

JGL36150C ................... 30

JGL36150T ................... 36

JGL36175 ..................... 30

JGL36175C ................... 30

JGL36175T ................... 36

JGL36200 ..................... 30

JGL36200C ................... 30

JGL36200T ................... 36

JGL36225 ..................... 30

JGL36225C ................... 30

JGL36225T ................... 36

JGL36250 ..................... 30

JGL36250C ................... 30

JGL36250CU31X .......... 31

JGL36250CU33X .......... 31

JGL36250CU43X .......... 31

JGL36250CU53X .......... 31

JGL36250T ................... 36

JGL36250TU31X .......... 37

JGL36250TU33X .......... 37

JGL36250TU43X .......... 37

JGL36250TU44X .......... 37

JGL36250TU53X .......... 37

JGL36250TU54X .......... 37

JGL36250U31X ............ 31

JGL36250U33X ............ 31

JGL36250U43X ............ 31

JGL36250U44X ............ 31

JGL36250U53X ............ 31

JGL36250U54X ............ 31

JGL37100D81 ............... 20

JGL37125D81 ............... 20

JGL37150D81 ............... 20

JGL37175D81 ............... 20

JGL37200D82 ............... 20

JGL37225D82 ............... 20

JGL37250D82 ............... 20

JJA26150( ) .................. 34

JJA26175( ) .................. 34

JJA26200( ) .................. 34

JJA26225( ) .................. 34

JJA26250( ) .................. 34

JJA34250WU31X ......... 35

JJA34250WU33X ......... 35

JJA34250WU43X ......... 35

JJA34250WU44X ......... 35

JJA34250WU53X ......... 35

JJA34250WU54X ......... 35

JJA36150 ...................... 34

JJA36175 ...................... 34

JJA36200 ...................... 34

JJA36225 ...................... 34

JJA36250 ...................... 34

JJA36250U31X ............. 35

JJA36250U33X ............. 35

JJA36250U43X ............. 35

JJA36250U44X ............. 35

JJA36250U53X ............. 35

JJA36250U54X ............. 35

JJF36000F25 ................ 38

JJL26150 ...................... 30

JJL26150C .................... 30

JJL26175 ...................... 30

JJL26175C .................... 30

JJL26200 ...................... 30

JJL26200C .................... 30

JJL26225 ...................... 30

JJL26225C .................... 30

JJL26250 ...................... 30

JJL26250C .................... 30

JJL34250WU31X .......... 32

JJL34250WU33X .......... 32

JJL34250WU43X .......... 32

JJL34250WU44X .......... 32

JJL34250WU53X .......... 32

JJL34250WU54X .......... 32

JJL36150 ...................... 30

JJL36150C .................... 30

JJL36150T .................... 36

JJL36175 ...................... 30

JJL36175C .................... 30

JJL36175T .................... 36

JJL36200 ...................... 30

JJL36200C .................... 30

JJL36200T .................... 36

JJL36225 ...................... 30

JJL36225C .................... 30

JJL36225T .................... 36

JJL36250 ...................... 30

JJL36250C .................... 30

JJL36250CU31X ........... 31

JJL36250CU33X ........... 31

JJL36250CU43X ........... 31

JJL36250CU53X ........... 31

JJL36250M75 ............... 53

JJL36250T .................... 36

JJL36250TU31X ........... 37

JJL36250TU33X ........... 37

JJL36250TU43X ........... 37

JJL36250TU44X ........... 37

JJL36250TU53X ........... 37

JJL36250TU54X ........... 37

JJL36250U31X ............. 31

JJL36250U33X ............. 31

JJL36250U43X ............. 31

JJL36250U44X ............. 31

JJL36250U53X ............. 31

JJL36250U54X ............. 31

JLA34250WU31X ......... 35

JLA34250WU33X ......... 35

JLA34250WU43X ......... 35

JLA34250WU44X ......... 35

JLA34250WU53X ......... 35

JLA34250WU54X ......... 35

JLA36000S17 ............... 47

JLA36000S25 ............... 47

JLA36150 ...................... 34

JLA36175 ...................... 34

JLA36200 ...................... 34

JLA36225 ...................... 34

JLA36250 ...................... 34

JLA36250U31X ............. 35

JLA36250U33X ............. 35

JLA36250U43X ............. 35

JLA36250U44X ............. 35

JLA36250U53X ............. 35

JLA36250U54X ............. 35

JLF36000F25 ................ 38

PowerPact H-, J-, and L-Frame Circuit Breakers

Catalog Numbers

261

JLL26000S17 ............... 47

JLL26000S25 ............... 47

JLL26150 ...................... 30

JLL26150C ................... 30

JLL26175 ...................... 30

JLL26175C ................... 30

JLL26200 ...................... 30

JLL26200C ................... 30

JLL26225 ...................... 30

JLL26225C ................... 30

JLL26250 ...................... 30

JLL26250C ................... 30

JLL34250WU31X .......... 32

JLL34250WU33X .......... 32

JLL34250WU43X .......... 32

JLL34250WU44X .......... 32

JLL34250WU53X .......... 32

JLL34250WU54X .......... 32

JLL36000S17 ............... 47

JLL36000S25 ............... 47

JLL36150 ...................... 30

JLL36150C ................... 30

JLL36150T .................... 36

JLL36175 ...................... 30

JLL36175C ................... 30

JLL36175T .................... 36

JLL36200 ...................... 30

JLL36200C ................... 30

JLL36200T .................... 36

JLL36225 ...................... 30

JLL36225C ................... 30

JLL36225T .................... 36

JLL36250 ...................... 30

JLL36250C ................... 30

JLL36250CU31X .......... 31

JLL36250CU33X .......... 31

JLL36250CU43X .......... 31

JLL36250CU53X .......... 31

JLL36250M75 ............... 53

JLL36250T .................... 36

JLL36250TU31X ........... 37

JLL36250TU33X ........... 37

JLL36250TU43X ........... 37

JLL36250TU44X ........... 37

JLL36250TU53X ........... 37

JLL36250TU54X ........... 37

JLL36250U31X ............. 31

JLL36250U33X ............. 31

JLL36250U43X ............. 31

JLL36250U44X ............. 31

JLL36250U53X ............. 31

JLL36250U54X ............. 31

JLL37100D81 ............... 20

JLL37125D81 ............... 20

JLL37150D81 ............... 20

JLL37175D81 ............... 20

JLL37200D82 ............... 20

JLL37225D82 ............... 20

JLL37250D82 ............... 20

JRA36000S17 ............... 47

JRA36000S25 ............... 47

JRA36150 ..................... 34

JRA36175 ..................... 34

JRA36200 ..................... 34

JRA36225 ..................... 34

JRA36250 ..................... 34

JRA36250U31X ............ 35

JRA36250U33X ............ 35

JRA36250U43X ............ 35

JRA36250U44X ............ 35

JRA36250U53X ............ 35

JRA36250U54X ............ 35

JRL36000S17 ............... 47

JRL36000S25 ............... 47

JRL36150 ..................... 30

JRL36150C ................... 30

JRL36175 ..................... 30

JRL36175C ................... 30

JRL36200 ..................... 30

JRL36200C ................... 30

JRL36225 ..................... 30

JRL36225C ................... 30

JRL36250 ..................... 30

JRL36250C ................... 30

JRL36250CU31X .......... 31

JRL36250CU33X .......... 31

JRL36250CU43X .......... 31

JRL36250CU53X .......... 31

JRL36250M75 .............. 53

JRL36250U31X ............ 31

JRL36250U33X ............ 31

JRL36250U43X ............ 31

JRL36250U44X ............ 31

JRL36250U53X ............ 31

JRL36250U54X ............ 31

JT3150 .......................... 37

JT3150 .......................... 86

JT3175 .......................... 37

JT3175 .......................... 86

JT3200 .......................... 37

JT3200 .......................... 86

JT3225 .......................... 37

JT3225 .......................... 86

JT3250 .......................... 37

JT3250 .......................... 86

LDA34250WU31X ........ 42

LDA34250WU33X ........ 42

LDA34400WU31X

LDA34600WU31X ........ 42

LDA34400WU33X ........ 42

LDA34400WU43X ........ 42

LDA34400WU44X ........ 42

LDA34400WU53X ........ 42

LDA34400WU54X ........ 42

LDA34600WU33X ........ 42

LDA34600WU43X ........ 42

LDA34600WU44X ........ 42

LDA34600WU53X ........ 42

LDA34600WU54X ........ 42

LDA36250CU31X ......... 43

LDA36250CU33X ......... 43

LDA36250U31X ............ 42

LDA36250U33X ............ 42

LDA36400CU31X ......... 43

LDA36400CU33X ......... 43

LDA36400CU43X ......... 43

LDA36400CU44X ......... 43

LDA36400CU53X ......... 43

LDA36400CU54X ......... 43

LDA36400U31X

LDA36600U31X ............ 42

LDA36400U33X ............ 42

LDA36400U43X ............ 42

LDA36400U44X ............ 42

LDA36400U53X ............ 42

LDA36400U54X ............ 42

LDA36600U33X ............ 42

LDA36600U43X ............ 42

LDA36600U44X ............ 42

LDA36600U53X ............ 42

LDA36600U54X ............ 42

LDF36000F25 ............... 44

LDF36000F40 ............... 44

LDF36000F60 ............... 44

LDL34250WU31X ......... 40

LDL34250WU33X ......... 40

LDL34400WU31X ......... 40

LDL34400WU33X ......... 40

LDL34400WU43X ......... 40

LDL34400WU44X ......... 40

LDL34400WU53X ......... 40

LDL34400WU54X ......... 40

LDL34600WU31X ......... 40

LDL34600WU33X ......... 40

LDL34600WU43X ......... 40

LDL34600WU44X ......... 40

LDL34600WU53X ......... 40

LDL34600WU54X ......... 40

LDL36250CU31X .......... 39

LDL36250CU33X .......... 39

LDL36250RU31X .......... 43

LDL36250RU33X .......... 43

LDL36250TU31X .......... 43

LDL36250TU33X .......... 43

LDL36250U31X ............ 39

LDL36250U33X ............ 39

LDL36400CU31X .......... 39

LDL36400CU33X .......... 39

LDL36400CU43X .......... 39

LDL36400CU44X .......... 39

LDL36400CU53X .......... 39

LDL36400CU54X .......... 39

LDL36400RU31X .......... 43

LDL36400RU33X .......... 43

LDL36400RU43X .......... 43

LDL36400RU44X .......... 43

LDL36400RU53X .......... 43

LDL36400RU54X .......... 43

LDL36400TU31X .......... 43

LDL36400TU33X .......... 43

LDL36400TU43X .......... 43

LDL36400TU44X .......... 43

LDL36400TU53X .......... 43

LDL36400TU54X .......... 43

LDL36400U31X ............ 39

LDL36400U33X ............ 39

LDL36400U43X ............ 39

LDL36400U44X ............ 39

LDL36400U53X ............ 39

LDL36400U54X ............ 39

LDL36600TU31X .......... 43

LDL36600TU33X .......... 43

LDL36600TU43X .......... 43

LDL36600TU44X .......... 43

LDL36600TU53X .......... 43

LDL36600TU54X .......... 43

LDL36600U31X ............ 39

LDL36600U33X ............ 39

LDL36600U43X ............ 39

LDL36600U44X ............ 39

LDL36600U53X ............ 39

LDL36600U54X ............ 39

LDL44250WU31X ......... 41

LDL44250WU33X ......... 41

LDL44400WU31X ......... 41

LDL44400WU33X ......... 41

LDL44400WU43X ......... 41

LDL44400WU44X ......... 41

LDL44400WU53X ......... 41

LDL44400WU54X ......... 41

LDL44600WU31X ......... 41

LDL44600WU33X ......... 41

LDL44600WU43X ......... 41

LDL44600WU44X ......... 41

LDL44600WU53X ......... 41

LDL44600WU54X ......... 41

LDL46250CU31X .......... 41

LDL46250CU33X .......... 41

LDL46250U31X ............ 41

LDL46250U33X ............ 41

LDL46400CU31X .......... 41

LDL46400CU33X .......... 41

LDL46400CU43X .......... 41

LDL46400CU44X .......... 41

LDL46400CU53X .......... 41

LDL46400CU54X .......... 41

LDL46400U31X ............ 41

LDL46400U33X ............ 41

LDL46400U43X ............ 41

LDL46400U44X ............ 41

LDL46400U53X ............ 41

LDL46400U54X ............ 41

LDL46600U31X ............ 41

LDL46600U33X ............ 41

LDL46600U43X ............ 41

LDL46600U44X ............ 41

LDL46600U53X ............ 41

LDL46600U54X ............ 41

LE3250U31X ................ 44

LE3250U31X ................ 93

LE3250U33X ................ 44

LE3250U33X ................ 93

LE3400U31X ................ 44

LE3400U31X ................ 93

LE3400U33X ................ 44

LE3400U33X ................ 93

LE3400U43X ................ 44

LE3400U43X ................ 94

LE3400U44X ................ 44

LE3400U44X ................ 94

LE3400U53X ................ 44

LE3400U53X ................ 94

LE3400U54X ................ 44

LE3400U54X ................ 94

LE3600U31X ................ 44

LE3600U31X ................ 93

LE3600U33X ................ 44

LE3600U33X ................ 93

LE3600U43X ................ 44

LE3600U43X ................ 94

LE3600U44X ................ 44

LE3600U44X ................ 94

LE3600U53X ................ 44

LE3600U53X ................ 94

LE3600U54X ................ 44

LE3600U54X ................ 94

LE4250U31X ................ 93

LE4250U33X ................ 93

LE4400U31X ................ 93

LE4400U33X ................ 93

LE4400U43X ................ 94

LE4400U44X ................ 94

LE4400U53X ................ 94

LE4400U54X ................ 94

LE4600U31X ................ 93

LE4600U33X ................ 93

LE4600U43X ................ 94

LE4600U44X ................ 94

LE4600U53X ................ 94

LE4600U54X ................ 94

LGA34250WU31X ........ 42

LGA34250WU33X ........ 42

LGA34400WU31X ........ 42

LGA34400WU33X ........ 42

LGA34400WU43X ........ 42

LGA34400WU44X ........ 42

LGA34400WU53X ........ 42

LGA34400WU54X ........ 42

LGA34600WU31X ........ 42

LGA34600WU33X ........ 42

LGA34600WU43X ........ 42

LGA34600WU44X ........ 42

LGA34600WU53X ........ 42

LGA34600WU54X ........ 42

LGA36000S40X ............ 48

LGA36000S60X ............ 48

LGA36250CU31X ......... 43

LGA36250CU33X ......... 43

LGA36250U31X ............ 42

LGA36250U33X ............ 42

LGA36400CU31X ......... 43

LGA36400CU33X ......... 43

LGA36400CU43X ......... 43

LGA36400CU44X ......... 43

LGA36400CU53X ......... 43

LGA36400CU54X ......... 43

LGA36400U31X ............ 42

LGA36400U33X ............ 42

LGA36400U43X ............ 42

LGA36400U44X ............ 42

LGA36400U53X ............ 42

LGA36400U54X ............ 42

LGA36600U31X ............ 42

LGA36600U33X ............ 42

LGA36600U43X ............ 42

LGA36600U44X ............ 42

LGA36600U53X ............ 42

LGA36600U54X ............ 42

LGF36000F25 ............... 44

LGF36000F40 ............... 44

LGF36000F60 ............... 44

LGL34250WU31X ......... 40

LGL34250WU33X ......... 40

LGL34400WU31X ......... 40

LGL34400WU33X ......... 40

LGL34400WU43X ......... 40

LGL34400WU44X ......... 40

LGL34400WU53X ......... 40

LGL34400WU54X ......... 40

LGL34600WU31X ......... 40

LGL34600WU33X ......... 40

LGL34600WU43X ......... 40

LGL34600WU44X ......... 40

LGL34600WU53X ......... 40

LGL34600WU54X ......... 40

LGL36000S40X ............ 48

LGL36000S60X ............ 48

LGL36250CU31X ......... 39

LGL36250CU33X ......... 39

LGL36250RU31X ......... 43

LGL36250RU33X ......... 43

LGL36250TU31X .......... 43

LGL36250TU33X .......... 43

LGL36250U31X ............ 39

LGL36250U33X ............ 39

LGL36400CU31X ......... 39

LGL36400CU33X ......... 39

LGL36400CU43X ......... 39

LGL36400CU44X ......... 39

LGL36400CU53X ......... 39

LGL36400CU54X ......... 39

LGL36400RU31X ......... 43

LGL36400RU33X ......... 43

LGL36400RU43X ......... 43

LGL36400RU44X ......... 43

LGL36400RU53X ......... 43

LGL36400RU54X ......... 43

LGL36400TU31X .......... 43

LGL36400TU33X .......... 43

LGL36400TU43X .......... 43

LGL36400TU44X .......... 43

LGL36400TU53X .......... 43

LGL36400TU54X .......... 43

LGL36400U31X ............ 39

LGL36400U33X ............ 39

LGL36400U43X ............ 39

LGL36400U44X ............ 39

LGL36400U53X ............ 39

LGL36400U54X ............ 39

LGL36600TU31X .......... 43

LGL36600TU33X .......... 43

LGL36600TU43X .......... 43

LGL36600TU44X .......... 43

LGL36600TU53X .......... 43

LGL36600TU54X .......... 43

LGL36600U31X ............ 39

LGL36600U33X ............ 39

LGL36600U43X ............ 39

LGL36600U44X ............ 39

LGL36600U53X ............ 39

LGL36600U54X ............ 39

LGL37030D27 .............. 20

LGL37035D29 .............. 20

LGL37040D30 .............. 20

LGL37045D31 .............. 20

LGL37050D32 .............. 20

LGL37060D33 .............. 20

LGL44250WU31X ......... 41

LGL44250WU33X ......... 41

LGL44400WU31X ......... 41

LGL44400WU33X ......... 41

LGL44400WU43X ......... 41

LGL44400WU44X ......... 41

LGL44400WU53X ......... 41

LGL44400WU54X ......... 41

LGL44600WU31X ......... 41

LGL44600WU33X ......... 41

LGL44600WU43X ......... 41

LGL44600WU44X ......... 41

LGL44600WU53X ......... 41

PowerPact H-, J-, and L-Frame Circuit Breakers

Catalog Numbers

262

02/2016

LGL44600WU54X ......... 41

LGL46000S40X ............ 48

LGL46000S60X ............ 48

LGL46250CU31X ......... 41

LGL46250CU33X ......... 41

LGL46250U31X ............ 41

LGL46250U33X ............ 41

LGL46400CU31X ......... 41

LGL46400CU33X ......... 41

LGL46400CU43X ......... 41

LGL46400CU44X ......... 41

LGL46400CU53X ......... 41

LGL46400CU54X ......... 41

LGL46400U31X ............ 41

LGL46400U33X ............ 41

LGL46400U43X ............ 41

LGL46400U44X ............ 41

LGL46400U53X ............ 41

LGL46400U54X ............ 41

LGL46600U31X ............ 41

LGL46600U33X ............ 41

LGL46600U43X ............ 41

LGL46600U44X ............ 41

LGL46600U53X ............ 41

LGL46600U54X ............ 41

LGL47070D35 .............. 20

LGL47080D36 .............. 20

LGL47090D86 .............. 20

LGL47100D40 .............. 20

LGL47120D42 .............. 20

LJA34250WU31X ......... 42

LJA34250WU33X ......... 42

LJA34400WU31X ......... 42

LJA34400WU33X ......... 42

LJA34400WU43X ......... 42

LJA34400WU44X ......... 42

LJA34400WU53X ......... 42

LJA34400WU54X ......... 42

LJA34600WU31X ......... 42

LJA34600WU33X ......... 42

LJA34600WU43X ......... 42

LJA34600WU44X ......... 42

LJA34600WU53X ......... 42

LJA34600WU54X ......... 42

LJA36250CU31X .......... 43

LJA36250CU33X .......... 43

LJA36250U31X ............. 42

LJA36250U33X ............. 42

LJA36400CU31X .......... 43

LJA36400CU33X .......... 43

LJA36400CU43X .......... 43

LJA36400CU44X .......... 43

LJA36400CU53X .......... 43

LJA36400CU54X .......... 43

LJA36400U31X ............. 42

LJA36400U33X ............. 42

LJA36400U43X ............. 42

LJA36400U44X ............. 42

LJA36400U53X ............. 42

LJA36400U54X ............. 42

LJA36600U31X ............. 42

LJA36600U33X ............. 42

LJA36600U43X ............. 42

LJA36600U44X ............. 42

LJA36600U53X ............. 42

LJA36600U54X ............. 42

LJF36000F25 ................ 44

LJF36000F40 ................ 44

LJF36000F60 ................ 44

LJL34250WU31X .......... 40

LJL34250WU33X .......... 40

LJL34400WU31X .......... 40

LJL34400WU33X .......... 40

LJL34400WU43X .......... 40

LJL34400WU44X .......... 40

LJL34400WU53X .......... 40

LJL34400WU54X .......... 40

LJL34600WU31X .......... 40

LJL34600WU33X .......... 40

LJL34600WU43X .......... 40

LJL34600WU44X .......... 40

LJL34600WU53X .......... 40

LJL34600WU54X .......... 40

LJL36250CU31X .......... 39

LJL36250CU33X .......... 39

LJL36250RU31X .......... 43

LJL36250RU33X .......... 43

LJL36250TU31X ........... 43

LJL36250TU33X ........... 43

LJL36250U31X ............. 39

LJL36250U33X ............. 39

LJL36400CU31X .......... 39

LJL36400CU43X .......... 39

LJL36400CU44X .......... 39

LJL36400CU53X .......... 39

LJL36400CU54X .......... 39

LJL36400RU31X .......... 43

LJL36400RU33X .......... 43

LJL36400RU43X .......... 43

LJL36400RU44X .......... 43

LJL36400RU53X .......... 43

LJL36400RU54X .......... 43

LJL36400TU31X ........... 43

LJL36400TU33X ........... 43

LJL36400TU43X ........... 43

LJL36400TU44X ........... 43

LJL36400TU53X ........... 43

LJL36400TU54X ........... 43

LJL36400U31X ............. 39

LJL36400U33X ............. 39

LJL36400U43X ............. 39

LJL36400U44X ............. 39

LJL36400U53X ............. 39

LJL36400U54X ............. 39

LJL3640C0U33X .......... 39

LJL36600TU31X ........... 43

LJL36600TU33X ........... 43

LJL36600TU43X ........... 43

LJL36600TU44X ........... 43

LJL36600TU53X ........... 43

LJL36600TU54X ........... 43

LJL36600U31X ............. 39

LJL36600U33X ............. 39

LJL36600U43X ............. 39

LJL36600U44X ............. 39

LJL36600U53X ............. 39

LJL36600U54X ............. 39

LJL44250WU31X .......... 41

LJL44250WU33X .......... 41

LJL44400WU31X .......... 41

LJL44400WU33X .......... 41

LJL44400WU43X .......... 41

LJL44400WU44X .......... 41

LJL44400WU53X .......... 41

LJL44400WU54X .......... 41

LJL44600WU31X .......... 41

LJL44600WU33X .......... 41

LJL44600WU43X .......... 41

LJL44600WU44X .......... 41

LJL44600WU53X .......... 41

LJL44600WU54X .......... 41

LJL46250CU31X .......... 41

LJL46250CU33X .......... 41

LJL46250U31X ............. 41

LJL46250U33X ............. 41

LJL46400CU31X .......... 41

LJL46400CU33X .......... 41

LJL46400CU43X .......... 41

LJL46400CU44X .......... 41

LJL46400CU53X .......... 41

LJL46400CU54X .......... 41

LJL46400U31X ............. 41

LJL46400U33X ............. 41

LJL46400U43X ............. 41

LJL46400U44X ............. 41

LJL46400U53X ............. 41

LJL46400U54X ............. 41

LJL46600U31X ............. 41

LJL46600U33X ............. 41

LJL46600U43X ............. 41

LJL46600U44X ............. 41

LJL46600U53X ............. 41

LJL46600U54X ............. 41

LLA34250WU31X ......... 42

LLA34250WU33X ......... 42

LLA34400WU31X ......... 42

LLA34400WU33X ......... 42

LLA34400WU43X ......... 42

LLA34400WU44X ......... 42

LLA34400WU53X ......... 42

LLA34400WU54X ......... 42

LLA34600WU31X ......... 42

LLA34600WU33X ......... 42

LLA34600WU43X ......... 42

LLA34600WU44X ......... 42

LLA34600WU53X ......... 42

LLA34600WU54X ......... 42

LLA36000S40X ............. 48

LLA36000S60X ............. 48

LLA36250CU31X .......... 43

LLA36250CU33X .......... 43

LLA36250U31X ............ 42

LLA36250U33X ............ 42

LLA36400CU31X .......... 43

LLA36400CU33X .......... 43

LLA36400CU43X .......... 43

LLA36400CU44X .......... 43

LLA36400CU53X .......... 43

LLA36400CU54X .......... 43

LLA36400U31X ............ 42

LLA36400U33X ............ 42

LLA36400U43X ............ 42

LLA36400U44X ............ 42

LLA36400U53X ............ 42

LLA36400U54X ............ 42

LLA36600U31X ............ 42

LLA36600U33X ............ 42

LLA36600U43X ............ 42

LLA36600U44X ............ 42

LLA36600U53X ............ 42

LLA36600U54X ............ 42

LLF36000F25 ............... 44

LLF36000F40 ............... 44

LLF36000F60 ............... 44

LLL34250WU31X ......... 40

LLL34250WU33X ......... 40

LLL34400WU31X ......... 40

LLL34400WU33X ......... 40

LLL34400WU43X ......... 40

LLL34400WU44X ......... 40

LLL34400WU53X ......... 40

LLL34400WU54X ......... 40

LLL34600WU31X ......... 40

LLL34600WU33X ......... 40

LLL34600WU43X ......... 40

LLL34600WU44X ......... 40

LLL34600WU53X ......... 40

LLL34600WU54X ......... 40

LLL36000S40X ............. 48

LLL36000S60X ............. 48

LLL36250CU31X .......... 39

LLL36250CU33X .......... 39

LLL36250RU31X .......... 43

LLL36250RU33X .......... 43

LLL36250TU31X ........... 43

LLL36250TU33X ........... 43

LLL36250U31X ............. 39

LLL36250U33X ............. 39

LLL36400CU31X .......... 39

LLL36400CU33X .......... 39

LLL36400CU43X .......... 39

LLL36400CU44X .......... 39

LLL36400CU53X .......... 39

LLL36400CU54X .......... 39

LLL36400RU31X .......... 43

LLL36400RU33X .......... 43

LLL36400RU43X .......... 43

LLL36400RU44X .......... 43

LLL36400RU53X .......... 43

LLL36400RU54X .......... 43

LLL36400TU31X ........... 43

LLL36400TU33X ........... 43

LLL36400TU43X ........... 43

LLL36400TU44X ........... 43

LLL36400TU53X ........... 43

LLL36400TU54X ........... 43

LLL36400U31X ............. 39

LLL36400U33X ............. 39

LLL36400U43X ............. 39

LLL36400U44X ............. 39

LLL36400U53X ............. 39

LLL36400U54X ............. 39

LLL36600TU31X ........... 43

LLL36600TU33X ........... 43

LLL36600TU43X ........... 43

LLL36600TU44X ........... 43

LLL36600TU53X ........... 43

LLL36600TU54X ........... 43

LLL36600U31X ............. 39

LLL36600U33X ............. 39

LLL36600U43X ............. 39

LLL36600U44X ............. 39

LLL36600U53X ............. 39

LLL36600U54X ............. 39

LLL37030D27 ............... 20

LLL37035D29 ............... 20

LLL37040D30 ............... 20

LLL37045D31 ............... 20

LLL37050D32 ............... 20

LLL37060D33 ............... 20

LLL44250WU31X ......... 41

LLL44250WU33X ......... 41

LLL44400WU31X ......... 41

LLL44400WU33X ......... 41

LLL44400WU43X ......... 41

LLL44400WU44X ......... 41

LLL44400WU53X ......... 41

LLL44400WU54X ......... 41

LLL44600WU31X ......... 41

LLL44600WU33X ......... 41

LLL44600WU43X ......... 41

LLL44600WU44X ......... 41

LLL44600WU53X ......... 41

LLL44600WU54X ......... 41

LLL46000S40X ............. 48

LLL46000S60X ............. 48

LLL46250CU31X .......... 41

LLL46250CU33X .......... 41

LLL46250U31X ............. 41

LLL46250U33X ............. 41

LLL46400CU31X .......... 41

LLL46400CU33X .......... 41

LLL46400CU43X .......... 41

LLL46400CU44X .......... 41

LLL46400CU53X .......... 41

LLL46400CU54X .......... 41

LLL46400U31X ............. 41

LLL46400U33X ............. 41

LLL46400U43X ............. 41

LLL46400U44X ............. 41

LLL46400U53X ............. 41

LLL46400U54X ............. 41

LLL46600U31X ............. 41

LLL46600U33X ............. 41

LLL46600U43X ............. 41

LLL46600U44X ............. 41

LLL46600U53X ............. 41

LLL46600U54X ............. 41

LLL47070D35 ............... 20

LLL47080D36 ............... 20

LLL47090D86 ............... 20

LLL47100D40 ............... 20

LLL47120D42 ............... 20

LRA36000S40X ............ 48

LRA36000S60X ............ 48

LRA36250CU31X ......... 43

LRA36250CU33X ......... 43

LRA36250U31X ............ 42

LRA36250U33X ............ 42

LRA36400CU31X ......... 43

LRA36400CU33X ......... 43

LRA36400CU43X ......... 43

LRA36400CU44X ......... 43

LRA36400CU53X ......... 43

LRA36400CU54X ......... 43

LRA36400U31X ............ 42

LRA36400U33X ............ 42

LRA36400U43X ............ 42

LRA36400U44X ............ 42

LRA36400U53X ............ 42

LRA36400U54X ............ 42

LRA36600U31X ............ 42

LRA36600U33X ............ 42

LRA36600U43X ............ 42

LRA36600U44X ............ 42

LRA36600U53X ............ 42

LRA36600U54X ............ 42

LRL36000S40X ............ 48

LRL36000S60X ............ 48

LRL36250CU31X .......... 39

LRL36250CU33X .......... 39

LRL36250U31X ............ 39

LRL36250U33X ............ 39

LRL36400CU31X .......... 39

LRL36400CU33X .......... 39

LRL36400CU43X .......... 39

LRL36400CU44X .......... 39

LRL36400CU53X .......... 39

LRL36400CU54X .......... 39

LRL36400U31X ............ 39

LRL36400U33X ............ 39

LRL36400U43X ............ 39

LRL36400U44X ............ 39

LRL36400U53X ............ 39

LRL36400U54X ............ 39

LRL36600U31X ............ 39

LRL36600U33X ............ 39

LRL36600U43X ............ 39

LRL36600U44X ............ 39

LRL36600U53X ............ 39

LRL36600U54X ............ 39

LRL46000S40X ............ 48

LRL46000S60X ............ 48

LRL46250CU31X .......... 41

LRL46250CU33X .......... 41

LRL46250U31X ............ 41

LRL46250U33X ............ 41

LRL46400CU31X .......... 41

LRL46400CU33X .......... 41

LRL46400CU43X .......... 41

LRL46400CU44X .......... 41

LRL46400CU53X .......... 41

LRL46400CU54X .......... 41

LRL46400U31X ............ 41

LRL46400U33X ............ 41

LRL46400U43X ............ 41

LRL46400U44X ............ 41

LRL46400U53X ............ 41

LRL46400U54X ............ 41

LRL46600U31X ............ 41

LRL46600U33X ............ 41

LRL46600U43X ............ 41

LRL46600U44X ............ 41

LRL46600U53X ............ 41

LRL46600U54X ............ 41

MICROTUSEAL ..........134

MICROTUSEAL ............ 94

PDC12DG4L3 ............. 147

PDC3HD2 ................... 147

PDC3HD2 ................... 149

PDC3JD2 .................... 149

PDC3JD20 .................. 147

PDC5DG20L3 .............147

PDC6HD6 ................... 147

PDC6HD6 ................... 149

PDC6JD4 .................... 147

PDC6JD4 .................... 149

S29272 ....................... 143

S29273 ....................... 143

PowerPact H-, J-, and L-Frame Circuit Breakers

Catalog Numbers

263

S29273 ....................... 143

S29274 ....................... 143

S29275 ....................... 143

S29278 ....................... 143

S29282 ....................... 143

S29283 ....................... 143

S29284 ....................... 135

S29284 ....................... 143

S29286 ....................... 143

S29287 ....................... 143

S29313 ....................... 135

S29315 ....................... 134

S29317 ....................... 134

S29319 ....................... 135

S29375 ....................... 134

S29382 ....................... 122

S29383 ....................... 122

S29384 ....................... 122

S29385 ....................... 122

S29386 ....................... 122

S29387 ....................... 122

S29388 ....................... 122

S29389 ....................... 122

S29390 ....................... 122

S29391 ....................... 122

S29392 ....................... 122

S29393 ....................... 122

S29394 ....................... 122

S29402 ....................... 122

S29403 ....................... 122

S29404 ....................... 122

S29405 ....................... 122

S29406 ....................... 122

S29407 ....................... 122

S29408 ....................... 122

S29409 ....................... 122

S29410 ....................... 122

S29411 ....................... 122

S29412 ....................... 122

S29413 ....................... 122

S29414 ....................... 122

S29433 ....................... 124

S29434 ....................... 124

S29435 ....................... 124

S29436 ....................... 124

S29437 ....................... 124

S29438 ....................... 124

S29439 ....................... 124

S29440 ....................... 124

S29450 ....................... 119

S29452 ....................... 119

S31540 ....................... 124

S31541 ....................... 124

S31542 ....................... 124

S31543 ....................... 124

S31544 ....................... 124

S31545 ....................... 124

S31546 ....................... 124

S31548 ....................... 124

S32477 ....................... 144

S32478 ....................... 144

S32514 ....................... 143

S32515 ....................... 143

S32523 ....................... 143

S32525 ....................... 143

S32532 ....................... 143

S32533 ....................... 143

S32534 ....................... 135

S32534 ....................... 143

S32558 ....................... 134

S32560 ....................... 135

S32562 ....................... 143

S32562 ....................... 144

S32563 ....................... 143

S32563 ....................... 144

S32648 ....................... 124

S32649 ....................... 124

S36967 ....................... 144

S36967 ....................... 146

S37420 ....................... 124

S37423 ....................... 145

S37424 ....................... 145

S37425 ....................... 146

S37426 ....................... 146

S37427 ....................... 146

S37428 ....................... 146

S37429 ....................... 145

S37430 ....................... 145

S37432 ....................... 144

S37433 ....................... 144

S37434 ....................... 144

S37436 ....................... 143

S37436 ....................... 144

S37437 ....................... 144

S37438 ....................... 144

S37439 ....................... 144

S37440 ....................... 143

S37440 ....................... 144

S37442 ....................... 143

S37443 ....................... 143

S37444 ....................... 146

S37445 ....................... 146

S37446 ....................... 149

S37447 ....................... 149

S37448 ....................... 149

S37449 ....................... 149

S37450 ....................... 149

S41940 ....................... 124

S42888 ....................... 124

S429424 ..................... 121

S429441 ..................... 124

S429449 ..................... 124

S429478 ....................... 94

S429481 ....................... 94

S429483 ....................... 94

S429484 ....................... 94

S429521 ..................... 113

S429532 ..................... 121

S430562 ..................... 113

S430563 ..................... 113

S431549 ..................... 124

S432459 ....................... 94

S432461 ....................... 94

S432475 ..................... 144

S432476 ..................... 144

S432553 ..................... 135

S432575 ..................... 113

S432639 ..................... 124

S432640 ..................... 124

S432641 ..................... 124

S432642 ..................... 124

S432643 ..................... 124

S432644 ..................... 124

S432645 ..................... 124

S432646 ..................... 124

S432647 ..................... 124

S432652 ..................... 124

S434201 ..................... 108

S434201BS ................. 109

S434202 ..................... 108

S434202BS ................. 109

S434204 ..................... 108

S434204BS ................. 109

S434205 ..................... 109

S434206 ..................... 110

S434210 ..................... 109

S434212 ..................... 113

S434300 ..................... 114

S434301 ..................... 114

S434302 ..................... 114

S434303 ..................... 108

S434303BS ................. 109

S434500 ..................... 114

S434501 ..................... 114

S434502 ..................... 114

S434503 ..................... 114

S434504 ..................... 114

S434505 ..................... 114

S434506 ..................... 114

S434507 ..................... 114

S434508 ..................... 114

SN100FA .................... 137

SN400LA .................... 137

STRV00211 ................ 110

STRV00910 ................ 111

STRV00911 ................ 111

TCSWAAC13FB ......... 111

TRV00803 ................... 112

TRV00806 ................... 112

TRV00810 ................... 112

TRV00820 ................... 112

TRV00830 ................... 112

TRV00850 ................... 112

TRV00870 ................... 112

TRV00880 ................... 112

TRV00915 ................... 111

TRV00917 ................... 111

VW3A8306DRC .......... 112

YA060HD .................... 148

YA060HD .................... 149

YA150HD .................... 148

YA150HD .................... 149

YA150JD ..................... 148

YA150JD ..................... 149

YA250J35 ................... 148

YA400L31K3 ............... 148

YA400L51K3 ............... 148

YA400L51K4 ............... 148

YA400L71K3 ............... 148

YA400L71K4 ............... 148

YA600L32K3 ............... 148

YA600L32K4 ............... 148

YA600L52K3 ............... 148

YA600L52K4 ............... 148

PowerPact H-, J-, and L-Frame Circuit Breakers

Glossary

264

Glossary

accessory = An electrical or mechanical device that performs a secondary or minor function apart

from overcurrent protection.

accessory cover = A removable cover on the front of a circuit breaker behind which are mounted the

trip unit and all electrical accessories.

adjustable rating plug = A component which plugs into the trip unit, establishing the ampere rating of

the circuit breaker

AIC = Amperes interrupting capacity.

AIR = See amperes interrupting rating.

alarm switch (bell alarm) = See overcurrent trip switch.

ambient temperature rating = Temperature at which the continuous current rating (handle rating) of a

circuit breaker is based; the temperature of the air immediately surrounding the circuit breaker which

can affect the thermal (overload) tripping characteristics of thermal-magnetic circuit breakers.

Electronic trip circuit breakers, however, are insensitive to normal (-10° to 50°C) ambient conditions.

ammeter (local current meter) = A module that mounts directly to the circuit breaker trip unit and

reports RMS phase and ground-fault current values as seen by the trip unit. Current values are

displayed one phase at a time.

ampacity = The current, in amperes, that a conductor or circuit breaker can carry continuously under

the conditions of use without exceeding its temperature rating.

ampere = The equivalent of one coulomb per second or the steady current produced by one volt

applied across a resistance of one ohm.

amperes interrupting rating = The highest current at rated voltage that an overcurrent protective

device is intended to interrupt under specified test conditions (NEC).

ANCE (National Association of Standardization and Certification for the Electrical Sector) = The

standards and certification agency accredited by the Mexican government.

ANSI

= American National Standards Institute.

automatic molded case switch = A switch with construction similar to a molded case circuit breaker

except that the switch opens only instantaneously at a non-adjustable trip point calibrated to protect

only the molded case switch itself.

auxiliary switch = A switch mechanically operated by the main device for signaling, interlocking, or

other purposes.

bell alarm = A mechanically-operated switch used to indicate the main contact position of a circuit

breaker, which indicates when a circuit breaker has tripped. Also see overcurrent trip switch.

BPFE = See electrical closing push button.

branch circuit = The circuit between the final overcurrent device protecting the circuit and the outlet(s).

BCM = See circuit breaker communications module.

Canadian Standards Association

(CSA

) = Canadian product safety testing and certification

organization.

carriage= See cradle.

CCM = See cradle communication module.

CD = See cell switch.

CDM = See mechanical operation counter.

CE = See cell switch.

PowerPact H-, J-, and L-Frame Circuit Breakers

Glossary

265

02/2016

cell switch = A switch which indicates the position of a drawout circuit breaker in relation to the cradle.

—CD = Disconnected position cell switch.

—CE = Connected position cell switch.

—CT = Test position cell switch.

CH = A spring-charged contact inside of the spring charging motor on insulated-case and low-voltage

power circuit breakers.

charging handle= See spring charging handle.

circuit breaker = A device designed to open and close a circuit by non-automatic means and to open

the circuit automatically on an overcurrent without damage to itself when properly applied within its rating.

circuit breaker communications module (BCM) = A module which, when installed in a circuit

breaker, receives and transmits information on the communication network.

circuit breaker frame = (1) The circuit breaker housing which contains the current carrying components,

the current sensing components, and the tripping and operating mechanism. (2) That portion of an

interchangeable trip molded case circuit breaker remaining when the interchangeable trip unit is removed.

close button = A button for manually closing the main contacts after the closing springs are charged.

close button cover = A cover which fits over the close button and blocks access to it. Access to the

close button may be permitted through the use of a tool or rod inserted through a small hole in the front

of the close button cover.

closing coil (shunt close) = A coil which closes the circuit breaker electrically using an external

voltage source when a specified voltage is applied across the coil.

coil clearing switch = A mechanically-operated switch in series with the coil of a shunt trip device

which breaks the coil current when the circuit breaker opens.

communication network = A network allowing the flow of information between electrical components,

comprised of programmable controller interface units, protocol software and modems.

conductor = A substance or body that allows a current of electricity to pass continuously along it.

continuous current rating (handle rating) (ampere rating) = The designated RMS alternating or

direct current in amperes which a device or assembly will carry continuously in free air without tripping

or exceeding temperature limits.

continuous load = A load where the maximum current on the circuit is expected to continue.

cradle communications module (CCM) = An external module which allows addressing of the cradle

and retention of the address when the drawout circuit breaker is in the disconnected position and

which is used to transmit information about the position of the circuit breaker in the cradle to the

communication network.

cradle compartment = A compartment containing all connectors, shields, adapters, barriers,

spreaders, shutters, keys and interlocking devices for a drawout circuit breaker.

CSA

= See Canadian Standards Association.

CT = Current transformer. See also cell switch.

current path (of a circuit breaker) = The current-carrying conductors within a circuit breaker

between, and including, line and load terminations.

current transformer (current sensor) (CT) = An instrument to measure current, encircling a

conductor carrying the current to be measured or controlled.

demand metering = The metering of power or current demand seen by a circuit breaker. It is

calculated over a fixed or sliding time window that can be programmed from five to 60 minutes.

Depending on the contract signed with the power supplier, specific programming makes it possible to

avoid or minimize the cost of overrunning the subscribed power. Maximum demand values are

systematically stored and time stamped.

disconnecting contacts = See main disconnecting contacts and secondary disconnecting contacts.

PowerPact H-, J-, and L-Frame Circuit Breakers

Glossary

266

drawout circuit breaker = An assembly of a circuit breaker and a supporting structure (cradle) so

constructed that the circuit breaker is supported and can be moved to either the main circuit connected

or disconnected position without removing connections or mounting supports.

drawout mechanism = A mechanism which engages the drawout cradle assembly and draws the

circuit breaker into or out of the equipment. The drawout mechanism includes the drawout mechanism

shaft, drawout levering device arms and a drawout position indicator.

drawout position indicator = An indicating means which shows the position of the circuit breaker in

the drawout structure.

drawout access cover (drawout shaft cover) = A shutter which allows or restricts access to the

drawout shaft.

electrical closing push button (BPFE) = A push button used to electrically close a circuit breaker

using a shunt close with communication option. This takes into account all safety functions that are

part of the control and monitoring system of the installation.

electrical operator (motor operator) = An electrical device used to open and close a circuit breaker

or switch and reset a circuit breaker. See also spring charging motor.

electronic trip circuit breaker = A circuit breaker which uses current sensors and electronic circuitry

to sense, measure and respond to current levels.

fixed-mounted circuit breaker = A circuit breaker so mounted that it cannot be removed without

removing primary and sometimes secondary connections and/or mounting supports.

frame size = The largest ampere rating available in a group of circuit breakers of similar physical

configuration.

frequency = The number of cycles per second for an alternating current system.

frequency rating = The range of frequencies within which a product can be applied.

ground fault = An unintentional current path, through ground, back to the source.

ground-fault delay = The length of time the circuit breaker trip unit will delay before initiating a trip

signal to the circuit breaker after a ground fault has been detected.

ground-fault module = An electronic accessory used in combination with thermal-magnetic circuit

breakers to provide branch circuit ground-fault protection and ground-fault indication.

ground-fault pickup = The level of ground-fault current at which the trip system begins timing.

handle rating = Continuous current rating.

IDMTL = Long-time delay curve which can be varied in slope to enhance selectivity.

IEC

= International Electrotechnical Commission.

IEEE

= Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers.

Ig = See ground-fault pickup.

Ii = See instantaneous pickup.

In = See sensor rating.

individually-mounted circuit breaker = A circuit breaker so mounted that it cannot be removed

without removing primary and sometimes secondary connections and/or mounting supports.

instantaneous pickup = The current level at which the circuit breaker will trip with no intentional time

delay.

instantaneous trip = A qualifying term indicating that no delay is purposely introduced in the tripping

action of the circuit breaker during short-circuit conditions.

insulated case circuit breaker (ICCB) = UL Standard 489 Listed non-fused molded case circuit breakers

which utilize a two-step stored energy closing mechanism, electronic trip system and drawout construction.

PowerPact H-, J-, and L-Frame Circuit Breakers

Glossary

267

02/2016

integral ground-fault protection for equipment = Equipment ground-fault protection on grounded

neutral systems provided by components internal to the circuit breaker.

interchangeable trip unit = A trip unit which can be interchanged by a user among circuit breaker

frames of the same design.

interrupting rating = The highest current at rated voltage available at the incoming terminals of the

circuit breaker. When the circuit breaker can be used at more than one voltage, the interrupting rating

will be shown on the circuit breaker for each voltage level. The interrupting rating of a circuit breaker

must be equal to or greater than the available short-circuit current at the point at which the circuit

breaker is applied to the system.

inverse time = A qualifying term indicating there is purposely introduced a delay in the tripping action

of the circuit breaker, which delay decreases as the magnitude of the current increases.

= See long-time pickup.

= See short-time pickup.

t = See let-through current.

t IN (I

t ON) = An inverse time delay characteristic.

t OUT (I

t OFF) = A constant time delay characteristic.

latch check switch = A mechanically-operated switch which senses if the trip latch is reset.

let-through current = The peak current (measured in amperes) which passes through an overcurrent

protective device during an interruption.

let-through I

t = An expression related to energy (measured in ampere-squared seconds) which

passes through an overcurrent protective device during an interruption.

LI = A combination of adjustable trip functions including long-time ampere rating, long-time delay, and

instantaneous pickup.

lifting adapter = A device used with a crane, chain block or an optional lifting mechanism supplied

with switchgear for removing and installing a drawout circuit breaker or fuse truck.

LIG = A combination of adjustable trip functions including long-time ampere rating, long-time delay,

instantaneous pickup, ground-fault pickup and ground-fault delay.

limit switch = A switch mechanically operated by a device.

local current meter = An ammeter installed as part of the trip unit.

long-time ampere rating = An adjustment which, in combination with the installed rating plug,

establishes the continuous current rating of a full-function electronic trip circuit breaker.

long-time delay = The length of time the circuit breaker will carry a sustained overcurrent (greater

than the long-time pickup) before initiating a trip signal.

long-time pickup = The current level at which the circuit breaker long-time delay function begins timing.

low voltage power circuit breaker (LVPCB) = A circuit breaker tested to the ANSI C37 Standards

with a two-step stored-energy mechanism, an electronic trip system, and drawout construction.

LS = A combination of adjustable trip functions including long-time ampere rating, long-time delay,

short-time pickup, short-time delay and a defeatable instantaneous pickup.

LSG = A combination of adjustable trip functions including long-time ampere rating, long-time delay,

short-time pickup, short-time delay, defeatable instantaneous pickup, ground-fault pickup and ground-

fault delay.

LSI = A combination of adjustable trip functions including long-time ampere rating, long-time delay,

short-time pickup, short-time delay and defeatable instantaneous pickup.

LSIG = A combination of adjustable trip functions including long-time ampere rating, long-time delay,

short-time pickup, short-time delay, defeatable instantaneous pickup, ground-fault pickup and ground-

fault delay.

PowerPact H-, J-, and L-Frame Circuit Breakers

Glossary

268

main disconnecting contacts = Spring-loaded and self-aligning contact on the rear of a drawout

circuit breaker that provide positive electrical contact when the circuit breaker is in the connected

position.

Masterpact™ = The family of universal power circuit breakers including insulated case circuit breakers

and low-voltage power circuit breakers.

MCH = See spring-charging motor.

MDGF = Modified differential ground-fault system.

manual charging handle = A manually-operated handle which charges the circuit breaker closing springs.

mechanical operation counter (CDM) = A mechanical device which indicates the total number of

circuit breaker operating cycles.

Micrologic™ = The family of electronic trip systems available on molded case circuit breakers,

insulated case circuit breakers and low-voltage power circuit breakers.

miniature circuit breaker (MCB) = A small circuit breaker which is assembled as an integral unit in a

supportive and enclosed housing of insulating material, rated 150 A or less and used in 120 V, 120/240 V,

240 V and 480Y/277 V ac systems and dc systems up to 125 Vdc.

MN = See undervoltage release.

Modbus™ communication network = A communication network comprised of programmable

controller interface units, protocol software and modems.

molded case circuit breaker (MCCB) = A circuit breaker which is assembled as an integral unit in a

supportive and enclosed housing of insulating material, generally 20 to 3000 A in size and used in

systems up to 600 Vac and 500 Vdc.

motor circuit protector = A recognized component of construction similar to a circuit breaker except

with no thermal elements so that it provides short-circuit protection only.

MX = See shunt trip.

National Association of Standardization and Certification for the Electrical Sector = See ANCE.

neutral current transformer = A current transformer which encircles the neutral conductor; required

on circuit breakers with ground-fault protection, when applied on a grounded system.

NMX

(Norma Mexicana X) = Listing mark indicating certification to non-mandatory Mexican safety

standards.

NOM = Listing mark indicating certification to mandatory Mexican safety standards

OF = See auxiliary switch.

open/closed indicator = An indicating means which displays the position (open or closed) of the main

contacts.

operating mechanism = An internal mechanical system which opens and closes the circuit breaker

contacts.

OTS = Overcurrent trip switch (alarm switch, bell alarm). A mechanical switch that operates when the

circuit breaker is tripped by the trip system.

overcurrent = Any current in excess of the rated continuous current of equipment or the ampacity of a

conductor.

overcurrent mechanism = An internal mechanical system which trips the circuit breaker during an

overcurrent.

overcurrent trip element = A device which detects an overcurrent and transmits the energy

necessary to open the circuit automatically (UL only).

overcurrent trip switch (SDE) = A mechanically-operated switch which indicates when a circuit

breaker has tripped due to overcurrent conditions.

PowerPact H-, J-, and L-Frame Circuit Breakers

Glossary

269

02/2016

overload delay = The length of time the circuit breaker will carry a sustained low-level overcurrent

before initiating a trip signal.

peak current sensing = A method of determining the current by means of detecting the current peaks.

peak let-through current = The maximum peak current flowing in a circuit during an overcurrent condition.

PF = A switch used to indicate a circuit breaker is ready to close.

phase barrier = A barrier which provides phase-to-phase or phase-to-ground isolation.

PowerLogic™ = The family of electronic circuit monitoring systems available on molded case circuit

breakers, insulated case circuit breakers and low-voltage power circuit breakers.

Power-Zone™ = The family of low-voltage and medium-voltage switchgear.

programmable contact module (M6C and M2C) = A programmable module which indicates the type

of fault and the instantaneous and delayed threshold overruns. It may be programmed with

instantaneous return to the initial state, without return to the initial state, or with return to the initial state

following a delay.

primary disconnect contacts = An electrical plug-on connector in the main current path between the

drawout components and the cradle mounted in the equipment.

push-to-close button = A button for manually closing the main contacts after the closing springs are

charged.

push-to-open button = A button for manually opening the circuit breaker.

push-to-trip button = A button for manually tripping the circuit breaker.

racking device shutter = See drawout shaft cover.

racking interlock = An interlock to prevent racking of a drawout circuit breaker when the enclosure

door is open by not allowing the racking crank to be inserted into the circuit breaker.

rating plug = A component which plugs into the full-function electronic trip unit, establishing the

maximum continuous current rating of the circuit breaker.

remote reset after fault (RES) = A component which resets the overcurrent trip switch (SDE) and the

mechanical operator after tripping.

RES = See remote reset after fault.

residual ground-fault sensing = A means of providing equipment ground-fault protection utilizing

sensors on each individual phase.

restraint interface module (RIM) = A component which allows zone-selective interlocking

communication between Square D™ full-function electronic trip systems, add-on ground-fault modules

and zero-sequence ground-fault relays.

RIM = Restraint interface module.

RMS = Root-mean-square.

RMS current sensing = A method of determining the true RMS current of sinusoidal and non-sinusoidal

waveforms by sampling the current waveform a number of times per cycle, then calculating the true RMS

value.

safety shutter = A device that closes to block access to the main disconnects when the circuit breaker

is in the disconnected, test or withdrawn position.

SDE = See overcurrent trip switch.

secondary disconnect contacts = An electrical plug-on connector in the secondary (control) circuit

between a drawout circuit breaker and its cradle in the equipment.

sensor = The current sensing element within the circuit breaker which provides the sensing function

for that circuit breaker.

sensor plug = A component used with a Micrologic trip system to set the sensor size of a circuit breaker.

PowerPact H-, J-, and L-Frame Circuit Breakers

Glossary

270

sensor size = Maximum ampere rating possible for a specific circuit breaker, based on the size of the

current sensor inside the circuit breaker. Sensor size is less than or equal to frame size.

SGR = Source ground return system.

short-circuit delay (STD) = The length of time the circuit breaker will carry a short circuit (current

greater than the short-circuit pickup) before initiating a trip signal.

short-circuit pickup = The current level at which the circuit breaker short-circuit delay function begins

timing.

short-time delay = The length of time the circuit breaker will carry a short circuit (current greater than

the short-time pickup) before initiating a trip signal.

short-time pickup = The current level at which the circuit breaker short-time delay function begins timing.

shunt close (closing coil) (XF) = An accessory which closes the circuit breaker from a remote

location using an external voltage source.

shunt trip (MX) = An accessory which trips the circuit breaker from a remote location using an external

voltage source.

spring-charging handle = A handle located on the front of the circuit breaker used to manually

charge the stored energy mechanism.

spring charging motor = A motor which electrically charges the stored energy closing spring(s).

STD = Short-time delay.

stored energy mechanism (SEM) = A spring mechanism that is compressed or “charged” and then

released or “discharged” to close the circuit breaker.

terminal block = The connections for control wiring.

tg = See ground-fault delay.

thermal imaging = A trip unit function that accurately maps the heating and cooling effects of load

behavior on rated conductors to provide thermal protection without nuisance tripping.

thermal-magnetic circuit breaker = A general purpose term for circuit breakers that use bimetals and

electromagnetic assemblies to provide both thermal and magnetic overcurrent protection.

thermal memory = Provides continuous temperature rise status of the wiring for a period of time both

before and after the device trips. This allows the circuit breaker to respond to a series of overload

conditions which would otherwise go undetected.

= See long-time delay.

= See short-time delay.

two-step stored energy mechanism = See stored energy mechanism.

transformer = A static device with primary winding, connected in series with the conductor (bus)

carrying the current to be measured or controlled within the switchgear.

trip button = See push-to-trip button.

trip curve = A graphical representation of the response of a circuit breaker to current over a period of time.

trip indicator = A module that mounts directly to the circuit breaker trip unit that displays whether the

circuit breaker tripped due to an overload, a short-circuit or a ground-fault condition.

trip indicator reset = A button on the trip indicator module used to reset the trip indicator.

trip system = A system which consists of a Micrologic trip unit and current transformers.

trip unit = A programmable device which measures and times current flowing through the circuit

breaker and initiates a trip signal when appropriate.

= See Underwriters Laboratories Inc.

PowerPact H-, J-, and L-Frame Circuit Breakers

Glossary

271

02/2016

undervoltage trip (MN, UVR) = An accessory which trips the circuit breaker automatically when the

monitored circuit voltage falls below a predetermined percentage of its specified value.

Underwriters Laboratories Inc.

(UL

) = An independent, not-for-profit standards development,

product safety testing and certification organization.

unit-mount circuit breaker = A circuit breaker mounted such that it cannot be removed without

removing primary and sometimes secondary connections or mounting supports.

withstand rating = The level of RMS symmetrical current that a circuit breaker can carry with the

contacts in a closed position for a stated period of time–usually stated in cycles.

zero-blind time = Metering method used by the Micrologic H trip unit where a dedicated metering data

chain is separate from the protection data chain so that a greater number of data samples can be used

for metering. This increases the number of samples taken per time period, which in turn gives the H trip

unit a higher degree of metering accuracy.

zero-sequence ground-fault sensing = A means of providing equipment ground-fault protection

utilizing an external sensor (surrounding all phase and neutral conductors).

zone-selective interlocking (ZSI) = A communication capability between electronic trip systems and

ground-fault relays which permits a short circuit or ground fault to be isolated and cleared by the

nearest upstream device with no intentional time delay.

ZSI = Zone-selective interlocking.

Schneider Electric USA, Inc.

800 Federal Street

Andover, MA 01810 USA

888-778-2733

www.schneider-electric.us

Schneider Electric Canada, Inc.

5985 McLaughlin Road

Mississauga, ON L5R 1B8 Canada

800-565-6699

www.schneider-electric.ca

Schneider Electric, Square D, PowerPact and Micrologic are trademarks owned

by Schneider Electric Industries SAS or its affiliated companies. All other

trademarks are the property of their respective owners.

Schneider Electric, Square D, PowerPact et Micrologic sont des marques

commerciales de Schneider Electric Industries SAS ou de ses compagnies

affiliées. Toutes les autres marques commerciales utilisées dans ce document

sont la propriété de leurs propriétaires respectifs.

0611CT1001 R02/15 Replaces / Remplace 0611CT1001 R12/15

02/2016

0611CT1001Cvr 135462 Catalog

1000442451-Catalog 1000442451-Catalog 1000442451-Catalog B2 unilog cesco-content

159997-Catalog 159997-Catalog 159997-Catalog B4 unilog cesco-content

1000432143-Catalog 1000432143-Catalog 1000432143-Catalog B5 unilog cesco-content

Navigation menu

Versions of this User Manual:

Views

Navigation